diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'recipes/lrzsz')
| -rw-r--r-- | recipes/lrzsz/lrzsz-0.12.20/autotools.patch | 37 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | recipes/lrzsz/lrzsz-0.12.20/gettext.patch | 21882 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | recipes/lrzsz/lrzsz-0.12.20/makefile.patch | 20 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | recipes/lrzsz/lrzsz_0.12.20.bb | 36 |
4 files changed, 21975 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/recipes/lrzsz/lrzsz-0.12.20/autotools.patch b/recipes/lrzsz/lrzsz-0.12.20/autotools.patch new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..73f5a062ef --- /dev/null +++ b/recipes/lrzsz/lrzsz-0.12.20/autotools.patch @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +--- lrzsz-0.12.20/acinclude.m4~autotools 1998-12-27 17:08:59.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/acinclude.m4 2004-05-09 22:26:19.000000000 -0400 +@@ -1,12 +1,11 @@ + dnl AC_REPLACE_GNU_GETOPT +-AC_DEFUN(AC_REPLACE_GNU_GETOPT, +-[AC_CHECK_FUNC(getopt_long, , [LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS getopt1.o getopt.o"]) +-AC_SUBST(LIBOBJS)dnl +-]) ++AC_DEFUN([AC_REPLACE_GNU_GETOPT], ++[AC_CHECK_FUNC(getopt_long, , [AC_LIBOBJ([getopt1]) ++AC_LIBOBJ([getopt])dnl])]) + + dnl + dnl taken from taylor uucp +-AC_DEFUN(LRZSZ_ERRNO_DECL,[ ++AC_DEFUN([LRZSZ_ERRNO_DECL],[ + AC_MSG_CHECKING(for errno declaration) + AC_CACHE_VAL(lrzsz_cv_decl_errno, + [AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <errno.h>], [int i = errno; errno = 1;], +@@ -23,7 +21,7 @@ + ]) + + dnl LRZSZ_TYPE_SPEED_T +-AC_DEFUN(LRZSZ_TYPE_SPEED_T,[ ++AC_DEFUN([LRZSZ_TYPE_SPEED_T],[ + AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([LRZSZ_HEADERS_TERM_IO])dnl + AC_MSG_CHECKING(for speed_t) +@@ -61,7 +59,7 @@ + fi + ]) + +-AC_DEFUN(lrzsz_HEADER_SYS_SELECT, ++AC_DEFUN([lrzsz_HEADER_SYS_SELECT], + [AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether sys/time.h and sys/select.h may both be included], + lrzsz_cv_header_sys_select, + [AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h> diff --git a/recipes/lrzsz/lrzsz-0.12.20/gettext.patch b/recipes/lrzsz/lrzsz-0.12.20/gettext.patch new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..241ffd90ba --- /dev/null +++ b/recipes/lrzsz/lrzsz-0.12.20/gettext.patch @@ -0,0 +1,21882 @@ +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/ABOUT-NLS 1998-04-26 09:22:30.000000000 -0400 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/ABOUT-NLS 2004-09-12 14:40:34.323752952 -0400 +@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ + Notes on the Free Translation Project + ************************************* + +- Free software is going international! The Free Translation Project +-is a way to get maintainers of free software, translators, and users all ++Free software is going international! The Free Translation Project is ++a way to get maintainers of free software, translators, and users all + together, so that will gradually become able to speak many languages. + A few packages already provide translations for their messages. + + If you found this `ABOUT-NLS' file inside a distribution, you may + assume that the distributed package does use GNU `gettext' internally, +-itself available at your nearest GNU archive site. But you do *not* ++itself available at your nearest GNU archive site. But you do _not_ + need to install GNU `gettext' prior to configuring, installing or using + this package with messages translated. + +@@ -22,10 +22,10 @@ + `gettext' which is used. The information can be found in the + `intl/VERSION' file, in internationalized packages. + +-One advise in advance +-===================== ++Quick configuration advice ++========================== + +- If you want to exploit the full power of internationalization, you ++If you want to exploit the full power of internationalization, you + should configure it using + + ./configure --with-included-gettext +@@ -34,42 +34,40 @@ + package, despite the existence of internationalizing capabilities in the + operating system where this package is being installed. So far, only + the `gettext' implementation in the GNU C library version 2 provides as +-many features (such as locale alias or message inheritance) as the +-implementation here. It is also not possible to offer this additional +-functionality on top of a `catgets' implementation. Future versions of +-GNU `gettext' will very likely convey even more functionality. So it +-might be a good idea to change to GNU `gettext' as soon as possible. ++many features (such as locale alias, message inheritance, automatic ++charset conversion or plural form handling) as the implementation here. ++It is also not possible to offer this additional functionality on top ++of a `catgets' implementation. Future versions of GNU `gettext' will ++very likely convey even more functionality. So it might be a good idea ++to change to GNU `gettext' as soon as possible. + +- So you need not provide this option if you are using GNU libc 2 or ++ So you need _not_ provide this option if you are using GNU libc 2 or + you have installed a recent copy of the GNU gettext package with the + included `libintl'. + + INSTALL Matters + =============== + +- Some packages are "localizable" when properly installed; the +-programs they contain can be made to speak your own native language. +-Most such packages use GNU `gettext'. Other packages have their own +-ways to internationalization, predating GNU `gettext'. ++Some packages are "localizable" when properly installed; the programs ++they contain can be made to speak your own native language. Most such ++packages use GNU `gettext'. Other packages have their own ways to ++internationalization, predating GNU `gettext'. + + By default, this package will be installed to allow translation of +-messages. It will automatically detect whether the system provides +-usable `catgets' (if using this is selected by the installer) or +-`gettext' functions. If neither is available, the GNU `gettext' own ++messages. It will automatically detect whether the system already ++provides the GNU `gettext' functions. If not, the GNU `gettext' own + library will be used. This library is wholly contained within this + package, usually in the `intl/' subdirectory, so prior installation of +-the GNU `gettext' package is *not* required. Installers may use ++the GNU `gettext' package is _not_ required. Installers may use + special options at configuration time for changing the default + behaviour. The commands: + + ./configure --with-included-gettext +- ./configure --with-catgets + ./configure --disable-nls + +-will respectively bypass any pre-existing `catgets' or `gettext' to use +-the internationalizing routines provided within this package, enable +-the use of the `catgets' functions (if found on the locale system), or +-else, *totally* disable translation of messages. ++will respectively bypass any pre-existing `gettext' to use the ++internationalizing routines provided within this package, or else, ++_totally_ disable translation of messages. + + When you already have GNU `gettext' installed on your system and run + configure without an option for your new package, `configure' will +@@ -83,18 +81,10 @@ + + to prevent auto-detection. + +- By default the configuration process will not test for the `catgets' +-function and therefore they will not be used. The reasons are already +-given above: the emulation on top of `catgets' cannot provide all the +-extensions provided by the GNU `gettext' library. If you nevertheless +-want to use the `catgets' functions use +- +- ./configure --with-catgets +- +-to enable the test for `catgets' (this causes no harm if `catgets' is +-not available on your system). If you really select this option we +-would like to hear about the reasons because we cannot think of any +-good one ourself. ++ The configuration process will not test for the `catgets' function ++and therefore it will not be used. The reason is that even an ++emulation of `gettext' on top of `catgets' could not provide all the ++extensions of the GNU `gettext' library. + + Internationalized packages have usually many `po/LL.po' files, where + LL gives an ISO 639 two-letter code identifying the language. Unless +@@ -108,57 +98,73 @@ + Using This Package + ================== + +- As a user, if your language has been installed for this package, you ++As a user, if your language has been installed for this package, you + only have to set the `LANG' environment variable to the appropriate +-ISO 639 `LL' two-letter code prior to using the programs in the +-package. For example, let's suppose that you speak German. At the +-shell prompt, merely execute `setenv LANG de' (in `csh'), +-`export LANG; LANG=de' (in `sh') or `export LANG=de' (in `bash'). This +-can be done from your `.login' or `.profile' file, once and for all. ++`LL_CC' combination. Here `LL' is an ISO 639 two-letter language code, ++and `CC' is an ISO 3166 two-letter country code. For example, let's ++suppose that you speak German and live in Germany. At the shell ++prompt, merely execute `setenv LANG de_DE' (in `csh'), ++`export LANG; LANG=de_DE' (in `sh') or `export LANG=de_DE' (in `bash'). ++This can be done from your `.login' or `.profile' file, once and for ++all. + +- An operating system might already offer message localization for +-many of its programs, while other programs have been installed locally +-with the full capabilities of GNU `gettext'. Just using `gettext' +-extended syntax for `LANG' would break proper localization of already +-available operating system programs. In this case, users should set +-both `LANGUAGE' and `LANG' variables in their environment, as programs +-using GNU `gettext' give preference to `LANGUAGE'. For example, some +-Swedish users would rather read translations in German than English for +-when Swedish is not available. This is easily accomplished by setting +-`LANGUAGE' to `sv:de' while leaving `LANG' to `sv'. ++ You might think that the country code specification is redundant. ++But in fact, some languages have dialects in different countries. For ++example, `de_AT' is used for Austria, and `pt_BR' for Brazil. The ++country code serves to distinguish the dialects. ++ ++ The locale naming convention of `LL_CC', with `LL' denoting the ++language and `CC' denoting the country, is the one use on systems based ++on GNU libc. On other systems, some variations of this scheme are ++used, such as `LL' or `LL_CC.ENCODING'. You can get the list of ++locales supported by your system for your country by running the command ++`locale -a | grep '^LL''. ++ ++ Not all programs have translations for all languages. By default, an ++English message is shown in place of a nonexistent translation. If you ++understand other languages, you can set up a priority list of languages. ++This is done through a different environment variable, called ++`LANGUAGE'. GNU `gettext' gives preference to `LANGUAGE' over `LANG' ++for the purpose of message handling, but you still need to have `LANG' ++set to the primary language; this is required by other parts of the ++system libraries. For example, some Swedish users who would rather ++read translations in German than English for when Swedish is not ++available, set `LANGUAGE' to `sv:de' while leaving `LANG' to `sv_SE'. ++ ++ Special advice for Norwegian users: The language code for Norwegian ++bokma*l changed from `no' to `nb' recently (in 2003). During the ++transition period, while some message catalogs for this language are ++installed under `nb' and some older ones under `no', it's recommended ++for Norwegian users to set `LANGUAGE' to `nb:no' so that both newer and ++older translations are used. ++ ++ In the `LANGUAGE' environment variable, but not in the `LANG' ++environment variable, `LL_CC' combinations can be abbreviated as `LL' ++to denote the language's main dialect. For example, `de' is equivalent ++to `de_DE' (German as spoken in Germany), and `pt' to `pt_PT' ++(Portuguese as spoken in Portugal) in this context. + + Translating Teams + ================= + +- For the Free Translation Project to be a success, we need interested ++For the Free Translation Project to be a success, we need interested + people who like their own language and write it well, and who are also + able to synergize with other translators speaking the same language. +-Each translation team has its own mailing list, courtesy of Linux +-International. You may reach your translation team at the address +-`LL@li.org', replacing LL by the two-letter ISO 639 code for your +-language. Language codes are *not* the same as the country codes given +-in ISO 3166. The following translation teams exist, as of August 1997: +- +- Chinese `zh', Czech `cs', Danish `da', Dutch `nl', English `en', +- Esperanto `eo', Finnish `fi', French `fr', German `de', Hungarian +- `hu', Irish `ga', Italian `it', Indonesian `id', Japanese `ja', +- Korean `ko', Latin `la', Norwegian `no', Persian `fa', Polish +- `pl', Portuguese `pt', Russian `ru', Slovenian `sl', Spanish `es', +- Swedish `sv', and Turkish `tr'. +- +-For example, you may reach the Chinese translation team by writing to +-`zh@li.org'. ++Each translation team has its own mailing list. The up-to-date list of ++teams can be found at the Free Translation Project's homepage, ++`http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/HTML/', in the "National teams" ++area. + +- If you'd like to volunteer to *work* at translating messages, you ++ If you'd like to volunteer to _work_ at translating messages, you + should become a member of the translating team for your own language. +-The subscribing address is *not* the same as the list itself, it has ++The subscribing address is _not_ the same as the list itself, it has + `-request' appended. For example, speakers of Swedish can send a + message to `sv-request@li.org', having this message body: + + subscribe + + Keep in mind that team members are expected to participate +-*actively* in translations, or at solving translational difficulties, ++_actively_ in translations, or at solving translational difficulties, + rather than merely lurking around. If your team does not exist yet and + you want to start one, or if you are unsure about what to do or how to + get started, please write to `translation@iro.umontreal.ca' to reach the +@@ -171,43 +177,559 @@ + Available Packages + ================== + +- Languages are not equally supported in all packages. The following +-matrix shows the current state of internationalization, as of August +-1997. The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for which languages +-PO files have been submitted to translation coordination. ++Languages are not equally supported in all packages. The following ++matrix shows the current state of internationalization, as of January ++2004. The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for which languages ++PO files have been submitted to translation coordination, with a ++translation percentage of at least 50%. + +- Ready PO files cs da de en es fi fr it ja ko nl no pl pt sl sv +- .-------------------------------------------------. +- bash | [] [] [] | 3 +- bison | [] [] [] | 3 +- clisp | [] [] [] [] | 4 +- cpio | [] [] [] [] [] | 5 +- diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] | 5 +- enscript | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 6 +- fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 10 +- findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 8 +- flex | [] [] [] [] | 4 +- gcal | [] [] [] [] [] | 5 +- gettext | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 11 +- grep | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 9 +- hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 10 +- id-utils | [] [] [] | 3 +- indent | [] [] [] [] | 4 +- libc | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 7 +- m4 | [] [] [] [] [] | 5 +- make | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 6 +- music | [] [] | 2 +- ptx | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 8 +- recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 9 +- sh-utils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 7 +- sharutils | [] [] [] [] [] | 5 +- tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 10 +- texinfo | [] | 1 +- textutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 9 +- wdiff | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 8 +- `-------------------------------------------------' +- 16 languages cs da de en es fi fr it ja ko nl no pl pt sl sv +- 27 packages 3 2 24 1 17 1 26 2 1 11 20 9 19 7 7 17 167 ++ Ready PO files af am ar az be bg bs ca cs da de el en en_GB eo es ++ +----------------------------------------------------+ ++ a2ps | [] [] [] [] | ++ aegis | () | ++ ant-phone | () | ++ anubis | | ++ ap-utils | | ++ aspell | [] | ++ bash | [] [] [] [] | ++ batchelor | | ++ bfd | [] [] | ++ binutils | [] [] | ++ bison | [] [] [] | ++ bluez-pin | [] [] [] | ++ clisp | | ++ clisp | [] [] [] | ++ console-tools | [] [] | ++ coreutils | [] [] [] [] | ++ cpio | [] [] [] | ++ darkstat | [] () [] | ++ diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | ++ e2fsprogs | [] [] [] | ++ enscript | [] [] [] [] | ++ error | [] [] [] [] [] | ++ fetchmail | [] () [] [] [] [] | ++ fileutils | [] [] [] | ++ findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | ++ flex | [] [] [] [] | ++ fslint | | ++ gas | [] | ++ gawk | [] [] [] [] | ++ gbiff | [] | ++ gcal | [] | ++ gcc | [] [] | ++ gettext | [] [] [] [] [] | ++ gettext-examples | [] [] [] [] | ++ gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] | ++ gettext-tools | [] [] [] | ++ gimp-print | [] [] [] [] [] | ++ gliv | | ++ glunarclock | [] [] | ++ gnubiff | [] | ++ gnucash | [] () [] [] | ++ gnucash-glossary | [] () [] | ++ gnupg | [] () [] [] [] [] | ++ gpe-aerial | [] | ++ gpe-beam | [] [] | ++ gpe-calendar | [] [] | ++ gpe-clock | [] [] | ++ gpe-conf | [] [] | ++ gpe-contacts | [] [] | ++ gpe-edit | [] | ++ gpe-go | [] | ++ gpe-login | [] [] | ++ gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] | ++ gpe-sketchbook | [] [] | ++ gpe-su | [] [] | ++ gpe-taskmanager | [] [] | ++ gpe-timesheet | [] | ++ gpe-today | [] [] | ++ gpe-todo | [] [] | ++ gphoto2 | [] [] [] [] | ++ gprof | [] [] [] | ++ gpsdrive | () () () | ++ gramadoir | [] | ++ grep | [] [] [] [] [] [] | ++ gretl | [] | ++ gtick | [] () | ++ hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] | ++ id-utils | [] [] | ++ indent | [] [] [] [] | ++ iso_3166 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | ++ iso_3166_1 | [] [] [] [] [] [] | ++ iso_3166_2 | | ++ iso_3166_3 | [] | ++ iso_4217 | [] [] [] [] | ++ iso_639 | | ++ jpilot | [] [] [] | ++ jtag | | ++ jwhois | [] | ++ kbd | [] [] [] [] [] | ++ latrine | () | ++ ld | [] [] | ++ libc | [] [] [] [] [] [] | ++ libgpewidget | [] [] | ++ libiconv | [] [] [] [] [] | ++ lifelines | [] () | ++ lilypond | [] | ++ lingoteach | | ++ lingoteach_lessons | () () | ++ lynx | [] [] [] [] | ++ m4 | [] [] [] [] | ++ mailutils | [] [] | ++ make | [] [] [] | ++ man-db | [] () [] [] () | ++ minicom | [] [] [] | ++ mysecretdiary | [] [] [] | ++ nano | [] () [] [] [] | ++ nano_1_0 | [] () [] [] [] | ++ opcodes | [] | ++ parted | [] [] [] [] [] | ++ ptx | [] [] [] [] [] | ++ python | | ++ radius | [] | ++ recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | ++ rpm | [] [] | ++ screem | | ++ scrollkeeper | [] [] [] [] [] [] | ++ sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] | ++ sh-utils | [] [] [] | ++ shared-mime-info | | ++ sharutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | ++ silky | () | ++ skencil | [] () [] | ++ sketch | [] () [] | ++ soundtracker | [] [] [] | ++ sp | [] | ++ tar | [] [] [] [] | ++ texinfo | [] [] [] | ++ textutils | [] [] [] [] | ++ tin | () () | ++ tp-robot | | ++ tuxpaint | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | ++ unicode-han-tra... | | ++ unicode-transla... | | ++ util-linux | [] [] [] [] [] | ++ vorbis-tools | [] [] [] [] | ++ wastesedge | () | ++ wdiff | [] [] [] [] | ++ wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] | ++ xchat | [] [] [] [] | ++ xfree86_xkb_xml | [] [] | ++ xpad | [] | ++ +----------------------------------------------------+ ++ af am ar az be bg bs ca cs da de el en en_GB eo es ++ 4 0 0 1 9 4 1 40 41 60 78 17 1 5 13 68 ++ ++ et eu fa fi fr ga gl he hr hu id is it ja ko lg ++ +-------------------------------------------------+ ++ a2ps | [] [] [] () () | ++ aegis | | ++ ant-phone | [] | ++ anubis | [] | ++ ap-utils | [] | ++ aspell | [] [] | ++ bash | [] [] | ++ batchelor | [] [] | ++ bfd | [] | ++ binutils | [] [] | ++ bison | [] [] [] [] | ++ bluez-pin | [] [] [] [] [] | ++ clisp | | ++ clisp | [] | ++ console-tools | | ++ coreutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | ++ cpio | [] [] [] [] | ++ darkstat | () [] [] [] | ++ diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | ++ e2fsprogs | | ++ enscript | [] [] | ++ error | [] [] [] [] | ++ fetchmail | [] | ++ fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | ++ findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | ++ flex | [] [] [] | ++ fslint | [] | ++ gas | [] | ++ gawk | [] [] [] | ++ gbiff | [] | ++ gcal | [] | ++ gcc | [] | ++ gettext | [] [] [] | ++ gettext-examples | [] [] | ++ gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] | ++ gettext-tools | [] [] [] | ++ gimp-print | [] [] | ++ gliv | () | ++ glunarclock | [] [] [] [] | ++ gnubiff | [] | ++ gnucash | () [] | ++ gnucash-glossary | [] | ++ gnupg | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | ++ gpe-aerial | [] | ++ gpe-beam | [] | ++ gpe-calendar | [] [] [] | ++ gpe-clock | [] | ++ gpe-conf | [] | ++ gpe-contacts | [] [] | ++ gpe-edit | [] [] | ++ gpe-go | [] | ++ gpe-login | [] [] | ++ gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] [] | ++ gpe-sketchbook | [] | ++ gpe-su | [] | ++ gpe-taskmanager | [] | ++ gpe-timesheet | [] [] [] | ++ gpe-today | [] [] | ++ gpe-todo | [] [] | ++ gphoto2 | [] [] [] | ++ gprof | [] [] | ++ gpsdrive | () () () | ++ gramadoir | [] [] | ++ grep | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | ++ gretl | [] [] | ++ gtick | [] [] [] | ++ hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | ++ id-utils | [] [] [] [] | ++ indent | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | ++ iso_3166 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | ++ iso_3166_1 | [] [] [] [] [] | ++ iso_3166_2 | | ++ iso_3166_3 | | ++ iso_4217 | [] [] [] [] [] [] | ++ iso_639 | | ++ jpilot | [] () | ++ jtag | [] | ++ jwhois | [] [] [] [] | ++ kbd | [] | ++ latrine | [] | ++ ld | [] | ++ libc | [] [] [] [] [] [] | ++ libgpewidget | [] [] [] [] | ++ libiconv | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | ++ lifelines | () | ++ lilypond | [] | ++ lingoteach | [] [] | ++ lingoteach_lessons | | ++ lynx | [] [] [] [] | ++ m4 | [] [] [] [] | ++ mailutils | | ++ make | [] [] [] [] [] [] | ++ man-db | () () | ++ minicom | [] [] [] [] | ++ mysecretdiary | [] [] | ++ nano | [] [] [] [] | ++ nano_1_0 | [] [] [] [] | ++ opcodes | [] | ++ parted | [] [] [] | ++ ptx | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | ++ python | | ++ radius | [] | ++ recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] | ++ rpm | [] [] | ++ screem | | ++ scrollkeeper | [] | ++ sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | ++ sh-utils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | ++ shared-mime-info | [] [] [] | ++ sharutils | [] [] [] [] [] | ++ silky | () [] () () | ++ skencil | [] | ++ sketch | [] | ++ soundtracker | [] [] | ++ sp | [] () | ++ tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | ++ texinfo | [] [] [] [] | ++ textutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | ++ tin | [] () | ++ tp-robot | [] | ++ tuxpaint | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | ++ unicode-han-tra... | | ++ unicode-transla... | [] [] | ++ util-linux | [] [] [] [] () [] | ++ vorbis-tools | [] | ++ wastesedge | () | ++ wdiff | [] [] [] [] [] [] | ++ wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | ++ xchat | [] [] [] | ++ xfree86_xkb_xml | [] [] | ++ xpad | [] [] | ++ +-------------------------------------------------+ ++ et eu fa fi fr ga gl he hr hu id is it ja ko lg ++ 22 2 1 26 106 28 24 8 10 41 33 1 26 33 12 0 ++ ++ lt lv mk mn ms mt nb nl nn no nso pl pt pt_BR ro ru ++ +-----------------------------------------------------+ ++ a2ps | [] [] () () [] [] [] | ++ aegis | () () () | ++ ant-phone | [] [] | ++ anubis | [] [] [] [] [] [] | ++ ap-utils | [] () [] | ++ aspell | [] | ++ bash | [] [] [] | ++ batchelor | [] | ++ bfd | [] | ++ binutils | [] | ++ bison | [] [] [] [] [] | ++ bluez-pin | [] [] [] | ++ clisp | | ++ clisp | [] | ++ console-tools | [] | ++ coreutils | [] [] | ++ cpio | [] [] [] [] [] | ++ darkstat | [] [] [] [] | ++ diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | ++ e2fsprogs | [] | ++ enscript | [] [] [] [] | ++ error | [] [] [] | ++ fetchmail | [] [] () [] | ++ fileutils | [] [] [] | ++ findutils | [] [] [] [] [] | ++ flex | [] [] [] [] | ++ fslint | [] [] | ++ gas | | ++ gawk | [] [] [] | ++ gbiff | [] [] | ++ gcal | | ++ gcc | | ++ gettext | [] [] [] | ++ gettext-examples | [] [] [] | ++ gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] | ++ gettext-tools | [] [] | ++ gimp-print | [] | ++ gliv | [] [] [] | ++ glunarclock | [] [] [] [] | ++ gnubiff | [] | ++ gnucash | [] [] () [] | ++ gnucash-glossary | [] [] | ++ gnupg | [] | ++ gpe-aerial | [] [] [] [] | ++ gpe-beam | [] [] [] [] | ++ gpe-calendar | [] [] [] [] | ++ gpe-clock | [] [] [] [] | ++ gpe-conf | [] [] [] [] | ++ gpe-contacts | [] [] [] [] | ++ gpe-edit | [] [] [] [] | ++ gpe-go | [] [] [] | ++ gpe-login | [] [] [] [] | ++ gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] [] [] | ++ gpe-sketchbook | [] [] [] [] | ++ gpe-su | [] [] [] [] | ++ gpe-taskmanager | [] [] [] [] | ++ gpe-timesheet | [] [] [] [] | ++ gpe-today | [] [] [] [] | ++ gpe-todo | [] [] [] [] | ++ gphoto2 | [] | ++ gprof | [] [] | ++ gpsdrive | () () [] | ++ gramadoir | () [] | ++ grep | [] [] [] [] [] | ++ gretl | | ++ gtick | [] [] [] | ++ hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | ++ id-utils | [] [] [] [] | ++ indent | [] [] [] [] | ++ iso_3166 | [] [] [] | ++ iso_3166_1 | [] [] | ++ iso_3166_2 | | ++ iso_3166_3 | [] | ++ iso_4217 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | ++ iso_639 | [] | ++ jpilot | () () | ++ jtag | | ++ jwhois | [] [] [] [] () | ++ kbd | [] [] [] | ++ latrine | [] | ++ ld | | ++ libc | [] [] [] [] | ++ libgpewidget | [] [] [] | ++ libiconv | [] [] [] [] [] | ++ lifelines | | ++ lilypond | | ++ lingoteach | | ++ lingoteach_lessons | | ++ lynx | [] [] [] | ++ m4 | [] [] [] [] [] | ++ mailutils | [] [] [] | ++ make | [] [] [] [] | ++ man-db | [] | ++ minicom | [] [] [] [] | ++ mysecretdiary | [] [] [] | ++ nano | [] [] [] [] [] | ++ nano_1_0 | [] [] [] [] [] [] | ++ opcodes | [] [] | ++ parted | [] [] [] [] | ++ ptx | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | ++ python | | ++ radius | [] [] | ++ recode | [] [] [] [] | ++ rpm | [] [] [] | ++ screem | | ++ scrollkeeper | [] [] [] [] [] | ++ sed | [] [] [] | ++ sh-utils | [] [] | ++ shared-mime-info | [] [] | ++ sharutils | [] [] | ++ silky | () | ++ skencil | [] [] | ++ sketch | [] [] | ++ soundtracker | | ++ sp | | ++ tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] | ++ texinfo | [] [] [] [] | ++ textutils | [] [] | ++ tin | | ++ tp-robot | [] | ++ tuxpaint | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | ++ unicode-han-tra... | | ++ unicode-transla... | | ++ util-linux | [] [] [] | ++ vorbis-tools | [] [] [] | ++ wastesedge | | ++ wdiff | [] [] [] [] [] | ++ wget | [] [] [] | ++ xchat | [] [] [] | ++ xfree86_xkb_xml | [] [] | ++ xpad | [] [] | ++ +-----------------------------------------------------+ ++ lt lv mk mn ms mt nb nl nn no nso pl pt pt_BR ro ru ++ 1 2 0 3 12 0 10 69 6 7 1 40 26 36 76 63 ++ ++ sk sl sr sv ta th tr uk ven vi wa xh zh_CN zh_TW zu ++ +-----------------------------------------------------+ ++ a2ps | [] [] [] [] | 16 ++ aegis | | 0 ++ ant-phone | | 3 ++ anubis | [] [] | 9 ++ ap-utils | () | 3 ++ aspell | | 4 ++ bash | | 9 ++ batchelor | | 3 ++ bfd | [] [] | 6 ++ binutils | [] [] [] | 8 ++ bison | [] [] | 14 ++ bluez-pin | [] [] [] | 14 ++ clisp | | 0 ++ clisp | | 5 ++ console-tools | | 3 ++ coreutils | [] [] [] [] | 16 ++ cpio | [] [] | 14 ++ darkstat | [] [] [] () () | 12 ++ diffutils | [] [] [] | 23 ++ e2fsprogs | [] [] | 6 ++ enscript | [] [] | 12 ++ error | [] [] [] | 15 ++ fetchmail | [] [] | 11 ++ fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] | 17 ++ findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 29 ++ flex | [] [] | 13 ++ fslint | | 3 ++ gas | [] | 3 ++ gawk | [] [] | 12 ++ gbiff | | 4 ++ gcal | [] [] | 4 ++ gcc | [] | 4 ++ gettext | [] [] [] [] [] | 16 ++ gettext-examples | [] [] [] [] [] | 14 ++ gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 22 ++ gettext-tools | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 14 ++ gimp-print | [] [] | 10 ++ gliv | | 3 ++ glunarclock | [] [] [] | 13 ++ gnubiff | | 3 ++ gnucash | [] [] | 9 ++ gnucash-glossary | [] [] [] | 8 ++ gnupg | [] [] [] [] | 17 ++ gpe-aerial | [] | 7 ++ gpe-beam | [] | 8 ++ gpe-calendar | [] [] [] [] | 13 ++ gpe-clock | [] [] [] | 10 ++ gpe-conf | [] [] | 9 ++ gpe-contacts | [] [] [] | 11 ++ gpe-edit | [] [] [] [] [] | 12 ++ gpe-go | | 5 ++ gpe-login | [] [] [] [] [] | 13 ++ gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] [] [] | 13 ++ gpe-sketchbook | [] [] | 9 ++ gpe-su | [] [] [] | 10 ++ gpe-taskmanager | [] [] [] | 10 ++ gpe-timesheet | [] [] [] [] | 12 ++ gpe-today | [] [] [] [] [] | 13 ++ gpe-todo | [] [] [] [] | 12 ++ gphoto2 | [] [] [] | 11 ++ gprof | [] [] | 9 ++ gpsdrive | [] [] | 3 ++ gramadoir | [] | 5 ++ grep | [] [] [] [] | 26 ++ gretl | | 3 ++ gtick | | 7 ++ hello | [] [] [] [] [] | 34 ++ id-utils | [] [] | 12 ++ indent | [] [] [] [] | 21 ++ iso_3166 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 27 ++ iso_3166_1 | [] [] [] | 16 ++ iso_3166_2 | | 0 ++ iso_3166_3 | | 2 ++ iso_4217 | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 24 ++ iso_639 | | 1 ++ jpilot | [] [] [] [] [] | 9 ++ jtag | [] | 2 ++ jwhois | () [] [] | 11 ++ kbd | [] [] | 11 ++ latrine | | 2 ++ ld | [] [] | 5 ++ libc | [] [] [] [] | 20 ++ libgpewidget | [] [] [] [] | 13 ++ libiconv | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 27 ++ lifelines | [] | 2 ++ lilypond | [] | 3 ++ lingoteach | | 2 ++ lingoteach_lessons | () | 0 ++ lynx | [] [] [] | 14 ++ m4 | [] [] | 15 ++ mailutils | | 5 ++ make | [] [] [] | 16 ++ man-db | [] | 5 ++ minicom | | 11 ++ mysecretdiary | [] [] | 10 ++ nano | [] [] [] [] | 17 ++ nano_1_0 | [] [] [] | 17 ++ opcodes | [] [] | 6 ++ parted | [] [] [] | 15 ++ ptx | [] [] | 22 ++ python | | 0 ++ radius | | 4 ++ recode | [] [] [] | 20 ++ rpm | [] [] | 9 ++ screem | [] [] | 2 ++ scrollkeeper | [] [] [] | 15 ++ sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 24 ++ sh-utils | [] [] | 14 ++ shared-mime-info | [] [] | 7 ++ sharutils | [] [] [] [] | 17 ++ silky | () | 3 ++ skencil | [] | 6 ++ sketch | [] | 6 ++ soundtracker | [] [] | 7 ++ sp | [] | 3 ++ tar | [] [] [] [] [] | 24 ++ texinfo | [] [] [] | 14 ++ textutils | [] [] [] [] | 16 ++ tin | | 1 ++ tp-robot | | 2 ++ tuxpaint | [] [] [] [] [] | 29 ++ unicode-han-tra... | | 0 ++ unicode-transla... | | 2 ++ util-linux | [] [] | 15 ++ vorbis-tools | | 8 ++ wastesedge | | 0 ++ wdiff | [] [] [] | 18 ++ wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 24 ++ xchat | [] [] [] [] [] | 15 ++ xfree86_xkb_xml | [] [] [] [] [] | 11 ++ xpad | | 5 ++ +-----------------------------------------------------+ ++ 63 teams sk sl sr sv ta th tr uk ven vi wa xh zh_CN zh_TW zu ++ 131 domains 47 19 28 83 0 0 59 13 1 1 11 0 22 22 0 1373 + + Some counters in the preceding matrix are higher than the number of + visible blocks let us expect. This is because a few extra PO files are +@@ -220,6 +742,27 @@ + lag between the mere existence a PO file and its wide availability in a + distribution. + +- If August 1997 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy of +-this `ABOUT-NLS' file on most GNU archive sites. ++ If January 2004 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy of ++this `ABOUT-NLS' file on most GNU archive sites. The most up-to-date ++matrix with full percentage details can be found at ++`http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/HTML/matrix.html'. ++ ++Using `gettext' in new packages ++=============================== ++ ++If you are writing a freely available program and want to ++internationalize it you are welcome to use GNU `gettext' in your ++package. Of course you have to respect the GNU Library General Public ++License which covers the use of the GNU `gettext' library. This means ++in particular that even non-free programs can use `libintl' as a shared ++library, whereas only free software can use `libintl' as a static ++library or use modified versions of `libintl'. ++ ++ Once the sources are changed appropriately and the setup can handle ++the use of `gettext' the only thing missing are the translations. The ++Free Translation Project is also available for packages which are not ++developed inside the GNU project. Therefore the information given above ++applies also for every other Free Software Project. Contact ++`translation@iro.umontreal.ca' to make the `.pot' files available to ++the translation teams. + +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/ChangeLog 1998-12-29 17:49:56.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/ChangeLog 2004-09-12 14:40:35.846521456 -0400 +@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@ ++2004-09-12 gettextize <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org> ++ ++ * Makefile.am (ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS): New variable. ++ (EXTRA_DIST): Add config.rpath. ++ * configure.in (AC_OUTPUT): Add m4/Makefile. ++ (AC_OUTPUT): Remove command that created po/Makefile. ++ (AC_LINK_FILES): Remove invocation. ++ + 1998-12-29 Uwe Ohse <uwe@ohse.de> + + * src/lrz.c: removed stpcpy call. +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/config.rpath 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/config.rpath 2004-09-12 14:40:34.329752040 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,548 @@ ++#! /bin/sh ++# Output a system dependent set of variables, describing how to set the ++# run time search path of shared libraries in an executable. ++# ++# Copyright 1996-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++# Taken from GNU libtool, 2001 ++# Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996 ++# ++# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify ++# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ++# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or ++# (at your option) any later version. ++# ++# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ++# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++# General Public License for more details. ++# ++# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ++# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. ++# ++# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you ++# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a ++# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under ++# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. ++# ++# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification, ++# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM ++# or ++# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM ++# The environment variables CC, GCC, LDFLAGS, LD, with_gnu_ld ++# should be set by the caller. ++# ++# The set of defined variables is at the end of this script. ++ ++# Known limitations: ++# - On IRIX 6.5 with CC="cc", the run time search patch must not be longer ++# than 256 bytes, otherwise the compiler driver will dump core. The only ++# known workaround is to choose shorter directory names for the build ++# directory and/or the installation directory. ++ ++# All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except M$VC, ++# which needs '.lib'). ++libext=a ++shrext=.so ++ ++host="$1" ++host_cpu=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'` ++host_vendor=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'` ++host_os=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'` ++ ++# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC. ++ ++wl= ++if test "$GCC" = yes; then ++ wl='-Wl,' ++else ++ case "$host_os" in ++ aix*) ++ wl='-Wl,' ++ ;; ++ mingw* | pw32* | os2*) ++ ;; ++ hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) ++ wl='-Wl,' ++ ;; ++ irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) ++ wl='-Wl,' ++ ;; ++ newsos6) ++ ;; ++ linux*) ++ case $CC in ++ icc|ecc) ++ wl='-Wl,' ++ ;; ++ ccc) ++ wl='-Wl,' ++ ;; ++ esac ++ ;; ++ osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) ++ wl='-Wl,' ++ ;; ++ sco3.2v5*) ++ ;; ++ solaris*) ++ wl='-Wl,' ++ ;; ++ sunos4*) ++ wl='-Qoption ld ' ++ ;; ++ sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*) ++ wl='-Wl,' ++ ;; ++ sysv4*MP*) ++ ;; ++ uts4*) ++ ;; ++ esac ++fi ++ ++# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS. ++ ++hardcode_libdir_flag_spec= ++hardcode_libdir_separator= ++hardcode_direct=no ++hardcode_minus_L=no ++ ++case "$host_os" in ++ cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) ++ # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time ++ # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using ++ # Microsoft Visual C++. ++ if test "$GCC" != yes; then ++ with_gnu_ld=no ++ fi ++ ;; ++ openbsd*) ++ with_gnu_ld=no ++ ;; ++esac ++ ++ld_shlibs=yes ++if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then ++ case "$host_os" in ++ aix3* | aix4* | aix5*) ++ # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken ++ if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then ++ ld_shlibs=no ++ fi ++ ;; ++ amigaos*) ++ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' ++ hardcode_minus_L=yes ++ # Samuel A. Falvo II <kc5tja@dolphin.openprojects.net> reports ++ # that the semantics of dynamic libraries on AmigaOS, at least up ++ # to version 4, is to share data among multiple programs linked ++ # with the same dynamic library. Since this doesn't match the ++ # behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we can use ++ # them. ++ ld_shlibs=no ++ ;; ++ beos*) ++ if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then ++ : ++ else ++ ld_shlibs=no ++ fi ++ ;; ++ cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) ++ # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is ++ # no search path for DLLs. ++ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' ++ if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then ++ : ++ else ++ ld_shlibs=no ++ fi ++ ;; ++ netbsd*) ++ ;; ++ solaris* | sysv5*) ++ if $LD -v 2>&1 | grep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then ++ ld_shlibs=no ++ elif $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then ++ : ++ else ++ ld_shlibs=no ++ fi ++ ;; ++ sunos4*) ++ hardcode_direct=yes ++ ;; ++ *) ++ if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then ++ : ++ else ++ ld_shlibs=no ++ fi ++ ;; ++ esac ++ if test "$ld_shlibs" = yes; then ++ # Unlike libtool, we use -rpath here, not --rpath, since the documented ++ # option of GNU ld is called -rpath, not --rpath. ++ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' ++ fi ++else ++ case "$host_os" in ++ aix3*) ++ # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there ++ # are no directories specified by -L. ++ hardcode_minus_L=yes ++ if test "$GCC" = yes; then ++ # Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a ++ # broken collect2. ++ hardcode_direct=unsupported ++ fi ++ ;; ++ aix4* | aix5*) ++ if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then ++ # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't ++ # have to do anything special. ++ aix_use_runtimelinking=no ++ else ++ aix_use_runtimelinking=no ++ # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal ++ # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we ++ # need to do runtime linking. ++ case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix5*) ++ for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do ++ if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then ++ aix_use_runtimelinking=yes ++ break ++ fi ++ done ++ esac ++ fi ++ hardcode_direct=yes ++ hardcode_libdir_separator=':' ++ if test "$GCC" = yes; then ++ case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*) ++ collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2` ++ if test -f "$collect2name" && \ ++ strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null ++ then ++ # We have reworked collect2 ++ hardcode_direct=yes ++ else ++ # We have old collect2 ++ hardcode_direct=unsupported ++ hardcode_minus_L=yes ++ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' ++ hardcode_libdir_separator= ++ fi ++ esac ++ fi ++ # Begin _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX. ++ echo 'int main () { return 0; }' > conftest.c ++ ${CC} ${LDFLAGS} conftest.c -o conftest ++ aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; } ++}'` ++ if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then ++ aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; } ++}'` ++ fi ++ if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then ++ aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib" ++ fi ++ rm -f conftest.c conftest ++ # End _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX. ++ if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then ++ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" ++ else ++ if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then ++ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib' ++ else ++ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" ++ fi ++ fi ++ ;; ++ amigaos*) ++ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' ++ hardcode_minus_L=yes ++ # see comment about different semantics on the GNU ld section ++ ld_shlibs=no ++ ;; ++ bsdi4*) ++ ;; ++ cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) ++ # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using ++ # Microsoft Visual C++. ++ # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is ++ # no search path for DLLs. ++ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' ' ++ libext=lib ++ ;; ++ darwin* | rhapsody*) ++ if $CC -v 2>&1 | grep 'Apple' >/dev/null ; then ++ hardcode_direct=no ++ fi ++ ;; ++ dgux*) ++ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' ++ ;; ++ freebsd1*) ++ ld_shlibs=no ++ ;; ++ freebsd2.2*) ++ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' ++ hardcode_direct=yes ++ ;; ++ freebsd2*) ++ hardcode_direct=yes ++ hardcode_minus_L=yes ++ ;; ++ freebsd*) ++ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' ++ hardcode_direct=yes ++ ;; ++ hpux9*) ++ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' ++ hardcode_libdir_separator=: ++ hardcode_direct=yes ++ # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, ++ # but as the default location of the library. ++ hardcode_minus_L=yes ++ ;; ++ hpux10* | hpux11*) ++ if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then ++ case "$host_cpu" in ++ hppa*64*) ++ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' ++ hardcode_libdir_separator=: ++ hardcode_direct=no ++ ;; ++ ia64*) ++ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' ++ hardcode_direct=no ++ # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, ++ # but as the default location of the library. ++ hardcode_minus_L=yes ++ ;; ++ *) ++ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' ++ hardcode_libdir_separator=: ++ hardcode_direct=yes ++ # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, ++ # but as the default location of the library. ++ hardcode_minus_L=yes ++ ;; ++ esac ++ fi ++ ;; ++ irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) ++ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' ++ hardcode_libdir_separator=: ++ ;; ++ netbsd*) ++ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' ++ hardcode_direct=yes ++ ;; ++ newsos6) ++ hardcode_direct=yes ++ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' ++ hardcode_libdir_separator=: ++ ;; ++ openbsd*) ++ hardcode_direct=yes ++ if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then ++ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' ++ else ++ case "$host_os" in ++ openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*) ++ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' ++ ;; ++ *) ++ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' ++ ;; ++ esac ++ fi ++ ;; ++ os2*) ++ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' ++ hardcode_minus_L=yes ++ ;; ++ osf3*) ++ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' ++ hardcode_libdir_separator=: ++ ;; ++ osf4* | osf5*) ++ if test "$GCC" = yes; then ++ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' ++ else ++ # Both cc and cxx compiler support -rpath directly ++ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir' ++ fi ++ hardcode_libdir_separator=: ++ ;; ++ sco3.2v5*) ++ ;; ++ solaris*) ++ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' ++ ;; ++ sunos4*) ++ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' ++ hardcode_direct=yes ++ hardcode_minus_L=yes ++ ;; ++ sysv4) ++ case $host_vendor in ++ sni) ++ hardcode_direct=yes # is this really true??? ++ ;; ++ siemens) ++ hardcode_direct=no ++ ;; ++ motorola) ++ hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie ++ ;; ++ esac ++ ;; ++ sysv4.3*) ++ ;; ++ sysv4*MP*) ++ if test -d /usr/nec; then ++ ld_shlibs=yes ++ fi ++ ;; ++ sysv4.2uw2*) ++ hardcode_direct=yes ++ hardcode_minus_L=no ++ ;; ++ sysv5OpenUNIX8* | sysv5UnixWare7* | sysv5uw[78]* | unixware7*) ++ ;; ++ sysv5*) ++ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec= ++ ;; ++ uts4*) ++ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' ++ ;; ++ *) ++ ld_shlibs=no ++ ;; ++ esac ++fi ++ ++# Check dynamic linker characteristics ++# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER. ++libname_spec='lib$name' ++case "$host_os" in ++ aix3*) ++ ;; ++ aix4* | aix5*) ++ ;; ++ amigaos*) ++ ;; ++ beos*) ++ ;; ++ bsdi4*) ++ ;; ++ cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) ++ shrext=.dll ++ ;; ++ darwin* | rhapsody*) ++ shrext=.dylib ++ ;; ++ dgux*) ++ ;; ++ freebsd1*) ++ ;; ++ freebsd*) ++ ;; ++ gnu*) ++ ;; ++ hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) ++ case "$host_cpu" in ++ ia64*) ++ shrext=.so ++ ;; ++ hppa*64*) ++ shrext=.sl ++ ;; ++ *) ++ shrext=.sl ++ ;; ++ esac ++ ;; ++ irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) ++ case "$host_os" in ++ irix5* | nonstopux*) ++ libsuff= shlibsuff= ++ ;; ++ *) ++ case $LD in ++ *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") libsuff= shlibsuff= ;; ++ *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 ;; ++ *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 ;; ++ *) libsuff= shlibsuff= ;; ++ esac ++ ;; ++ esac ++ ;; ++ linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*) ++ ;; ++ linux*) ++ ;; ++ netbsd*) ++ ;; ++ newsos6) ++ ;; ++ nto-qnx) ++ ;; ++ openbsd*) ++ ;; ++ os2*) ++ libname_spec='$name' ++ shrext=.dll ++ ;; ++ osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) ++ ;; ++ sco3.2v5*) ++ ;; ++ solaris*) ++ ;; ++ sunos4*) ++ ;; ++ sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*) ++ ;; ++ sysv4*MP*) ++ ;; ++ uts4*) ++ ;; ++esac ++ ++sed_quote_subst='s/\(["`$\\]\)/\\\1/g' ++escaped_wl=`echo "X$wl" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"` ++shlibext=`echo "$shrext" | sed -e 's,^\.,,'` ++escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=`echo "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"` ++ ++sed -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=/acl_cv_\1=/' <<EOF ++ ++# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler. ++wl="$escaped_wl" ++ ++# Static library suffix (normally "a"). ++libext="$libext" ++ ++# Shared library suffix (normally "so"). ++shlibext="$shlibext" ++ ++# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking. ++# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist. ++hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" ++ ++# Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument. ++hardcode_libdir_separator="$hardcode_libdir_separator" ++ ++# Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the ++# resulting binary. ++hardcode_direct="$hardcode_direct" ++ ++# Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the ++# resulting binary. ++hardcode_minus_L="$hardcode_minus_L" ++ ++EOF +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/configure.in 2004-09-12 14:39:55.161706488 -0400 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/configure.in 2004-09-12 14:40:35.816526016 -0400 +@@ -260,11 +260,10 @@ + AM_GNU_GETTEXT + + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(LOCALEDIR,"$prefix/$DATADIRNAME") +-AC_LINK_FILES($nls_cv_header_libgt, $nls_cv_header_intl) + +-AC_OUTPUT([Makefile intl/Makefile lib/Makefile testsuite/Makefile \ ++AC_OUTPUT([Makefile intl/Makefile lib/Makefile testsuite/Makefile m4/Makefile \ + man/Makefile po/Makefile.in src/Makefile debian/rules Specfile systype \ + src/lrzszbug], +-[sed -e "/POTFILES =/r po/POTFILES" po/Makefile.in > po/Makefile; ++[ + chmod +x debian/rules; + test -z "$CONFIG_HEADERS" || echo timestamp > stamp-h]) +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/bindtextdom.c 1998-04-26 09:22:36.000000000 -0400 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/bindtextdom.c 2004-09-12 14:40:34.343749912 -0400 +@@ -1,59 +1,75 @@ + /* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function +- Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++ Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- GNU General Public License for more details. ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. + +- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, +- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ + + #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H + # include <config.h> + #endif + +-#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC +-# include <stdlib.h> +-#else +-# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H +-# include <malloc.h> +-# else +-void free (); +-# endif +-#endif ++#include <stddef.h> ++#include <stdlib.h> ++#include <string.h> + +-#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC +-# include <string.h> ++#ifdef _LIBC ++# include <libintl.h> + #else +-# include <strings.h> +-# ifndef memcpy +-# define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy (Src, Dst, Num) +-# endif ++# include "libgnuintl.h" + #endif ++#include "gettextP.h" + + #ifdef _LIBC +-# include <libintl.h> ++/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */ ++# include <bits/libc-lock.h> + #else +-# include "libgettext.h" ++/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */ ++# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME) ++# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) ++# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME) ++#endif ++ ++/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different ++ names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs ++ using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */ ++#if !defined _LIBC ++# define _nl_default_dirname libintl_nl_default_dirname ++# define _nl_domain_bindings libintl_nl_domain_bindings ++#endif ++ ++/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */ ++#ifndef offsetof ++# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident)) + #endif +-#include "gettext.h" +-#include "gettextP.h" + + /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + + /* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */ + extern const char _nl_default_dirname[]; ++#ifdef _LIBC ++extern const char _nl_default_dirname_internal[] attribute_hidden; ++#else ++# define INTUSE(name) name ++#endif + + /* List with bindings of specific domains. */ + extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings; + ++/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */ ++__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden) ++ + + /* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source +@@ -61,23 +77,41 @@ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ + #ifdef _LIBC + # define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain +-# define strdup(str) __strdup (str) ++# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET __bind_textdomain_codeset ++# ifndef strdup ++# define strdup(str) __strdup (str) ++# endif + #else +-# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN bindtextdomain__ ++# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN libintl_bindtextdomain ++# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset + #endif + +-/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found +- in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */ +-char * +-BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname) +- const char *domainname; +- const char *dirname; ++/* Specifies the directory name *DIRNAMEP and the output codeset *CODESETP ++ to be used for the DOMAINNAME message catalog. ++ If *DIRNAMEP or *CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is not ++ modified, only the current value is returned. ++ If DIRNAMEP or CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is neither ++ modified nor returned. */ ++static void ++set_binding_values (const char *domainname, ++ const char **dirnamep, const char **codesetp) + { + struct binding *binding; ++ int modified; + + /* Some sanity checks. */ + if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0') +- return NULL; ++ { ++ if (dirnamep) ++ *dirnamep = NULL; ++ if (codesetp) ++ *codesetp = NULL; ++ return; ++ } ++ ++ __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock); ++ ++ modified = 0; + + for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next) + { +@@ -93,81 +127,173 @@ + } + } + +- if (dirname == NULL) +- /* The current binding has be to returned. */ +- return binding == NULL ? (char *) _nl_default_dirname : binding->dirname; +- + if (binding != NULL) + { +- /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old +- one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the +- old binding. */ +- if (strcmp (dirname, binding->dirname) != 0) ++ if (dirnamep) + { +- char *new_dirname; ++ const char *dirname = *dirnamep; + +- if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0) +- new_dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname; ++ if (dirname == NULL) ++ /* The current binding has be to returned. */ ++ *dirnamep = binding->dirname; + else + { ++ /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old ++ one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the ++ old binding. */ ++ char *result = binding->dirname; ++ if (strcmp (dirname, result) != 0) ++ { ++ if (strcmp (dirname, INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname)) == 0) ++ result = (char *) INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname); ++ else ++ { + #if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP +- new_dirname = strdup (dirname); +- if (new_dirname == NULL) +- return NULL; ++ result = strdup (dirname); + #else +- size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1; +- new_dirname = (char *) malloc (len); +- if (new_dirname == NULL) +- return NULL; +- +- memcpy (new_dirname, dirname, len); ++ size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1; ++ result = (char *) malloc (len); ++ if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) ++ memcpy (result, dirname, len); + #endif ++ } ++ ++ if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) ++ { ++ if (binding->dirname != INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname)) ++ free (binding->dirname); ++ ++ binding->dirname = result; ++ modified = 1; ++ } ++ } ++ *dirnamep = result; + } ++ } + +- if (binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname) +- free (binding->dirname); ++ if (codesetp) ++ { ++ const char *codeset = *codesetp; + +- binding->dirname = new_dirname; ++ if (codeset == NULL) ++ /* The current binding has be to returned. */ ++ *codesetp = binding->codeset; ++ else ++ { ++ /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old ++ one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the ++ old binding. */ ++ char *result = binding->codeset; ++ if (result == NULL || strcmp (codeset, result) != 0) ++ { ++#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP ++ result = strdup (codeset); ++#else ++ size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1; ++ result = (char *) malloc (len); ++ if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) ++ memcpy (result, codeset, len); ++#endif ++ ++ if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) ++ { ++ if (binding->codeset != NULL) ++ free (binding->codeset); ++ ++ binding->codeset = result; ++ binding->codeset_cntr++; ++ modified = 1; ++ } ++ } ++ *codesetp = result; ++ } + } + } ++ else if ((dirnamep == NULL || *dirnamep == NULL) ++ && (codesetp == NULL || *codesetp == NULL)) ++ { ++ /* Simply return the default values. */ ++ if (dirnamep) ++ *dirnamep = INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname); ++ if (codesetp) ++ *codesetp = NULL; ++ } + else + { + /* We have to create a new binding. */ +- size_t len; ++ size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1; + struct binding *new_binding = +- (struct binding *) malloc (sizeof (*new_binding)); ++ (struct binding *) malloc (offsetof (struct binding, domainname) + len); + +- if (new_binding == NULL) +- return NULL; ++ if (__builtin_expect (new_binding == NULL, 0)) ++ goto failed; + ++ memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len); ++ ++ if (dirnamep) ++ { ++ const char *dirname = *dirnamep; ++ ++ if (dirname == NULL) ++ /* The default value. */ ++ dirname = INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname); ++ else ++ { ++ if (strcmp (dirname, INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname)) == 0) ++ dirname = INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname); ++ else ++ { ++ char *result; + #if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP +- new_binding->domainname = strdup (domainname); +- if (new_binding->domainname == NULL) +- return NULL; ++ result = strdup (dirname); ++ if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) ++ goto failed_dirname; + #else +- len = strlen (domainname) + 1; +- new_binding->domainname = (char *) malloc (len); +- if (new_binding->domainname == NULL) +- return NULL; +- memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len); ++ size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1; ++ result = (char *) malloc (len); ++ if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) ++ goto failed_dirname; ++ memcpy (result, dirname, len); + #endif +- +- if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0) +- new_binding->dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname; ++ dirname = result; ++ } ++ } ++ *dirnamep = dirname; ++ new_binding->dirname = (char *) dirname; ++ } + else ++ /* The default value. */ ++ new_binding->dirname = (char *) INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname); ++ ++ new_binding->codeset_cntr = 0; ++ ++ if (codesetp) + { ++ const char *codeset = *codesetp; ++ ++ if (codeset != NULL) ++ { ++ char *result; ++ + #if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP +- new_binding->dirname = strdup (dirname); +- if (new_binding->dirname == NULL) +- return NULL; ++ result = strdup (codeset); ++ if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) ++ goto failed_codeset; + #else +- len = strlen (dirname) + 1; +- new_binding->dirname = (char *) malloc (len); +- if (new_binding->dirname == NULL) +- return NULL; +- memcpy (new_binding->dirname, dirname, len); ++ size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1; ++ result = (char *) malloc (len); ++ if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) ++ goto failed_codeset; ++ memcpy (result, codeset, len); + #endif ++ codeset = result; ++ new_binding->codeset_cntr++; ++ } ++ *codesetp = codeset; ++ new_binding->codeset = (char *) codeset; + } ++ else ++ new_binding->codeset = NULL; + + /* Now enqueue it. */ + if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL +@@ -187,13 +313,51 @@ + binding->next = new_binding; + } + +- binding = new_binding; ++ modified = 1; ++ ++ /* Here we deal with memory allocation failures. */ ++ if (0) ++ { ++ failed_codeset: ++ if (new_binding->dirname != INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname)) ++ free (new_binding->dirname); ++ failed_dirname: ++ free (new_binding); ++ failed: ++ if (dirnamep) ++ *dirnamep = NULL; ++ if (codesetp) ++ *codesetp = NULL; ++ } + } + +- return binding->dirname; ++ /* If we modified any binding, we flush the caches. */ ++ if (modified) ++ ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr; ++ ++ __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); ++} ++ ++/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found ++ in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */ ++char * ++BINDTEXTDOMAIN (const char *domainname, const char *dirname) ++{ ++ set_binding_values (domainname, &dirname, NULL); ++ return (char *) dirname; ++} ++ ++/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the ++ DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */ ++char * ++BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (const char *domainname, const char *codeset) ++{ ++ set_binding_values (domainname, NULL, &codeset); ++ return (char *) codeset; + } + + #ifdef _LIBC +-/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ ++/* Aliases for function names in GNU C Library. */ + weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain); ++weak_alias (__bind_textdomain_codeset, bind_textdomain_codeset); + #endif +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/cat-compat.c 1998-04-26 09:22:37.000000000 -0400 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/cat-compat.c 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 +@@ -1,262 +0,0 @@ +-/* Compatibility code for gettext-using-catgets interface. +- Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +- +- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +- any later version. +- +- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- GNU General Public License for more details. +- +- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, +- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ +- +-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +-# include <config.h> +-#endif +- +-#include <stdio.h> +- +-#ifdef STDC_HEADERS +-# include <stdlib.h> +-# include <string.h> +-#else +-char *getenv (); +-# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H +-# include <malloc.h> +-# endif +-#endif +- +-#ifdef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H +-# include <nl_types.h> +-#endif +- +-#include "libgettext.h" +- +-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ +- +-/* XPG3 defines the result of `setlocale (category, NULL)' as: +- ``Directs `setlocale()' to query `category' and return the current +- setting of `local'.'' +- However it does not specify the exact format. And even worse: POSIX +- defines this not at all. So we can use this feature only on selected +- system (e.g. those using GNU C Library). */ +-#ifdef _LIBC +-# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL +-#endif +- +-/* The catalog descriptor. */ +-static nl_catd catalog = (nl_catd) -1; +- +-/* Name of the default catalog. */ +-static const char default_catalog_name[] = "messages"; +- +-/* Name of currently used catalog. */ +-static const char *catalog_name = default_catalog_name; +- +-/* Get ID for given string. If not found return -1. */ +-static int msg_to_cat_id PARAMS ((const char *msg)); +- +-/* Substitution for systems lacking this function in their C library. */ +-#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY +-static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src)); +-#endif +- +- +-/* Set currently used domain/catalog. */ +-char * +-textdomain (domainname) +- const char *domainname; +-{ +- nl_catd new_catalog; +- char *new_name; +- size_t new_name_len; +- char *lang; +- +-#if defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES \ +- && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL +- lang = setlocale (LC_MESSAGES, NULL); +-#else +- lang = getenv ("LC_ALL"); +- if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0') +- { +- lang = getenv ("LC_MESSAGES"); +- if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0') +- lang = getenv ("LANG"); +- } +-#endif +- if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0') +- lang = "C"; +- +- /* See whether name of currently used domain is asked. */ +- if (domainname == NULL) +- return (char *) catalog_name; +- +- if (domainname[0] == '\0') +- domainname = default_catalog_name; +- +- /* Compute length of added path element. */ +- new_name_len = sizeof (LOCALEDIR) - 1 + 1 + strlen (lang) +- + sizeof ("/LC_MESSAGES/") - 1 + sizeof (PACKAGE) - 1 +- + sizeof (".cat"); +- +- new_name = (char *) malloc (new_name_len); +- if (new_name == NULL) +- return NULL; +- +- strcpy (new_name, PACKAGE); +- new_catalog = catopen (new_name, 0); +- +- if (new_catalog == (nl_catd) -1) +- { +- /* NLSPATH search didn't work, try absolute path */ +- sprintf (new_name, "%s/%s/LC_MESSAGES/%s.cat", LOCALEDIR, lang, +- PACKAGE); +- new_catalog = catopen (new_name, 0); +- +- if (new_catalog == (nl_catd) -1) +- { +- free (new_name); +- return (char *) catalog_name; +- } +- } +- +- /* Close old catalog. */ +- if (catalog != (nl_catd) -1) +- catclose (catalog); +- if (catalog_name != default_catalog_name) +- free ((char *) catalog_name); +- +- catalog = new_catalog; +- catalog_name = new_name; +- +- return (char *) catalog_name; +-} +- +-char * +-bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname) +- const char *domainname; +- const char *dirname; +-{ +-#if HAVE_SETENV || HAVE_PUTENV +- char *old_val, *new_val, *cp; +- size_t new_val_len; +- +- /* This does not make much sense here but to be compatible do it. */ +- if (domainname == NULL) +- return NULL; +- +- /* Compute length of added path element. If we use setenv we don't need +- the first byts for NLSPATH=, but why complicate the code for this +- peanuts. */ +- new_val_len = sizeof ("NLSPATH=") - 1 + strlen (dirname) +- + sizeof ("/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat"); +- +- old_val = getenv ("NLSPATH"); +- if (old_val == NULL || old_val[0] == '\0') +- { +- old_val = NULL; +- new_val_len += 1 + sizeof (LOCALEDIR) - 1 +- + sizeof ("/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat"); +- } +- else +- new_val_len += strlen (old_val); +- +- new_val = (char *) malloc (new_val_len); +- if (new_val == NULL) +- return NULL; +- +-# if HAVE_SETENV +- cp = new_val; +-# else +- cp = stpcpy (new_val, "NLSPATH="); +-# endif +- +- cp = stpcpy (cp, dirname); +- cp = stpcpy (cp, "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat:"); +- +- if (old_val == NULL) +- { +-# if __STDC__ +- stpcpy (cp, LOCALEDIR "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat"); +-# else +- +- cp = stpcpy (cp, LOCALEDIR); +- stpcpy (cp, "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat"); +-# endif +- } +- else +- stpcpy (cp, old_val); +- +-# if HAVE_SETENV +- setenv ("NLSPATH", new_val, 1); +- free (new_val); +-# else +- putenv (new_val); +- /* Do *not* free the environment entry we just entered. It is used +- from now on. */ +-# endif +- +-#endif +- +- return (char *) domainname; +-} +- +-#undef gettext +-char * +-gettext (msg) +- const char *msg; +-{ +- int msgid; +- +- if (msg == NULL || catalog == (nl_catd) -1) +- return (char *) msg; +- +- /* Get the message from the catalog. We always use set number 1. +- The message ID is computed by the function `msg_to_cat_id' +- which works on the table generated by `po-to-tbl'. */ +- msgid = msg_to_cat_id (msg); +- if (msgid == -1) +- return (char *) msg; +- +- return catgets (catalog, 1, msgid, (char *) msg); +-} +- +-/* Look through the table `_msg_tbl' which has `_msg_tbl_length' entries +- for the one equal to msg. If it is found return the ID. In case when +- the string is not found return -1. */ +-static int +-msg_to_cat_id (msg) +- const char *msg; +-{ +- int cnt; +- +- for (cnt = 0; cnt < _msg_tbl_length; ++cnt) +- if (strcmp (msg, _msg_tbl[cnt]._msg) == 0) +- return _msg_tbl[cnt]._msg_number; +- +- return -1; +-} +- +- +-/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ +- +-/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we +- avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this +- function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY +- to be defined. */ +-#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY +-static char * +-stpcpy (dest, src) +- char *dest; +- const char *src; +-{ +- while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0') +- /* Do nothing. */ ; +- return dest - 1; +-} +-#endif +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/ChangeLog 1998-04-26 09:22:35.000000000 -0400 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/ChangeLog 2004-09-12 14:40:34.349749000 -0400 +@@ -1,1022 +1,4 @@ +-1997-09-06 02:10 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com> +- +- * intlh.inst.in: Reformat copyright. +- +-1997-08-19 15:22 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com> +- +- * dcgettext.c (DCGETTEXT): Remove wrong comment. +- +-1997-08-16 00:13 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com> +- +- * Makefile.in (install-data): Don't change directory to install. +- +-1997-08-01 14:30 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com> +- +- * cat-compat.c: Fix copyright. +- +- * localealias.c: Don't define strchr unless !HAVE_STRCHR. +- +- * loadmsgcat.c: Update copyright. Fix typos. +- +- * l10nflist.c: Don't define strchr unless !HAVE_STRCHR. +- (_nl_make_l10nflist): Handle sponsor and revision correctly. +- +- * gettext.c: Update copyright. +- * gettext.h: Likewise. +- * hash-string.h: Likewise. +- +- * finddomain.c: Remoave dead code. Define strchr only if +- !HAVE_STRCHR. +- +- * explodename.c: Include <sys/types.h>. +- +- * explodename.c: Reformat copyright text. +- (_nl_explode_name): Fix typo. +- +- * dcgettext.c: Define and use __set_errno. +- (guess_category_value): Don't use setlocale if HAVE_LC_MESSAGES is +- not defined. +- +- * bindtextdom.c: Pretty printing. +- +-1997-05-01 02:25 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com> +- +- * dcgettext.c (guess_category_value): Don't depend on +- HAVE_LC_MESSAGES. We don't need the macro here. +- Patch by Bruno Haible <haible@ilog.fr>. +- +- * cat-compat.c (textdomain): DoN't refer to HAVE_SETLOCALE_NULL +- macro. Instead use HAVE_LOCALE_NULL and define it when using +- glibc, as in dcgettext.c. +- Patch by Bruno Haible <haible@ilog.fr>. +- +- * Makefile.in (CPPFLAGS): New variable. Reported by Franc,ois +- Pinard. +- +-Mon Mar 10 06:51:17 1997 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com> +- +- * Makefile.in: Implement handling of libtool. +- +- * gettextP.h: Change data structures for use of generic lowlevel +- i18n file handling. +- +-Wed Dec 4 20:21:18 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com> +- +- * textdomain.c: Put parentheses around arguments of memcpy macro +- definition. +- * localealias.c: Likewise. +- * l10nflist.c: Likewise. +- * finddomain.c: Likewise. +- * bindtextdom.c: Likewise. +- Reported by Thomas Esken. +- +-Mon Nov 25 22:57:51 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com> +- +- * textdomain.c: Move definition of `memcpy` macro to right +- position. +- +-Fri Nov 22 04:01:58 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com> +- +- * finddomain.c [!HAVE_STRING_H && !_LIBC]: Define memcpy using +- bcopy if not already defined. Reported by Thomas Esken. +- * bindtextdom.c: Likewise. +- * l10nflist.c: Likewise. +- * localealias.c: Likewise. +- * textdomain.c: Likewise. +- +-Tue Oct 29 11:10:27 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com> +- +- * Makefile.in (libdir): Change to use exec_prefix instead of +- prefix. Reported by Knut-HvardAksnes <etokna@eto.ericsson.se>. +- +-Sat Aug 31 03:07:09 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com> +- +- * l10nflist.c (_nl_normalize_codeset): We convert to lower case, +- so don't prepend uppercase `ISO' for only numeric arg. +- +-Fri Jul 19 00:15:46 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com> +- +- * l10nflist.c: Move inclusion of argz.h, ctype.h, stdlib.h after +- definition of _GNU_SOURCE. Patch by Roland McGrath. +- +- * Makefile.in (uninstall): Fix another bug with `for' loop and +- empty arguments. Patch by Jim Meyering. Correct name os +- uninstalled files: no intl- prefix anymore. +- +- * Makefile.in (install-data): Again work around shells which +- cannot handle mpty for list. Reported by Jim Meyering. +- +-Sat Jul 13 18:11:35 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com> +- +- * Makefile.in (install): Split goal. Now depend on install-exec +- and install-data. +- (install-exec, install-data): New goals. Created from former +- install goal. +- Reported by Karl Berry. +- +-Sat Jun 22 04:58:14 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com> +- +- * Makefile.in (MKINSTALLDIRS): New variable. Path to +- mkinstalldirs script. +- (install): use MKINSTALLDIRS variable or if the script is not present +- try to find it in the $top_scrdir). +- +-Wed Jun 19 02:56:56 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com> +- +- * l10nflist.c: Linux libc *partly* includes the argz_* functions. +- Grr. Work around by renaming the static version and use macros +- for renaming. +- +-Tue Jun 18 20:11:17 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com> +- +- * l10nflist.c: Correct presence test macros of __argz_* functions. +- +- * l10nflist.c: Include <argz.h> based on test of it instead when +- __argz_* functions are available. +- Reported by Andreas Schwab. +- +-Thu Jun 13 15:17:44 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com> +- +- * explodename.c, l10nflist.c: Define NULL for dumb systems. +- +-Tue Jun 11 17:05:13 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com> +- +- * intlh.inst.in, libgettext.h (dcgettext): Rename local variable +- result to __result to prevent name clash. +- +- * l10nflist.c, localealias.c, dcgettext.c: Define _GNU_SOURCE to +- get prototype for stpcpy and strcasecmp. +- +- * intlh.inst.in, libgettext.h: Move declaration of +- `_nl_msg_cat_cntr' outside __extension__ block to prevent warning +- from gcc's -Wnested-extern option. +- +-Fri Jun 7 01:58:00 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com> +- +- * Makefile.in (install): Remove comment. +- +-Thu Jun 6 17:28:17 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com> +- +- * Makefile.in (install): Work around for another Buglix stupidity. +- Always use an `else' close for `if's. Reported by Nelson Beebe. +- +- * Makefile.in (intlh.inst): Correct typo in phony rule. +- Reported by Nelson Beebe. +- +-Thu Jun 6 01:49:52 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com> +- +- * dcgettext.c (read_alias_file): Rename variable alloca_list to +- block_list as the macro calls assume. +- Patch by Eric Backus. +- +- * localealias.c [!HAVE_ALLOCA]: Define alloca as macro using +- malloc. +- (read_alias_file): Rename varriabe alloca_list to block_list as the +- macro calls assume. +- Patch by Eric Backus. +- +- * l10nflist.c: Correct conditional for <argz.h> inclusion. +- Reported by Roland McGrath. +- +- * Makefile.in (all): Depend on all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@, not +- all-@USE_NLS@. +- +- * Makefile.in (install): intlh.inst comes from local dir, not +- $(srcdir). +- +- * Makefile.in (intlh.inst): Special handling of this goal. If +- used in gettext, this is really a rul to construct this file. If +- used in any other package it is defined as a .PHONY rule with +- empty body. +- +- * finddomain.c: Extract locale file information handling into +- l10nfile.c. Rename local stpcpy__ function to stpcpy. +- +- * dcgettext.c (stpcpy): Add local definition. +- +- * l10nflist.c: Solve some portability problems. Patches partly by +- Thomas Esken. Add local definition of stpcpy. +- +-Tue Jun 4 02:47:49 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com> +- +- * intlh.inst.in: Don't depend including <locale.h> on +- HAVE_LOCALE_H. Instead configure must rewrite this fiile +- depending on the result of the configure run. +- +- * Makefile.in (install): libintl.inst is now called intlh.inst. +- Add rules for updating intlh.inst from intlh.inst.in. +- +- * libintl.inst: Renamed to intlh.inst.in. +- +- * localealias.c, dcgettext.c [__GNUC__]: Define HAVE_ALLOCA to 1 +- because gcc has __buitlin_alloca. +- Reported by Roland McGrath. +- +-Mon Jun 3 00:32:16 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com> +- +- * Makefile.in (installcheck): New goal to fulfill needs of +- automake's distcheck. +- +- * Makefile.in (install): Reorder commands so that VERSION is +- found. +- +- * Makefile.in (gettextsrcdir): Now use subdirectory intl/ in +- @datadir@/gettext. +- (COMSRCS): Add l10nfile.c. +- (OBJECTS): Add l10nfile.o. +- (DISTFILES): Rename to DISTFILE.normal. Remove $(DISTFILES.common). +- (DISTFILE.gettext): Remove $(DISTFILES.common). +- (all-gettext): Remove goal. +- (install): If $(PACKAGE) = gettext install, otherwose do nothing. No +- package but gettext itself should install libintl.h + headers. +- (dist): Extend goal to work for gettext, too. +- (dist-gettext): Remove goal. +- +- * dcgettext.c [!HAVE_ALLOCA]: Define macro alloca by using malloc. +- +-Sun Jun 2 17:33:06 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com> +- +- * loadmsgcat.c (_nl_load_domain): Parameter is now comes from +- find_l10nfile. +- +-Sat Jun 1 02:23:03 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com> +- +- * l10nflist.c (__argz_next): Add definition. +- +- * dcgettext.c [!HAVE_ALLOCA]: Add code for handling missing alloca +- code. Use new l10nfile handling. +- +- * localealias.c [!HAVE_ALLOCA]: Add code for handling missing +- alloca code. +- +- * l10nflist.c: Initial revision. +- +-Tue Apr 2 18:51:18 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * Makefile.in (all-gettext): New goal. Same as all-yes. +- +-Thu Mar 28 23:01:22 1996 Karl Eichwalder <ke@ke.central.de> +- +- * Makefile.in (gettextsrcdir): Define using @datadir@. +- +-Tue Mar 26 12:39:14 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * finddomain.c: Include <ctype.h>. Reported by Roland McGrath. +- +-Sat Mar 23 02:00:35 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * finddomain.c (stpcpy): Rename to stpcpy__ to prevent clashing +- with external declaration. +- +-Sat Mar 2 00:47:09 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * Makefile.in (all-no): Rename from all_no. +- +-Sat Feb 17 00:25:59 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * gettextP.h [loaded_domain]: Array `successor' must now contain up +- to 63 elements (because of codeset name normalization). +- +- * finddomain.c: Implement codeset name normalization. +- +-Thu Feb 15 04:39:09 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * Makefile.in (all): Define to `all-@USE_NLS@'. +- (all-yes, all_no): New goals. `all-no' is noop, `all-yes' +- is former all. +- +-Mon Jan 15 21:46:01 1996 Howard Gayle <howard@hal.com> +- +- * localealias.c (alias_compare): Increment string pointers in loop +- of strcasecmp replacement. +- +-Fri Dec 29 21:16:34 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * Makefile.in (install-src): Who commented this goal out ? :-) +- +-Fri Dec 29 15:08:16 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * dcgettext.c (DCGETTEXT): Save `errno'. Failing system calls +- should not effect it because a missing catalog is no error. +- Reported by Harald K<o:>nig <koenig@tat.physik.uni-tuebingen.de>. +- +-Tue Dec 19 22:09:13 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * Makefile.in (Makefile): Explicitly use $(SHELL) for running +- shell scripts. +- +-Fri Dec 15 17:34:59 1995 Andreas Schwab <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de> +- +- * Makefile.in (install-src): Only install library and header when +- we use the own implementation. Don't do it when using the +- system's gettext or catgets functions. +- +- * dcgettext.c (find_msg): Must not swap domain->hash_size here. +- +-Sat Dec 9 16:24:37 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * localealias.c, libintl.inst, libgettext.h, hash-string.h, +- gettextP.h, finddomain.c, dcgettext.c, cat-compat.c: +- Use PARAMS instead of __P. Suggested by Roland McGrath. +- +-Tue Dec 5 11:39:14 1995 Larry Schwimmer <rosebud@cyclone.stanford.edu> +- +- * libgettext.h: Use `#if !defined (_LIBINTL_H)' instead of `#if +- !_LIBINTL_H' because Solaris defines _LIBINTL_H as empty. +- +-Mon Dec 4 15:42:07 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * Makefile.in (install-src): +- Install libintl.inst instead of libintl.h.install. +- +-Sat Dec 2 22:51:38 1995 Marcus Daniels <marcus@sysc.pdx.edu> +- +- * cat-compat.c (textdomain): +- Reverse order in which files are tried you load. First +- try local file, when this failed absolute path. +- +-Wed Nov 29 02:03:53 1995 Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu> +- +- * cat-compat.c (bindtextdomain): Add missing { }. +- +-Sun Nov 26 18:21:41 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * libintl.inst: Add missing __P definition. Reported by Nelson Beebe. +- +- * Makefile.in: +- Add dummy `all' and `dvi' goals. Reported by Tom Tromey. +- +-Sat Nov 25 16:12:01 1995 Franc,ois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca> +- +- * hash-string.h: Capitalize arguments of macros. +- +-Sat Nov 25 12:01:36 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Prevent files names longer than 13 +- characters. libintl.h.glibc->libintl.glibc, +- libintl.h.install->libintl.inst. Reported by Joshua R. Poulson. +- +-Sat Nov 25 11:31:12 1995 Eric Backus <ericb@lsid.hp.com> +- +- * dcgettext.c: Fix bug in preprocessor conditionals. +- +-Sat Nov 25 02:35:27 1995 Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu> +- +- * libgettext.h: Solaris cc does not understand +- #if !SYMBOL1 && !SYMBOL2. Sad but true. +- +-Thu Nov 23 16:22:14 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * hash-string.h (hash_string): +- Fix for machine with >32 bit `unsigned long's. +- +- * dcgettext.c (DCGETTEXT): +- Fix horrible bug in loop for alternative translation. +- +-Thu Nov 23 01:45:29 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * po2tbl.sed.in, linux-msg.sed, xopen-msg.sed: +- Some further simplifications in message number generation. +- +-Mon Nov 20 21:08:43 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * libintl.h.glibc: Use __const instead of const in prototypes. +- +- * Makefile.in (install-src): +- Install libintl.h.install instead of libintl.h. This +- is a stripped-down version. Suggested by Peter Miller. +- +- * libintl.h.install, libintl.h.glibc: Initial revision. +- +- * localealias.c (_nl_expand_alias, read_alias_file): +- Protect prototypes in type casts by __P. +- +-Tue Nov 14 16:43:58 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * hash-string.h: Correct prototype for hash_string. +- +-Sun Nov 12 12:42:30 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * hash-string.h (hash_string): Add prototype. +- +- * gettextP.h: Fix copyright. +- (SWAP): Add prototype. +- +-Wed Nov 8 22:56:33 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * localealias.c (read_alias_file): Forgot sizeof. +- Avoid calling *printf function. This introduces a big overhead. +- Patch by Roland McGrath. +- +-Tue Nov 7 14:21:08 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * finddomain.c, cat-compat.c: Wrong indentation in #if for stpcpy. +- +- * finddomain.c (stpcpy): +- Define substitution function local. The macro was to flaky. +- +- * cat-compat.c: Fix typo. +- +- * xopen-msg.sed, linux-msg.sed: +- While bringing message number to right place only accept digits. +- +- * linux-msg.sed, xopen-msg.sed: Now that the counter does not have +- leading 0s we don't need to remove them. Reported by Marcus +- Daniels. +- +- * Makefile.in (../po/cat-id-tbl.o): Use $(top_srdir) in +- dependency. Reported by Marcus Daniels. +- +- * cat-compat.c: (stpcpy) [!_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY]: Define replacement. +- Generally cleanup using #if instead of #ifndef. +- +- * Makefile.in: Correct typos in comment. By Franc,ois Pinard. +- +-Mon Nov 6 00:27:02 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * Makefile.in (install-src): Don't install libintl.h and libintl.a +- if we use an available gettext implementation. +- +-Sun Nov 5 22:02:08 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * libgettext.h: Fix typo: HAVE_CATGETTS -> HAVE_CATGETS. Reported +- by Franc,ois Pinard. +- +- * libgettext.h: Use #if instead of #ifdef/#ifndef. +- +- * finddomain.c: +- Comments describing what has to be done should start with FIXME. +- +-Sun Nov 5 19:38:01 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Split. Use DISTFILES with normal meaning. +- DISTFILES.common names the files common to both dist goals. +- DISTFILES.gettext are the files only distributed in GNU gettext. +- +-Sun Nov 5 17:32:54 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * dcgettext.c (DCGETTEXT): Correct searching in derived locales. +- This was necessary since a change in _nl_find_msg several weeks +- ago. I really don't know this is still not fixed. +- +-Sun Nov 5 12:43:12 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * loadmsgcat.c (_nl_load_domain): Test for FILENAME == NULL. This +- might mark a special condition. +- +- * finddomain.c (make_entry_rec): Don't make illegal entry as decided. +- +- * Makefile.in (dist): Suppress error message when ln failed. +- Get files from $(srcdir) explicitly. +- +- * libgettext.h (gettext_const): Rename to gettext_noop. +- +-Fri Nov 3 07:36:50 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * finddomain.c (make_entry_rec): +- Protect against wrong locale names by testing mask. +- +- * libgettext.h (gettext_const): Add macro definition. +- Capitalize macro arguments. +- +-Thu Nov 2 23:15:51 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain): +- Test for pointer != NULL before accessing value. +- Reported by Tom Tromey. +- +- * gettext.c (NULL): +- Define as (void*)0 instad of 0. Reported by Franc,ois Pinard. +- +-Mon Oct 30 21:28:52 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * po2tbl.sed.in: Serious typo bug fixed by Jim Meyering. +- +-Sat Oct 28 23:20:47 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * libgettext.h: Disable dcgettext optimization for Solaris 2.3. +- +- * localealias.c (alias_compare): +- Peter Miller reported that tolower in some systems is +- even dumber than I thought. Protect call by `isupper'. +- +-Fri Oct 27 22:22:51 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * Makefile.in (libdir, includedir): New variables. +- (install-src): Install libintl.a and libintl.h in correct dirs. +- +-Fri Oct 27 22:07:29 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * Makefile.in (SOURCES): Fix typo: intrl.compat.c -> intl-compat.c. +- +- * po2tbl.sed.in: Patch for buggy SEDs by Christian von Roques. +- +- * localealias.c: +- Fix typo and superflous test. Reported by Christian von Roques. +- +-Fri Oct 6 11:52:05 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain): +- Correct some remainder from the pre-CEN syntax. Now +- we don't have a constant number of successors anymore. +- +-Wed Sep 27 21:41:13 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Add libintl.h.glibc. +- +- * Makefile.in (dist-libc): Add goal for packing sources for glibc. +- (COMSRCS, COMHDRS): Splitted to separate sources shared with glibc. +- +- * loadmsgcat.c: Forget to continue #if line. +- +- * localealias.c: +- [_LIBC]: Rename strcasecmp to __strcasecmp to keep ANSI C name +- space clean. +- +- * dcgettext.c, finddomain.c: Better comment to last change. +- +- * loadmsgcat.c: +- [_LIBC]: Rename fstat, open, close, read, mmap, and munmap to +- __fstat, __open, __close, __read, __mmap, and __munmap resp +- to keep ANSI C name space clean. +- +- * finddomain.c: +- [_LIBC]: Rename stpcpy to __stpcpy to keep ANSI C name space clean. +- +- * dcgettext.c: +- [_LIBC]: Rename getced and stpcpy to __getcwd and __stpcpy resp to +- keep ANSI C name space clean. +- +- * libgettext.h: +- Include sys/types.h for those old SysV systems out there. +- Reported by Francesco Potorti`. +- +- * loadmsgcat.c (use_mmap): Define if compiled for glibc. +- +- * bindtextdom.c: Include all those standard headers +- unconditionally if _LIBC is defined. +- +- * finddomain.c: Fix 2 times defiend -> defined. +- +- * textdomain.c: Include libintl.h instead of libgettext.h when +- compiling for glibc. Include all those standard headers +- unconditionally if _LIBC is defined. +- +- * localealias.c, loadmsgcat.c: Prepare to be compiled in glibc. +- +- * gettext.c: +- Include libintl.h instead of libgettext.h when compiling for glibc. +- Get NULL from stddef.h if we compile for glibc. +- +- * finddomain.c: Include libintl.h instead of libgettext.h when +- compiling for glibc. Include all those standard headers +- unconditionally if _LIBC is defined. +- +- * dcgettext.c: Include all those standard headers unconditionally +- if _LIBC is defined. +- +- * dgettext.c: If compiled in glibc include libintl.h instead of +- libgettext.h. +- (locale.h): Don't rely on HAVE_LOCALE_H when compiling for glibc. +- +- * dcgettext.c: If compiled in glibc include libintl.h instead of +- libgettext.h. +- (getcwd): Don't rely on HAVE_GETCWD when compiling for glibc. +- +- * bindtextdom.c: +- If compiled in glibc include libintl.h instead of libgettext.h. +- +-Mon Sep 25 22:23:06 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * localealias.c (_nl_expand_alias): Don't call bsearch if NMAP <= 0. +- Reported by Marcus Daniels. +- +- * cat-compat.c (bindtextdomain): +- String used in putenv must not be recycled. +- Reported by Marcus Daniels. +- +- * libgettext.h (__USE_GNU_GETTEXT): +- Additional symbol to signal that we use GNU gettext +- library. +- +- * cat-compat.c (bindtextdomain): +- Fix bug with the strange stpcpy replacement. +- Reported by Nelson Beebe. +- +-Sat Sep 23 08:23:51 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * cat-compat.c: Include <string.h> for stpcpy prototype. +- +- * localealias.c (read_alias_file): +- While expand strdup code temporary variable `cp' hided +- higher level variable with same name. Rename to `tp'. +- +- * textdomain.c (textdomain): +- Avoid warning by using temporary variable in strdup code. +- +- * finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain): Remove unused variable `application'. +- +-Thu Sep 21 15:51:44 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * localealias.c (alias_compare): +- Use strcasecmp() only if available. Else use +- implementation in place. +- +- * intl-compat.c: +- Wrapper functions now call *__ functions instead of __*. +- +- * libgettext.h: Declare prototypes for *__ functions instead for __*. +- +- * cat-compat.c, loadmsgcat.c: +- Don't use xmalloc, xstrdup, and stpcpy. These functions are not part +- of the standard libc and so prevent libintl.a from being used +- standalone. +- +- * bindtextdom.c: +- Don't use xmalloc, xstrdup, and stpcpy. These functions are not part +- of the standard libc and so prevent libintl.a from being used +- standalone. +- Rename to bindtextdomain__ if not used in GNU C Library. +- +- * dgettext.c: +- Rename function to dgettext__ if not used in GNU C Library. +- +- * gettext.c: +- Don't use xmalloc, xstrdup, and stpcpy. These functions are not part +- of the standard libc and so prevent libintl.a from being used +- standalone. +- Functions now called gettext__ if not used in GNU C Library. +- +- * dcgettext.c, localealias.c, textdomain.c, finddomain.c: +- Don't use xmalloc, xstrdup, and stpcpy. These functions are not part +- of the standard libc and so prevent libintl.a from being used +- standalone. +- +-Sun Sep 17 23:14:49 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * finddomain.c: Correct some bugs in handling of CEN standard +- locale definitions. +- +-Thu Sep 7 01:49:28 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * finddomain.c: Implement CEN syntax. +- +- * gettextP.h (loaded_domain): Extend number of successors to 31. +- +-Sat Aug 19 19:25:29 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * Makefile.in (aliaspath): Remove path to X11 locale dir. +- +- * Makefile.in: Make install-src depend on install. This helps +- gettext to install the sources and other packages can use the +- install goal. +- +-Sat Aug 19 15:19:33 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * Makefile.in (uninstall): Remove stuff installed by install-src. +- +-Tue Aug 15 13:13:53 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * VERSION.in: Initial revision. +- +- * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): +- Add VERSION file. This is not necessary for gettext, but +- for other packages using this library. +- +-Tue Aug 15 06:16:44 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * gettextP.h (_nl_find_domain): +- New prototype after changing search strategy. +- +- * finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain): +- We now try only to find a specified catalog. Fall back to other +- catalogs listed in the locale list is now done in __dcgettext. +- +- * dcgettext.c (__dcgettext): +- Now we provide message fall back even to different languages. +- I.e. if a message is not available in one language all the other +- in the locale list a tried. Formerly fall back was only possible +- within one language. Implemented by moving one loop from +- _nl_find_domain to here. +- +-Mon Aug 14 23:45:50 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * Makefile.in (gettextsrcdir): +- Directory where source of GNU gettext library are made +- available. +- (INSTALL, INSTALL_DATA): Programs used for installing sources. +- (gettext-src): New. Rule to install GNU gettext sources for use in +- gettextize shell script. +- +-Sun Aug 13 14:40:48 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * loadmsgcat.c (_nl_load_domain): +- Use mmap for loading only when munmap function is +- also available. +- +- * Makefile.in (install): Depend on `all' goal. +- +-Wed Aug 9 11:04:33 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * localealias.c (read_alias_file): +- Do not overwrite '\n' when terminating alias value string. +- +- * localealias.c (read_alias_file): +- Handle long lines. Ignore the rest not fitting in +- the buffer after the initial `fgets' call. +- +-Wed Aug 9 00:54:29 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * gettextP.h (_nl_load_domain): +- Add prototype, replacing prototype for _nl_load_msg_cat. +- +- * finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain): +- Remove unneeded variable filename and filename_len. +- (expand_alias): Remove prototype because functions does not +- exist anymore. +- +- * localealias.c (read_alias_file): +- Change type of fname_len parameter to int. +- (xmalloc): Add prototype. +- +- * loadmsgcat.c: Better prototypes for xmalloc. +- +-Tue Aug 8 22:30:39 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain): +- Allow alias name to be constructed from the four components. +- +- * Makefile.in (aliaspath): New variable. Set to preliminary value. +- (SOURCES): Add localealias.c. +- (OBJECTS): Add localealias.o. +- +- * gettextP.h: Add prototype for _nl_expand_alias. +- +- * finddomain.c: Aliasing handled in intl/localealias.c. +- +- * localealias.c: Aliasing for locale names. +- +- * bindtextdom.c: Better prototypes for xmalloc and xstrdup. +- +-Mon Aug 7 23:47:42 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): gettext.perl is now found in misc/. +- +- * cat-compat.c (bindtextdomain): +- Correct implementation. dirname parameter was not used. +- Reported by Marcus Daniels. +- +- * gettextP.h (loaded_domain): +- New fields `successor' and `decided' for oo, lazy +- message handling implementation. +- +- * dcgettext.c: +- Adopt for oo, lazy message handliing. +- Now we can inherit translations from less specific locales. +- (find_msg): New function. +- +- * loadmsgcat.c, finddomain.c: +- Complete rewrite. Implement oo, lazy message handling :-). +- We now have an additional environment variable `LANGUAGE' with +- a higher priority than LC_ALL for the LC_MESSAGE locale. +- Here we can set a colon separated list of specifications each +- of the form `language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier]'. +- +-Sat Aug 5 09:55:42 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * finddomain.c (unistd.h): +- Include to get _PC_PATH_MAX defined on system having it. +- +-Fri Aug 4 22:42:00 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * finddomain.c (stpcpy): Include prototype. +- +- * Makefile.in (dist): Remove `copying instead' message. +- +-Wed Aug 2 18:52:03 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * Makefile.in (ID, TAGS): Do not use $^. +- +-Tue Aug 1 20:07:11 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * Makefile.in (TAGS, ID): Use $^ as command argument. +- (TAGS): Give etags -o option t write to current directory, +- not $(srcdir). +- (ID): Use $(srcdir) instead os $(top_srcdir)/src. +- (distclean): Remove ID. +- +-Sun Jul 30 11:51:46 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * Makefile.in (gnulocaledir): +- New variable, always using share/ for data directory. +- (DEFS): Add GNULOCALEDIR, used in finddomain.c. +- +- * finddomain.c (_nl_default_dirname): +- Set to GNULOCALEDIR, because it always has to point +- to the directory where GNU gettext Library writes it to. +- +- * intl-compat.c (textdomain, bindtextdomain): +- Undefine macros before function definition. +- +-Sat Jul 22 01:10:02 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * libgettext.h (_LIBINTL_H): +- Protect definition in case where this file is included as +- libgettext.h on Solaris machines. Add comment about this. +- +-Wed Jul 19 02:36:42 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * intl-compat.c (textdomain): Correct typo. +- +-Wed Jul 19 01:51:35 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * dcgettext.c (dcgettext): Function now called __dcgettext. +- +- * dgettext.c (dgettext): Now called __dgettext and calls +- __dcgettext. +- +- * gettext.c (gettext): +- Function now called __gettext and calls __dgettext. +- +- * textdomain.c (textdomain): Function now called __textdomain. +- +- * bindtextdom.c (bindtextdomain): Function now called +- __bindtextdomain. +- +- * intl-compat.c: Initial revision. +- +- * Makefile.in (SOURCES): Add intl-compat.c. +- (OBJECTS): We always compile the GNU gettext library functions. +- OBJECTS contains all objects but cat-compat.o, ../po/cat-if-tbl.o, +- and intl-compat.o. +- (GETTOBJS): Contains now only intl-compat.o. +- +- * libgettext.h: +- Re-include protection matches dualistic character of libgettext.h. +- For all functions in GNU gettext library define __ counter part. +- +- * finddomain.c (strchr): Define as index if not found in C library. +- (_nl_find_domain): For relative paths paste / in between. +- +-Tue Jul 18 16:37:45 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * loadmsgcat.c, finddomain.c: Add inclusion of sys/types.h. +- +- * xopen-msg.sed: Fix bug with `msgstr ""' lines. +- A little bit better comments. +- +-Tue Jul 18 01:18:27 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * Makefile.in: +- po-mode.el, makelinks, combine-sh are now found in ../misc. +- +- * po-mode.el, makelinks, combine-sh, elisp-comp: +- Moved to ../misc/. +- +- * libgettext.h, gettextP.h, gettext.h: Uniform test for __STDC__. +- +-Sun Jul 16 22:33:02 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * Makefile.in (INSTALL, INSTALL_DATA): New variables. +- (install-data, uninstall): Install/uninstall .elc file. +- +- * po-mode.el (Installation comment): +- Add .pox as possible extension of .po files. +- +-Sun Jul 16 13:23:27 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * elisp-comp: Complete new version by Franc,ois: This does not +- fail when not compiling in the source directory. +- +-Sun Jul 16 00:12:17 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * Makefile.in (../po/cat-id-tbl.o): +- Use $(MAKE) instead of make for recursive make. +- +- * Makefile.in (.el.elc): Use $(SHELL) instead of /bin/sh. +- (install-exec): Add missing dummy goal. +- (install-data, uninstall): @ in multi-line shell command at +- beginning, not in front of echo. Reported by Eric Backus. +- +-Sat Jul 15 00:21:28 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): +- Rename libgettext.perl to gettext.perl to fit in 14 chars +- file systems. +- +- * gettext.perl: +- Rename to gettext.perl to fit in 14 chars file systems. +- +-Thu Jul 13 23:17:20 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * cat-compat.c: If !STDC_HEADERS try to include malloc.h. +- +-Thu Jul 13 20:55:02 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * po2tbl.sed.in: Pretty printing. +- +- * linux-msg.sed, xopen-msg.sed: +- Correct bugs with handling substitute flags in branches. +- +- * hash-string.h (hash_string): +- Old K&R compilers don't under stand `unsigned char'. +- +- * gettext.h (nls_uint32): +- Some old K&R compilers (eg HP) don't understand `unsigned int'. +- +- * cat-compat.c (msg_to_cat_id): De-ANSI-fy prototypes. +- +-Thu Jul 13 01:34:33 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * Makefile.in (ELCFILES): New variable. +- (DISTFILES): Add elisp-comp. +- Add implicit rule for .el -> .elc compilation. +- (install-data): install $ELCFILES +- (clean): renamed po-to-tbl and po-to-msg to po2tbl and po2msg resp. +- +- * elisp-comp: Initial revision +- +-Wed Jul 12 16:14:52 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * Makefile.in: +- cat-id-tbl.c is now found in po/. This enables us to use an identical +- intl/ directory in all packages. +- +- * dcgettext.c (dcgettext): hashing does not work for table size <= 2. +- +- * textdomain.c: fix typo (#if def -> #if defined) +- +-Tue Jul 11 18:44:43 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * Makefile.in (stamp-cat-id): use top_srcdir to address source files +- (DISTFILES,distclean): move tupdate.perl to src/ +- +- * po-to-tbl.sed.in: +- add additional jump to clear change flag to recognize multiline strings +- +-Tue Jul 11 01:32:50 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * textdomain.c: Protect inclusion of stdlib.h and string.h. +- +- * loadmsgcat.c: Protect inclusion of stdlib.h. +- +- * libgettext.h: Protect inclusion of locale.h. +- Allow use in C++ programs. +- Define NULL is not happened already. +- +- * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): ship po-to-tbl.sed.in instead of +- po-to-tbl.sed. +- (distclean): remove po-to-tbl.sed and tupdate.perl. +- +- * tupdate.perl.in: Substitute Perl path even in exec line. +- Don't include entries without translation from old .po file. +- +-Tue Jul 4 00:41:51 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * tupdate.perl.in: use "Updated: " in msgid "". +- +- * cat-compat.c: Fix typo (LOCALDIR -> LOCALEDIR). +- Define getenv if !__STDC__. +- +- * bindtextdom.c: Protect stdlib.h and string.h inclusion. +- Define free if !__STDC__. +- +- * finddomain.c: Change DEF_MSG_DOM_DIR to LOCALEDIR. +- Define free if !__STDC__. +- +- * cat-compat.c: Change DEF_MSG_DOM_DIR to LOCALEDIR. +- +-Mon Jul 3 23:56:30 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * Makefile.in: Use LOCALEDIR instead of DEF_MSG_DOM_DIR. +- Remove unneeded $(srcdir) from Makefile.in dependency. +- +- * makelinks: Add copyright and short description. +- +- * po-mode.el: Last version for 0.7. +- +- * tupdate.perl.in: Fix die message. +- +- * dcgettext.c: Protect include of string.h. +- +- * gettext.c: Protect include of stdlib.h and further tries to get NULL. +- +- * finddomain.c: Some corrections in includes. +- +- * Makefile.in (INCLUDES): Prune list correct path to Makefile.in. +- +- * po-to-tbl.sed: Adopt for new .po file format. +- +- * linux-msg.sed, xopen-msg.sed: Adopt for new .po file format. +- +-Sun Jul 2 23:55:03 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> +- +- * tupdate.perl.in: Complete rewrite for new .po file format. ++2004-01-29 GNU <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org> + +-Sun Jul 2 02:06:50 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware> ++ * Version 0.14.1 released. + +- * First official release. This directory contains all the code +- needed to internationalize own packages. It provides functions +- which allow to use the X/Open catgets function with an interface +- like the Uniforum gettext function. For system which does not +- have neither of those a complete implementation is provided. +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/config.charset 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/config.charset 2004-09-12 14:40:34.354748240 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,608 @@ ++#! /bin/sh ++# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases. ++# ++# Copyright (C) 2000-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++# ++# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++# any later version. ++# ++# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++# Library General Public License for more details. ++# ++# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++# USA. ++# ++# The table consists of lines of the form ++# ALIAS CANONICAL ++# ++# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)". ++# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way. ++# ++# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding. ++# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is ++# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case ++# MIME charset name is preferred. ++# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows. ++# ++# name MIME? used by which systems ++# ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968 glibc solaris freebsd darwin ++# ISO-8859-1 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd darwin ++# ISO-8859-2 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd darwin ++# ISO-8859-3 Y glibc solaris ++# ISO-8859-4 Y osf solaris freebsd darwin ++# ISO-8859-5 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd darwin ++# ISO-8859-6 Y glibc aix hpux solaris ++# ISO-8859-7 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris ++# ISO-8859-8 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris ++# ISO-8859-9 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris ++# ISO-8859-13 glibc ++# ISO-8859-14 glibc ++# ISO-8859-15 glibc aix osf solaris freebsd ++# KOI8-R Y glibc solaris freebsd darwin ++# KOI8-U Y glibc freebsd darwin ++# KOI8-T glibc ++# CP437 dos ++# CP775 dos ++# CP850 aix osf dos ++# CP852 dos ++# CP855 dos ++# CP856 aix ++# CP857 dos ++# CP861 dos ++# CP862 dos ++# CP864 dos ++# CP865 dos ++# CP866 freebsd darwin dos ++# CP869 dos ++# CP874 woe32 dos ++# CP922 aix ++# CP932 aix woe32 dos ++# CP943 aix ++# CP949 osf woe32 dos ++# CP950 woe32 dos ++# CP1046 aix ++# CP1124 aix ++# CP1125 dos ++# CP1129 aix ++# CP1250 woe32 ++# CP1251 glibc solaris darwin woe32 ++# CP1252 aix woe32 ++# CP1253 woe32 ++# CP1254 woe32 ++# CP1255 glibc woe32 ++# CP1256 woe32 ++# CP1257 woe32 ++# GB2312 Y glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd darwin ++# EUC-JP Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd darwin ++# EUC-KR Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd darwin ++# EUC-TW glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris ++# BIG5 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd darwin ++# BIG5-HKSCS glibc solaris ++# GBK glibc aix osf solaris woe32 dos ++# GB18030 glibc solaris ++# SHIFT_JIS Y hpux osf solaris freebsd darwin ++# JOHAB glibc solaris woe32 ++# TIS-620 glibc aix hpux osf solaris ++# VISCII Y glibc ++# TCVN5712-1 glibc ++# GEORGIAN-PS glibc ++# HP-ROMAN8 hpux ++# HP-ARABIC8 hpux ++# HP-GREEK8 hpux ++# HP-HEBREW8 hpux ++# HP-TURKISH8 hpux ++# HP-KANA8 hpux ++# DEC-KANJI osf ++# DEC-HANYU osf ++# UTF-8 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris ++# ++# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in ++# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.). ++# ++# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications ++# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent. ++# ++# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification, ++# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM ++# or ++# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM ++ ++host="$1" ++os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'` ++echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases," ++echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'." ++echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset." ++# List of references, updated during installation: ++echo "# Packages using this file: " ++case "$os" in ++ linux-gnulibc1*) ++ # Linux libc5 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore ++ # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name ++ # from the environment variables. ++ echo "C ASCII" ++ echo "POSIX ASCII" ++ for l in af af_ZA ca ca_ES da da_DK de de_AT de_BE de_CH de_DE de_LU \ ++ en en_AU en_BW en_CA en_DK en_GB en_IE en_NZ en_US en_ZA \ ++ en_ZW es es_AR es_BO es_CL es_CO es_DO es_EC es_ES es_GT \ ++ es_HN es_MX es_PA es_PE es_PY es_SV es_US es_UY es_VE et \ ++ et_EE eu eu_ES fi fi_FI fo fo_FO fr fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR \ ++ fr_LU ga ga_IE gl gl_ES id id_ID in in_ID is is_IS it it_CH \ ++ it_IT kl kl_GL nl nl_BE nl_NL no no_NO pt pt_BR pt_PT sv \ ++ sv_FI sv_SE; do ++ echo "$l ISO-8859-1" ++ echo "$l.iso-8859-1 ISO-8859-1" ++ echo "$l.iso-8859-15 ISO-8859-15" ++ echo "$l.iso-8859-15@euro ISO-8859-15" ++ echo "$l@euro ISO-8859-15" ++ echo "$l.cp-437 CP437" ++ echo "$l.cp-850 CP850" ++ echo "$l.cp-1252 CP1252" ++ echo "$l.cp-1252@euro CP1252" ++ #echo "$l.atari-st ATARI-ST" # not a commonly used encoding ++ echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" ++ echo "$l.utf-8@euro UTF-8" ++ done ++ for l in cs cs_CZ hr hr_HR hu hu_HU pl pl_PL ro ro_RO sk sk_SK sl \ ++ sl_SI sr sr_CS sr_YU; do ++ echo "$l ISO-8859-2" ++ echo "$l.iso-8859-2 ISO-8859-2" ++ echo "$l.cp-852 CP852" ++ echo "$l.cp-1250 CP1250" ++ echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" ++ done ++ for l in mk mk_MK ru ru_RU; do ++ echo "$l ISO-8859-5" ++ echo "$l.iso-8859-5 ISO-8859-5" ++ echo "$l.koi8-r KOI8-R" ++ echo "$l.cp-866 CP866" ++ echo "$l.cp-1251 CP1251" ++ echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" ++ done ++ for l in ar ar_SA; do ++ echo "$l ISO-8859-6" ++ echo "$l.iso-8859-6 ISO-8859-6" ++ echo "$l.cp-864 CP864" ++ #echo "$l.cp-868 CP868" # not a commonly used encoding ++ echo "$l.cp-1256 CP1256" ++ echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" ++ done ++ for l in el el_GR gr gr_GR; do ++ echo "$l ISO-8859-7" ++ echo "$l.iso-8859-7 ISO-8859-7" ++ echo "$l.cp-869 CP869" ++ echo "$l.cp-1253 CP1253" ++ echo "$l.cp-1253@euro CP1253" ++ echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" ++ echo "$l.utf-8@euro UTF-8" ++ done ++ for l in he he_IL iw iw_IL; do ++ echo "$l ISO-8859-8" ++ echo "$l.iso-8859-8 ISO-8859-8" ++ echo "$l.cp-862 CP862" ++ echo "$l.cp-1255 CP1255" ++ echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" ++ done ++ for l in tr tr_TR; do ++ echo "$l ISO-8859-9" ++ echo "$l.iso-8859-9 ISO-8859-9" ++ echo "$l.cp-857 CP857" ++ echo "$l.cp-1254 CP1254" ++ echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" ++ done ++ for l in lt lt_LT lv lv_LV; do ++ #echo "$l BALTIC" # not a commonly used encoding, wrong encoding name ++ echo "$l ISO-8859-13" ++ done ++ for l in ru_UA uk uk_UA; do ++ echo "$l KOI8-U" ++ done ++ for l in zh zh_CN; do ++ #echo "$l GB_2312-80" # not a commonly used encoding, wrong encoding name ++ echo "$l GB2312" ++ done ++ for l in ja ja_JP ja_JP.EUC; do ++ echo "$l EUC-JP" ++ done ++ for l in ko ko_KR; do ++ echo "$l EUC-KR" ++ done ++ for l in th th_TH; do ++ echo "$l TIS-620" ++ done ++ for l in fa fa_IR; do ++ #echo "$l ISIRI-3342" # a broken encoding ++ echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" ++ done ++ ;; ++ linux* | *-gnu*) ++ # With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization, ++ # because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all ++ # GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not ++ # need to install the alias file at all. ++ # The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs. ++ echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII" ++ ;; ++ aix*) ++ echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" ++ echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" ++ echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" ++ echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6" ++ echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" ++ echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8" ++ echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" ++ echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" ++ echo "IBM-850 CP850" ++ echo "IBM-856 CP856" ++ echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13" ++ echo "IBM-922 CP922" ++ echo "IBM-932 CP932" ++ echo "IBM-943 CP943" ++ echo "IBM-1046 CP1046" ++ echo "IBM-1124 CP1124" ++ echo "IBM-1129 CP1129" ++ echo "IBM-1252 CP1252" ++ echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312" ++ echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP" ++ echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR" ++ echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW" ++ echo "big5 BIG5" ++ echo "GBK GBK" ++ echo "TIS-620 TIS-620" ++ echo "UTF-8 UTF-8" ++ ;; ++ hpux*) ++ echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1" ++ echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2" ++ echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5" ++ echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6" ++ echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7" ++ echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8" ++ echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9" ++ echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15" ++ echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8" ++ echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8" ++ echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8" ++ echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8" ++ echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8" ++ echo "kana8 HP-KANA8" ++ echo "tis620 TIS-620" ++ echo "big5 BIG5" ++ echo "eucJP EUC-JP" ++ echo "eucKR EUC-KR" ++ echo "eucTW EUC-TW" ++ echo "hp15CN GB2312" ++ #echo "ccdc ?" # what is this? ++ echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS" ++ echo "utf8 UTF-8" ++ ;; ++ irix*) ++ echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" ++ echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" ++ echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" ++ echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" ++ echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" ++ echo "eucCN GB2312" ++ echo "eucJP EUC-JP" ++ echo "eucKR EUC-KR" ++ echo "eucTW EUC-TW" ++ ;; ++ osf*) ++ echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" ++ echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" ++ echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4" ++ echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" ++ echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" ++ echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8" ++ echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" ++ echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" ++ echo "cp850 CP850" ++ echo "big5 BIG5" ++ echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU" ++ echo "dechanzi GB2312" ++ echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI" ++ echo "deckorean EUC-KR" ++ echo "eucJP EUC-JP" ++ echo "eucKR EUC-KR" ++ echo "eucTW EUC-TW" ++ echo "GBK GBK" ++ echo "KSC5601 CP949" ++ echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP" ++ echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS" ++ echo "TACTIS TIS-620" ++ echo "UTF-8 UTF-8" ++ ;; ++ solaris*) ++ echo "646 ASCII" ++ echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" ++ echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" ++ echo "ISO8859-3 ISO-8859-3" ++ echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4" ++ echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" ++ echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6" ++ echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" ++ echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8" ++ echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" ++ echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" ++ echo "koi8-r KOI8-R" ++ echo "ansi-1251 CP1251" ++ echo "BIG5 BIG5" ++ echo "Big5-HKSCS BIG5-HKSCS" ++ echo "gb2312 GB2312" ++ echo "GBK GBK" ++ echo "GB18030 GB18030" ++ echo "cns11643 EUC-TW" ++ echo "5601 EUC-KR" ++ echo "ko_KR.johap92 JOHAB" ++ echo "eucJP EUC-JP" ++ echo "PCK SHIFT_JIS" ++ echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620" ++ #echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this? ++ echo "UTF-8 UTF-8" ++ ;; ++ freebsd* | os2*) ++ # FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore ++ # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name ++ # from the environment variables. ++ # Likewise for OS/2. OS/2 has XFree86 just like FreeBSD. Just ++ # reuse FreeBSD's locale data for OS/2. ++ echo "C ASCII" ++ echo "US-ASCII ASCII" ++ for l in la_LN lt_LN; do ++ echo "$l.ASCII ASCII" ++ done ++ for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \ ++ fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \ ++ lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do ++ echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1" ++ echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15" ++ done ++ for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do ++ echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2" ++ done ++ for l in la_LN lt_LT; do ++ echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4" ++ done ++ for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do ++ echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R" ++ echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5" ++ echo "$l.CP866 CP866" ++ done ++ echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U" ++ echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5" ++ echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5" ++ echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312" ++ echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP" ++ echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS" ++ echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SHIFT_JIS" ++ echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR" ++ ;; ++ netbsd*) ++ echo "646 ASCII" ++ echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" ++ echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" ++ echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4" ++ echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" ++ echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" ++ echo "eucCN GB2312" ++ echo "eucJP EUC-JP" ++ echo "eucKR EUC-KR" ++ echo "eucTW EUC-TW" ++ echo "BIG5 BIG5" ++ echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS" ++ ;; ++ darwin*) ++ # Darwin 6.8 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore ++ # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name ++ # from the environment variables. ++ echo "C ASCII" ++ for l in en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US la_LN; do ++ echo "$l.US-ASCII ASCII" ++ done ++ for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \ ++ fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT nl_BE \ ++ nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do ++ echo "$l ISO-8859-1" ++ echo "$l.ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" ++ echo "$l.ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" ++ done ++ for l in la_LN; do ++ echo "$l.ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" ++ echo "$l.ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" ++ done ++ for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do ++ echo "$l.ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" ++ done ++ for l in la_LN lt_LT; do ++ echo "$l.ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4" ++ done ++ for l in ru_RU; do ++ echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R" ++ echo "$l.ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" ++ echo "$l.CP866 CP866" ++ done ++ for l in bg_BG; do ++ echo "$l.CP1251 CP1251" ++ done ++ echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U" ++ echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5" ++ echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5" ++ echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312" ++ echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP" ++ echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS" ++ echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR" ++ ;; ++ beos*) ++ # BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding. ++ echo "* UTF-8" ++ ;; ++ msdosdjgpp*) ++ # DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore ++ # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name ++ # from the environment variables. ++ echo "#" ++ echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct." ++ echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and" ++ echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just" ++ echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to" ++ echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero <st001906@hrz1.hrz.tu-darmstadt.de>" ++ echo "# and Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>." ++ echo "#" ++ echo "C ASCII" ++ # ISO-8859-1 languages ++ echo "ca CP850" ++ echo "ca_ES CP850" ++ echo "da CP865" # not CP850 ?? ++ echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ?? ++ echo "de CP850" ++ echo "de_AT CP850" ++ echo "de_CH CP850" ++ echo "de_DE CP850" ++ echo "en CP850" ++ echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ?? ++ echo "en_CA CP850" ++ echo "en_GB CP850" ++ echo "en_NZ CP437" ++ echo "en_US CP437" ++ echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ?? ++ echo "es CP850" ++ echo "es_AR CP850" ++ echo "es_BO CP850" ++ echo "es_CL CP850" ++ echo "es_CO CP850" ++ echo "es_CR CP850" ++ echo "es_CU CP850" ++ echo "es_DO CP850" ++ echo "es_EC CP850" ++ echo "es_ES CP850" ++ echo "es_GT CP850" ++ echo "es_HN CP850" ++ echo "es_MX CP850" ++ echo "es_NI CP850" ++ echo "es_PA CP850" ++ echo "es_PY CP850" ++ echo "es_PE CP850" ++ echo "es_SV CP850" ++ echo "es_UY CP850" ++ echo "es_VE CP850" ++ echo "et CP850" ++ echo "et_EE CP850" ++ echo "eu CP850" ++ echo "eu_ES CP850" ++ echo "fi CP850" ++ echo "fi_FI CP850" ++ echo "fr CP850" ++ echo "fr_BE CP850" ++ echo "fr_CA CP850" ++ echo "fr_CH CP850" ++ echo "fr_FR CP850" ++ echo "ga CP850" ++ echo "ga_IE CP850" ++ echo "gd CP850" ++ echo "gd_GB CP850" ++ echo "gl CP850" ++ echo "gl_ES CP850" ++ echo "id CP850" # not CP437 ?? ++ echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ?? ++ echo "is CP861" # not CP850 ?? ++ echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ?? ++ echo "it CP850" ++ echo "it_CH CP850" ++ echo "it_IT CP850" ++ echo "lt CP775" ++ echo "lt_LT CP775" ++ echo "lv CP775" ++ echo "lv_LV CP775" ++ echo "nb CP865" # not CP850 ?? ++ echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ?? ++ echo "nl CP850" ++ echo "nl_BE CP850" ++ echo "nl_NL CP850" ++ echo "nn CP865" # not CP850 ?? ++ echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ?? ++ echo "no CP865" # not CP850 ?? ++ echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ?? ++ echo "pt CP850" ++ echo "pt_BR CP850" ++ echo "pt_PT CP850" ++ echo "sv CP850" ++ echo "sv_SE CP850" ++ # ISO-8859-2 languages ++ echo "cs CP852" ++ echo "cs_CZ CP852" ++ echo "hr CP852" ++ echo "hr_HR CP852" ++ echo "hu CP852" ++ echo "hu_HU CP852" ++ echo "pl CP852" ++ echo "pl_PL CP852" ++ echo "ro CP852" ++ echo "ro_RO CP852" ++ echo "sk CP852" ++ echo "sk_SK CP852" ++ echo "sl CP852" ++ echo "sl_SI CP852" ++ echo "sq CP852" ++ echo "sq_AL CP852" ++ echo "sr CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ?? ++ echo "sr_CS CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ?? ++ echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ?? ++ # ISO-8859-3 languages ++ echo "mt CP850" ++ echo "mt_MT CP850" ++ # ISO-8859-5 languages ++ echo "be CP866" ++ echo "be_BE CP866" ++ echo "bg CP866" # not CP855 ?? ++ echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ?? ++ echo "mk CP866" # not CP855 ?? ++ echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ?? ++ echo "ru CP866" ++ echo "ru_RU CP866" ++ echo "uk CP1125" ++ echo "uk_UA CP1125" ++ # ISO-8859-6 languages ++ echo "ar CP864" ++ echo "ar_AE CP864" ++ echo "ar_DZ CP864" ++ echo "ar_EG CP864" ++ echo "ar_IQ CP864" ++ echo "ar_IR CP864" ++ echo "ar_JO CP864" ++ echo "ar_KW CP864" ++ echo "ar_MA CP864" ++ echo "ar_OM CP864" ++ echo "ar_QA CP864" ++ echo "ar_SA CP864" ++ echo "ar_SY CP864" ++ # ISO-8859-7 languages ++ echo "el CP869" ++ echo "el_GR CP869" ++ # ISO-8859-8 languages ++ echo "he CP862" ++ echo "he_IL CP862" ++ # ISO-8859-9 languages ++ echo "tr CP857" ++ echo "tr_TR CP857" ++ # Japanese ++ echo "ja CP932" ++ echo "ja_JP CP932" ++ # Chinese ++ echo "zh_CN GBK" ++ echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ?? ++ # Korean ++ echo "kr CP949" # not CP934 ?? ++ echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ?? ++ # Thai ++ echo "th CP874" ++ echo "th_TH CP874" ++ # Other ++ echo "eo CP850" ++ echo "eo_EO CP850" ++ ;; ++esac +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/dcgettext.c 1998-04-26 09:22:36.000000000 -0400 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/dcgettext.c 2004-09-12 14:40:34.359747480 -0400 +@@ -1,593 +1,56 @@ +-/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function +- Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function. ++ Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- GNU General Public License for more details. ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. + +- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, +- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ + + #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H + # include <config.h> + #endif + +-#include <sys/types.h> +- +-#ifdef __GNUC__ +-# define alloca __builtin_alloca +-# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 +-#else +-# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC +-# include <alloca.h> +-# else +-# ifdef _AIX +- #pragma alloca +-# else +-# ifndef alloca +-char *alloca (); +-# endif +-# endif +-# endif +-#endif +- +-#include <errno.h> +-#ifndef errno +-extern int errno; +-#endif +-#ifndef __set_errno +-# define __set_errno(val) errno = (val) +-#endif +- +-#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC +-# include <stdlib.h> +-#else +-char *getenv (); +-# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H +-# include <malloc.h> +-# else +-void free (); +-# endif +-#endif +- +-#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC +-# ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +-# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 +-# endif +-# include <string.h> +-#else +-# include <strings.h> +-#endif +-#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC +-# ifndef strchr +-# define strchr index +-# endif +-#endif +- +-#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC +-# include <unistd.h> +-#endif +- +-#include "gettext.h" + #include "gettextP.h" + #ifdef _LIBC + # include <libintl.h> + #else +-# include "libgettext.h" ++# include "libgnuintl.h" + #endif +-#include "hash-string.h" + + /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +-#ifdef _LIBC +-/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard +- because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object +- file and the name space must not be polluted. */ +-# define getcwd __getcwd +-# define stpcpy __stpcpy +-#else +-# if !defined HAVE_GETCWD +-char *getwd (); +-# define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf) +-# else +-char *getcwd (); +-# endif +-# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY +-static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src)); +-# endif +-#endif +- +-/* Amount to increase buffer size by in each try. */ +-#define PATH_INCR 32 +- +-/* The following is from pathmax.h. */ +-/* Non-POSIX BSD systems might have gcc's limits.h, which doesn't define +- PATH_MAX but might cause redefinition warnings when sys/param.h is +- later included (as on MORE/BSD 4.3). */ +-#if defined(_POSIX_VERSION) || (defined(HAVE_LIMITS_H) && !defined(__GNUC__)) +-# include <limits.h> +-#endif +- +-#ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX +-# define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 255 +-#endif +- +-#if !defined(PATH_MAX) && defined(_PC_PATH_MAX) +-# define PATH_MAX (pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX) < 1 ? 1024 : pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX)) +-#endif +- +-/* Don't include sys/param.h if it already has been. */ +-#if defined(HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H) && !defined(PATH_MAX) && !defined(MAXPATHLEN) +-# include <sys/param.h> +-#endif +- +-#if !defined(PATH_MAX) && defined(MAXPATHLEN) +-# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN +-#endif +- +-#ifndef PATH_MAX +-# define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX +-#endif +- +-/* XPG3 defines the result of `setlocale (category, NULL)' as: +- ``Directs `setlocale()' to query `category' and return the current +- setting of `local'.'' +- However it does not specify the exact format. And even worse: POSIX +- defines this not at all. So we can use this feature only on selected +- system (e.g. those using GNU C Library). */ +-#ifdef _LIBC +-# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL +-#endif +- +-/* Name of the default domain used for gettext(3) prior any call to +- textdomain(3). The default value for this is "messages". */ +-const char _nl_default_default_domain[] = "messages"; +- +-/* Value used as the default domain for gettext(3). */ +-const char *_nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain; +- +-/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */ +-const char _nl_default_dirname[] = GNULOCALEDIR; +- +-/* List with bindings of specific domains created by bindtextdomain() +- calls. */ +-struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings; +- +-/* Prototypes for local functions. */ +-static char *find_msg PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file, +- const char *msgid)); +-static const char *category_to_name PARAMS ((int category)); +-static const char *guess_category_value PARAMS ((int category, +- const char *categoryname)); +- +- +-/* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add +- some additional code emulating it. */ +-#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA +-/* Nothing has to be done. */ +-# define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */ +-# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */ +-#else +-struct block_list +-{ +- void *address; +- struct block_list *next; +-}; +-# define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr) \ +- do { \ +- struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); \ +- /* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to \ +- the list. */ \ +- if (newp != NULL) { \ +- newp->address = (addr); \ +- newp->next = (list); \ +- (list) = newp; \ +- } \ +- } while (0) +-# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) \ +- do { \ +- while (list != NULL) { \ +- struct block_list *old = list; \ +- list = list->next; \ +- free (old); \ +- } \ +- } while (0) +-# undef alloca +-# define alloca(size) (malloc (size)) +-#endif /* have alloca */ +- +- + /* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ + #ifdef _LIBC + # define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext ++# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext + #else +-# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__ ++# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext ++# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext + #endif + + /* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY + locale. */ + char * +-DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, category) +- const char *domainname; +- const char *msgid; +- int category; ++DCGETTEXT (const char *domainname, const char *msgid, int category) + { +-#ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA +- struct block_list *block_list = NULL; +-#endif +- struct loaded_l10nfile *domain; +- struct binding *binding; +- const char *categoryname; +- const char *categoryvalue; +- char *dirname, *xdomainname; +- char *single_locale; +- char *retval; +- int saved_errno = errno; +- +- /* If no real MSGID is given return NULL. */ +- if (msgid == NULL) +- return NULL; +- +- /* If DOMAINNAME is NULL, we are interested in the default domain. If +- CATEGORY is not LC_MESSAGES this might not make much sense but the +- defintion left this undefined. */ +- if (domainname == NULL) +- domainname = _nl_current_default_domain; +- +- /* First find matching binding. */ +- for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next) +- { +- int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname); +- if (compare == 0) +- /* We found it! */ +- break; +- if (compare < 0) +- { +- /* It is not in the list. */ +- binding = NULL; +- break; +- } +- } +- +- if (binding == NULL) +- dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname; +- else if (binding->dirname[0] == '/') +- dirname = binding->dirname; +- else +- { +- /* We have a relative path. Make it absolute now. */ +- size_t dirname_len = strlen (binding->dirname) + 1; +- size_t path_max; +- char *ret; +- +- path_max = (unsigned) PATH_MAX; +- path_max += 2; /* The getcwd docs say to do this. */ +- +- dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len); +- ADD_BLOCK (block_list, dirname); +- +- __set_errno (0); +- while ((ret = getcwd (dirname, path_max)) == NULL && errno == ERANGE) +- { +- path_max += PATH_INCR; +- dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len); +- ADD_BLOCK (block_list, dirname); +- __set_errno (0); +- } +- +- if (ret == NULL) +- { +- /* We cannot get the current working directory. Don't signal an +- error but simply return the default string. */ +- FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); +- __set_errno (saved_errno); +- return (char *) msgid; +- } +- +- stpcpy (stpcpy (strchr (dirname, '\0'), "/"), binding->dirname); +- } +- +- /* Now determine the symbolic name of CATEGORY and its value. */ +- categoryname = category_to_name (category); +- categoryvalue = guess_category_value (category, categoryname); +- +- xdomainname = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryname) +- + strlen (domainname) + 5); +- ADD_BLOCK (block_list, xdomainname); +- +- stpcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (xdomainname, categoryname), "/"), +- domainname), +- ".mo"); +- +- /* Creating working area. */ +- single_locale = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryvalue) + 1); +- ADD_BLOCK (block_list, single_locale); +- +- +- /* Search for the given string. This is a loop because we perhaps +- got an ordered list of languages to consider for th translation. */ +- while (1) +- { +- /* Make CATEGORYVALUE point to the next element of the list. */ +- while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] == ':') +- ++categoryvalue; +- if (categoryvalue[0] == '\0') +- { +- /* The whole contents of CATEGORYVALUE has been searched but +- no valid entry has been found. We solve this situation +- by implicitly appending a "C" entry, i.e. no translation +- will take place. */ +- single_locale[0] = 'C'; +- single_locale[1] = '\0'; +- } +- else +- { +- char *cp = single_locale; +- while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] != ':') +- *cp++ = *categoryvalue++; +- *cp = '\0'; +- } +- +- /* If the current locale value is C (or POSIX) we don't load a +- domain. Return the MSGID. */ +- if (strcmp (single_locale, "C") == 0 +- || strcmp (single_locale, "POSIX") == 0) +- { +- FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); +- __set_errno (saved_errno); +- return (char *) msgid; +- } +- +- +- /* Find structure describing the message catalog matching the +- DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY. */ +- domain = _nl_find_domain (dirname, single_locale, xdomainname); +- +- if (domain != NULL) +- { +- retval = find_msg (domain, msgid); +- +- if (retval == NULL) +- { +- int cnt; +- +- for (cnt = 0; domain->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt) +- { +- retval = find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], msgid); +- +- if (retval != NULL) +- break; +- } +- } +- +- if (retval != NULL) +- { +- FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); +- __set_errno (saved_errno); +- return retval; +- } +- } +- } +- /* NOTREACHED */ ++ return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, NULL, 0, 0, category); + } + + #ifdef _LIBC + /* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ ++INTDEF(__dcgettext) + weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext); + #endif +- +- +-static char * +-find_msg (domain_file, msgid) +- struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file; +- const char *msgid; +-{ +- size_t top, act, bottom; +- struct loaded_domain *domain; +- +- if (domain_file->decided == 0) +- _nl_load_domain (domain_file); +- +- if (domain_file->data == NULL) +- return NULL; +- +- domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data; +- +- /* Locate the MSGID and its translation. */ +- if (domain->hash_size > 2 && domain->hash_tab != NULL) +- { +- /* Use the hashing table. */ +- nls_uint32 len = strlen (msgid); +- nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid); +- nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size; +- nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2)); +- nls_uint32 nstr = W (domain->must_swap, domain->hash_tab[idx]); +- +- if (nstr == 0) +- /* Hash table entry is empty. */ +- return NULL; +- +- if (W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].length) == len +- && strcmp (msgid, +- domain->data + W (domain->must_swap, +- domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].offset)) == 0) +- return (char *) domain->data + W (domain->must_swap, +- domain->trans_tab[nstr - 1].offset); +- +- while (1) +- { +- if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr) +- idx -= domain->hash_size - incr; +- else +- idx += incr; +- +- nstr = W (domain->must_swap, domain->hash_tab[idx]); +- if (nstr == 0) +- /* Hash table entry is empty. */ +- return NULL; +- +- if (W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].length) == len +- && strcmp (msgid, +- domain->data + W (domain->must_swap, +- domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].offset)) +- == 0) +- return (char *) domain->data +- + W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[nstr - 1].offset); +- } +- /* NOTREACHED */ +- } +- +- /* Now we try the default method: binary search in the sorted +- array of messages. */ +- bottom = 0; +- top = domain->nstrings; +- while (bottom < top) +- { +- int cmp_val; +- +- act = (bottom + top) / 2; +- cmp_val = strcmp (msgid, domain->data +- + W (domain->must_swap, +- domain->orig_tab[act].offset)); +- if (cmp_val < 0) +- top = act; +- else if (cmp_val > 0) +- bottom = act + 1; +- else +- break; +- } +- +- /* If an translation is found return this. */ +- return bottom >= top ? NULL : (char *) domain->data +- + W (domain->must_swap, +- domain->trans_tab[act].offset); +-} +- +- +-/* Return string representation of locale CATEGORY. */ +-static const char * +-category_to_name (category) +- int category; +-{ +- const char *retval; +- +- switch (category) +- { +-#ifdef LC_COLLATE +- case LC_COLLATE: +- retval = "LC_COLLATE"; +- break; +-#endif +-#ifdef LC_CTYPE +- case LC_CTYPE: +- retval = "LC_CTYPE"; +- break; +-#endif +-#ifdef LC_MONETARY +- case LC_MONETARY: +- retval = "LC_MONETARY"; +- break; +-#endif +-#ifdef LC_NUMERIC +- case LC_NUMERIC: +- retval = "LC_NUMERIC"; +- break; +-#endif +-#ifdef LC_TIME +- case LC_TIME: +- retval = "LC_TIME"; +- break; +-#endif +-#ifdef LC_MESSAGES +- case LC_MESSAGES: +- retval = "LC_MESSAGES"; +- break; +-#endif +-#ifdef LC_RESPONSE +- case LC_RESPONSE: +- retval = "LC_RESPONSE"; +- break; +-#endif +-#ifdef LC_ALL +- case LC_ALL: +- /* This might not make sense but is perhaps better than any other +- value. */ +- retval = "LC_ALL"; +- break; +-#endif +- default: +- /* If you have a better idea for a default value let me know. */ +- retval = "LC_XXX"; +- } +- +- return retval; +-} +- +-/* Guess value of current locale from value of the environment variables. */ +-static const char * +-guess_category_value (category, categoryname) +- int category; +- const char *categoryname; +-{ +- const char *retval; +- +- /* The highest priority value is the `LANGUAGE' environment +- variable. This is a GNU extension. */ +- retval = getenv ("LANGUAGE"); +- if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0') +- return retval; +- +- /* `LANGUAGE' is not set. So we have to proceed with the POSIX +- methods of looking to `LC_ALL', `LC_xxx', and `LANG'. On some +- systems this can be done by the `setlocale' function itself. */ +-#if defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL +- return setlocale (category, NULL); +-#else +- /* Setting of LC_ALL overwrites all other. */ +- retval = getenv ("LC_ALL"); +- if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0') +- return retval; +- +- /* Next comes the name of the desired category. */ +- retval = getenv (categoryname); +- if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0') +- return retval; +- +- /* Last possibility is the LANG environment variable. */ +- retval = getenv ("LANG"); +- if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0') +- return retval; +- +- /* We use C as the default domain. POSIX says this is implementation +- defined. */ +- return "C"; +-#endif +-} +- +-/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ +- +-/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we +- avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this +- function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY +- to be defined. */ +-#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY +-static char * +-stpcpy (dest, src) +- char *dest; +- const char *src; +-{ +- while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0') +- /* Do nothing. */ ; +- return dest - 1; +-} +-#endif +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/dcigettext.c 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/dcigettext.c 2004-09-12 14:40:34.369745960 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,1219 @@ ++/* Implementation of the internal dcigettext function. ++ Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++ ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ any later version. ++ ++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. ++ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ ++ ++/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy(). ++ This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include ++ <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */ ++#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE ++# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 ++#endif ++ ++#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H ++# include <config.h> ++#endif ++ ++#include <sys/types.h> ++ ++#ifdef __GNUC__ ++# define alloca __builtin_alloca ++# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 ++#else ++# ifdef _MSC_VER ++# include <malloc.h> ++# define alloca _alloca ++# else ++# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC ++# include <alloca.h> ++# else ++# ifdef _AIX ++ #pragma alloca ++# else ++# ifndef alloca ++char *alloca (); ++# endif ++# endif ++# endif ++# endif ++#endif ++ ++#include <errno.h> ++#ifndef errno ++extern int errno; ++#endif ++#ifndef __set_errno ++# define __set_errno(val) errno = (val) ++#endif ++ ++#include <stddef.h> ++#include <stdlib.h> ++#include <string.h> ++ ++#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC ++# include <unistd.h> ++#endif ++ ++#include <locale.h> ++ ++#ifdef _LIBC ++ /* Guess whether integer division by zero raises signal SIGFPE. ++ Set to 1 only if you know for sure. In case of doubt, set to 0. */ ++# if defined __alpha__ || defined __arm__ || defined __i386__ \ ++ || defined __m68k__ || defined __s390__ ++# define INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE 1 ++# else ++# define INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE 0 ++# endif ++#endif ++#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE ++# include <signal.h> ++#endif ++ ++#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H || defined _LIBC ++# include <sys/param.h> ++#endif ++ ++#include "gettextP.h" ++#include "plural-exp.h" ++#ifdef _LIBC ++# include <libintl.h> ++#else ++# include "libgnuintl.h" ++#endif ++#include "hash-string.h" ++ ++/* Thread safetyness. */ ++#ifdef _LIBC ++# include <bits/libc-lock.h> ++#else ++/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */ ++# define __libc_lock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME) ++# define __libc_lock_lock(NAME) ++# define __libc_lock_unlock(NAME) ++# define __libc_rwlock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME) ++# define __libc_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) ++# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME) ++#endif ++ ++/* Alignment of types. */ ++#if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2 ++# define alignof(TYPE) __alignof__ (TYPE) ++#else ++# define alignof(TYPE) \ ++ ((int) &((struct { char dummy1; TYPE dummy2; } *) 0)->dummy2) ++#endif ++ ++/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different ++ names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs ++ using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */ ++#if !defined _LIBC ++# define _nl_default_default_domain libintl_nl_default_default_domain ++# define _nl_current_default_domain libintl_nl_current_default_domain ++# define _nl_default_dirname libintl_nl_default_dirname ++# define _nl_domain_bindings libintl_nl_domain_bindings ++#endif ++ ++/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */ ++#ifndef offsetof ++# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident)) ++#endif ++ ++/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ ++ ++#ifdef _LIBC ++/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard ++ because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object ++ file and the name space must not be polluted. */ ++# define getcwd __getcwd ++# ifndef stpcpy ++# define stpcpy __stpcpy ++# endif ++# define tfind __tfind ++#else ++# if !defined HAVE_GETCWD ++char *getwd (); ++# define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf) ++# else ++# if VMS ++# define getcwd(buf, max) (getcwd) (buf, max, 0) ++# else ++char *getcwd (); ++# endif ++# endif ++# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY ++static char *stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src); ++# endif ++# ifndef HAVE_MEMPCPY ++static void *mempcpy (void *dest, const void *src, size_t n); ++# endif ++#endif ++ ++/* Amount to increase buffer size by in each try. */ ++#define PATH_INCR 32 ++ ++/* The following is from pathmax.h. */ ++/* Non-POSIX BSD systems might have gcc's limits.h, which doesn't define ++ PATH_MAX but might cause redefinition warnings when sys/param.h is ++ later included (as on MORE/BSD 4.3). */ ++#if defined _POSIX_VERSION || (defined HAVE_LIMITS_H && !defined __GNUC__) ++# include <limits.h> ++#endif ++ ++#ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX ++# define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 255 ++#endif ++ ++#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined _PC_PATH_MAX ++# define PATH_MAX (pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX) < 1 ? 1024 : pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX)) ++#endif ++ ++/* Don't include sys/param.h if it already has been. */ ++#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H && !defined PATH_MAX && !defined MAXPATHLEN ++# include <sys/param.h> ++#endif ++ ++#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined MAXPATHLEN ++# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN ++#endif ++ ++#ifndef PATH_MAX ++# define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX ++#endif ++ ++/* Pathname support. ++ ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character. ++ IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) tests whether P is an absolute path. If it is not, ++ it may be concatenated to a directory pathname. ++ IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) tests whether P contains a directory specification. ++ */ ++#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ ++ /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */ ++# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\') ++# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \ ++ ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \ ++ && (P)[1] == ':') ++# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P)) ++# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \ ++ (strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P)) ++#else ++ /* Unix */ ++# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/') ++# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0]) ++# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL) ++#endif ++ ++/* This is the type used for the search tree where known translations ++ are stored. */ ++struct known_translation_t ++{ ++ /* Domain in which to search. */ ++ char *domainname; ++ ++ /* The category. */ ++ int category; ++ ++ /* State of the catalog counter at the point the string was found. */ ++ int counter; ++ ++ /* Catalog where the string was found. */ ++ struct loaded_l10nfile *domain; ++ ++ /* And finally the translation. */ ++ const char *translation; ++ size_t translation_length; ++ ++ /* Pointer to the string in question. */ ++ char msgid[ZERO]; ++}; ++ ++/* Root of the search tree with known translations. We can use this ++ only if the system provides the `tsearch' function family. */ ++#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC ++# include <search.h> ++ ++static void *root; ++ ++# ifdef _LIBC ++# define tsearch __tsearch ++# endif ++ ++/* Function to compare two entries in the table of known translations. */ ++static int ++transcmp (const void *p1, const void *p2) ++{ ++ const struct known_translation_t *s1; ++ const struct known_translation_t *s2; ++ int result; ++ ++ s1 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p1; ++ s2 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p2; ++ ++ result = strcmp (s1->msgid, s2->msgid); ++ if (result == 0) ++ { ++ result = strcmp (s1->domainname, s2->domainname); ++ if (result == 0) ++ /* We compare the category last (though this is the cheapest ++ operation) since it is hopefully always the same (namely ++ LC_MESSAGES). */ ++ result = s1->category - s2->category; ++ } ++ ++ return result; ++} ++#endif ++ ++#ifndef INTVARDEF ++# define INTVARDEF(name) ++#endif ++#ifndef INTUSE ++# define INTUSE(name) name ++#endif ++ ++/* Name of the default domain used for gettext(3) prior any call to ++ textdomain(3). The default value for this is "messages". */ ++const char _nl_default_default_domain[] attribute_hidden = "messages"; ++ ++/* Value used as the default domain for gettext(3). */ ++const char *_nl_current_default_domain attribute_hidden ++ = _nl_default_default_domain; ++ ++/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */ ++#if defined __EMX__ ++extern const char _nl_default_dirname[]; ++#else ++const char _nl_default_dirname[] = LOCALEDIR; ++INTVARDEF (_nl_default_dirname) ++#endif ++ ++/* List with bindings of specific domains created by bindtextdomain() ++ calls. */ ++struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings; ++ ++/* Prototypes for local functions. */ ++static char *plural_lookup (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain, ++ unsigned long int n, ++ const char *translation, size_t translation_len) ++ internal_function; ++static const char *guess_category_value (int category, ++ const char *categoryname) ++ internal_function; ++#ifdef _LIBC ++# include "../locale/localeinfo.h" ++# define category_to_name(category) _nl_category_names[category] ++#else ++static const char *category_to_name (int category) internal_function; ++#endif ++ ++ ++/* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add ++ some additional code emulating it. */ ++#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA ++/* Nothing has to be done. */ ++# define freea(p) /* nothing */ ++# define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */ ++# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */ ++#else ++struct block_list ++{ ++ void *address; ++ struct block_list *next; ++}; ++# define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr) \ ++ do { \ ++ struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); \ ++ /* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to \ ++ the list. */ \ ++ if (newp != NULL) { \ ++ newp->address = (addr); \ ++ newp->next = (list); \ ++ (list) = newp; \ ++ } \ ++ } while (0) ++# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) \ ++ do { \ ++ while (list != NULL) { \ ++ struct block_list *old = list; \ ++ list = list->next; \ ++ free (old->address); \ ++ free (old); \ ++ } \ ++ } while (0) ++# undef alloca ++# define alloca(size) (malloc (size)) ++# define freea(p) free (p) ++#endif /* have alloca */ ++ ++ ++#ifdef _LIBC ++/* List of blocks allocated for translations. */ ++typedef struct transmem_list ++{ ++ struct transmem_list *next; ++ char data[ZERO]; ++} transmem_block_t; ++static struct transmem_list *transmem_list; ++#else ++typedef unsigned char transmem_block_t; ++#endif ++ ++ ++/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash ++ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source ++ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ ++ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ ++#ifdef _LIBC ++# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext ++#else ++# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext ++#endif ++ ++/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */ ++#ifdef _LIBC ++__libc_rwlock_define_initialized (, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden) ++#endif ++ ++/* Checking whether the binaries runs SUID must be done and glibc provides ++ easier methods therefore we make a difference here. */ ++#ifdef _LIBC ++# define ENABLE_SECURE __libc_enable_secure ++# define DETERMINE_SECURE ++#else ++# ifndef HAVE_GETUID ++# define getuid() 0 ++# endif ++# ifndef HAVE_GETGID ++# define getgid() 0 ++# endif ++# ifndef HAVE_GETEUID ++# define geteuid() getuid() ++# endif ++# ifndef HAVE_GETEGID ++# define getegid() getgid() ++# endif ++static int enable_secure; ++# define ENABLE_SECURE (enable_secure == 1) ++# define DETERMINE_SECURE \ ++ if (enable_secure == 0) \ ++ { \ ++ if (getuid () != geteuid () || getgid () != getegid ()) \ ++ enable_secure = 1; \ ++ else \ ++ enable_secure = -1; \ ++ } ++#endif ++ ++/* Get the function to evaluate the plural expression. */ ++#include "eval-plural.h" ++ ++/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current ++ CATEGORY locale and, if PLURAL is nonzero, search over string ++ depending on the plural form determined by N. */ ++char * ++DCIGETTEXT (const char *domainname, const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, ++ int plural, unsigned long int n, int category) ++{ ++#ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA ++ struct block_list *block_list = NULL; ++#endif ++ struct loaded_l10nfile *domain; ++ struct binding *binding; ++ const char *categoryname; ++ const char *categoryvalue; ++ char *dirname, *xdomainname; ++ char *single_locale; ++ char *retval; ++ size_t retlen; ++ int saved_errno; ++#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC ++ struct known_translation_t *search; ++ struct known_translation_t **foundp = NULL; ++ size_t msgid_len; ++#endif ++ size_t domainname_len; ++ ++ /* If no real MSGID is given return NULL. */ ++ if (msgid1 == NULL) ++ return NULL; ++ ++#ifdef _LIBC ++ if (category < 0 || category >= __LC_LAST || category == LC_ALL) ++ /* Bogus. */ ++ return (plural == 0 ++ ? (char *) msgid1 ++ /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */ ++ : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2); ++#endif ++ ++ __libc_rwlock_rdlock (_nl_state_lock); ++ ++ /* If DOMAINNAME is NULL, we are interested in the default domain. If ++ CATEGORY is not LC_MESSAGES this might not make much sense but the ++ definition left this undefined. */ ++ if (domainname == NULL) ++ domainname = _nl_current_default_domain; ++ ++ /* OS/2 specific: backward compatibility with older libintl versions */ ++#ifdef LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT ++ if (category == LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT) ++ category = LC_MESSAGES; ++#endif ++ ++#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC ++ msgid_len = strlen (msgid1) + 1; ++ ++ /* Try to find the translation among those which we found at ++ some time. */ ++ search = (struct known_translation_t *) ++ alloca (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid) + msgid_len); ++ memcpy (search->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len); ++ search->domainname = (char *) domainname; ++ search->category = category; ++ ++ foundp = (struct known_translation_t **) tfind (search, &root, transcmp); ++ freea (search); ++ if (foundp != NULL && (*foundp)->counter == _nl_msg_cat_cntr) ++ { ++ /* Now deal with plural. */ ++ if (plural) ++ retval = plural_lookup ((*foundp)->domain, n, (*foundp)->translation, ++ (*foundp)->translation_length); ++ else ++ retval = (char *) (*foundp)->translation; ++ ++ __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); ++ return retval; ++ } ++#endif ++ ++ /* Preserve the `errno' value. */ ++ saved_errno = errno; ++ ++ /* See whether this is a SUID binary or not. */ ++ DETERMINE_SECURE; ++ ++ /* First find matching binding. */ ++ for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next) ++ { ++ int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname); ++ if (compare == 0) ++ /* We found it! */ ++ break; ++ if (compare < 0) ++ { ++ /* It is not in the list. */ ++ binding = NULL; ++ break; ++ } ++ } ++ ++ if (binding == NULL) ++ dirname = (char *) INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname); ++ else if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (binding->dirname)) ++ dirname = binding->dirname; ++ else ++ { ++ /* We have a relative path. Make it absolute now. */ ++ size_t dirname_len = strlen (binding->dirname) + 1; ++ size_t path_max; ++ char *ret; ++ ++ path_max = (unsigned int) PATH_MAX; ++ path_max += 2; /* The getcwd docs say to do this. */ ++ ++ for (;;) ++ { ++ dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len); ++ ADD_BLOCK (block_list, dirname); ++ ++ __set_errno (0); ++ ret = getcwd (dirname, path_max); ++ if (ret != NULL || errno != ERANGE) ++ break; ++ ++ path_max += path_max / 2; ++ path_max += PATH_INCR; ++ } ++ ++ if (ret == NULL) ++ /* We cannot get the current working directory. Don't signal an ++ error but simply return the default string. */ ++ goto return_untranslated; ++ ++ stpcpy (stpcpy (strchr (dirname, '\0'), "/"), binding->dirname); ++ } ++ ++ /* Now determine the symbolic name of CATEGORY and its value. */ ++ categoryname = category_to_name (category); ++ categoryvalue = guess_category_value (category, categoryname); ++ ++ domainname_len = strlen (domainname); ++ xdomainname = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryname) ++ + domainname_len + 5); ++ ADD_BLOCK (block_list, xdomainname); ++ ++ stpcpy (mempcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (xdomainname, categoryname), "/"), ++ domainname, domainname_len), ++ ".mo"); ++ ++ /* Creating working area. */ ++ single_locale = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryvalue) + 1); ++ ADD_BLOCK (block_list, single_locale); ++ ++ ++ /* Search for the given string. This is a loop because we perhaps ++ got an ordered list of languages to consider for the translation. */ ++ while (1) ++ { ++ /* Make CATEGORYVALUE point to the next element of the list. */ ++ while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] == ':') ++ ++categoryvalue; ++ if (categoryvalue[0] == '\0') ++ { ++ /* The whole contents of CATEGORYVALUE has been searched but ++ no valid entry has been found. We solve this situation ++ by implicitly appending a "C" entry, i.e. no translation ++ will take place. */ ++ single_locale[0] = 'C'; ++ single_locale[1] = '\0'; ++ } ++ else ++ { ++ char *cp = single_locale; ++ while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] != ':') ++ *cp++ = *categoryvalue++; ++ *cp = '\0'; ++ ++ /* When this is a SUID binary we must not allow accessing files ++ outside the dedicated directories. */ ++ if (ENABLE_SECURE && IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (single_locale)) ++ /* Ingore this entry. */ ++ continue; ++ } ++ ++ /* If the current locale value is C (or POSIX) we don't load a ++ domain. Return the MSGID. */ ++ if (strcmp (single_locale, "C") == 0 ++ || strcmp (single_locale, "POSIX") == 0) ++ break; ++ ++ /* Find structure describing the message catalog matching the ++ DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY. */ ++ domain = _nl_find_domain (dirname, single_locale, xdomainname, binding); ++ ++ if (domain != NULL) ++ { ++ retval = _nl_find_msg (domain, binding, msgid1, &retlen); ++ ++ if (retval == NULL) ++ { ++ int cnt; ++ ++ for (cnt = 0; domain->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt) ++ { ++ retval = _nl_find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], binding, ++ msgid1, &retlen); ++ ++ if (retval != NULL) ++ { ++ domain = domain->successor[cnt]; ++ break; ++ } ++ } ++ } ++ ++ if (retval != NULL) ++ { ++ /* Found the translation of MSGID1 in domain DOMAIN: ++ starting at RETVAL, RETLEN bytes. */ ++ FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); ++#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC ++ if (foundp == NULL) ++ { ++ /* Create a new entry and add it to the search tree. */ ++ struct known_translation_t *newp; ++ ++ newp = (struct known_translation_t *) ++ malloc (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid) ++ + msgid_len + domainname_len + 1); ++ if (newp != NULL) ++ { ++ newp->domainname = ++ mempcpy (newp->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len); ++ memcpy (newp->domainname, domainname, domainname_len + 1); ++ newp->category = category; ++ newp->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; ++ newp->domain = domain; ++ newp->translation = retval; ++ newp->translation_length = retlen; ++ ++ /* Insert the entry in the search tree. */ ++ foundp = (struct known_translation_t **) ++ tsearch (newp, &root, transcmp); ++ if (foundp == NULL ++ || __builtin_expect (*foundp != newp, 0)) ++ /* The insert failed. */ ++ free (newp); ++ } ++ } ++ else ++ { ++ /* We can update the existing entry. */ ++ (*foundp)->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; ++ (*foundp)->domain = domain; ++ (*foundp)->translation = retval; ++ (*foundp)->translation_length = retlen; ++ } ++#endif ++ __set_errno (saved_errno); ++ ++ /* Now deal with plural. */ ++ if (plural) ++ retval = plural_lookup (domain, n, retval, retlen); ++ ++ __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); ++ return retval; ++ } ++ } ++ } ++ ++ return_untranslated: ++ /* Return the untranslated MSGID. */ ++ FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); ++ __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); ++#ifndef _LIBC ++ if (!ENABLE_SECURE) ++ { ++ extern void _nl_log_untranslated (const char *logfilename, ++ const char *domainname, ++ const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, ++ int plural); ++ const char *logfilename = getenv ("GETTEXT_LOG_UNTRANSLATED"); ++ ++ if (logfilename != NULL && logfilename[0] != '\0') ++ _nl_log_untranslated (logfilename, domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural); ++ } ++#endif ++ __set_errno (saved_errno); ++ return (plural == 0 ++ ? (char *) msgid1 ++ /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */ ++ : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2); ++} ++ ++ ++char * ++internal_function ++_nl_find_msg (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file, ++ struct binding *domainbinding, const char *msgid, ++ size_t *lengthp) ++{ ++ struct loaded_domain *domain; ++ nls_uint32 nstrings; ++ size_t act; ++ char *result; ++ size_t resultlen; ++ ++ if (domain_file->decided == 0) ++ _nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding); ++ ++ if (domain_file->data == NULL) ++ return NULL; ++ ++ domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data; ++ ++ nstrings = domain->nstrings; ++ ++ /* Locate the MSGID and its translation. */ ++ if (domain->hash_tab != NULL) ++ { ++ /* Use the hashing table. */ ++ nls_uint32 len = strlen (msgid); ++ nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid); ++ nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size; ++ nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2)); ++ ++ while (1) ++ { ++ nls_uint32 nstr = ++ W (domain->must_swap_hash_tab, domain->hash_tab[idx]); ++ ++ if (nstr == 0) ++ /* Hash table entry is empty. */ ++ return NULL; ++ ++ nstr--; ++ ++ /* Compare msgid with the original string at index nstr. ++ We compare the lengths with >=, not ==, because plural entries ++ are represented by strings with an embedded NUL. */ ++ if (nstr < nstrings ++ ? W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr].length) >= len ++ && (strcmp (msgid, ++ domain->data + W (domain->must_swap, ++ domain->orig_tab[nstr].offset)) ++ == 0) ++ : domain->orig_sysdep_tab[nstr - nstrings].length > len ++ && (strcmp (msgid, ++ domain->orig_sysdep_tab[nstr - nstrings].pointer) ++ == 0)) ++ { ++ act = nstr; ++ goto found; ++ } ++ ++ if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr) ++ idx -= domain->hash_size - incr; ++ else ++ idx += incr; ++ } ++ /* NOTREACHED */ ++ } ++ else ++ { ++ /* Try the default method: binary search in the sorted array of ++ messages. */ ++ size_t top, bottom; ++ ++ bottom = 0; ++ top = nstrings; ++ while (bottom < top) ++ { ++ int cmp_val; ++ ++ act = (bottom + top) / 2; ++ cmp_val = strcmp (msgid, (domain->data ++ + W (domain->must_swap, ++ domain->orig_tab[act].offset))); ++ if (cmp_val < 0) ++ top = act; ++ else if (cmp_val > 0) ++ bottom = act + 1; ++ else ++ goto found; ++ } ++ /* No translation was found. */ ++ return NULL; ++ } ++ ++ found: ++ /* The translation was found at index ACT. If we have to convert the ++ string to use a different character set, this is the time. */ ++ if (act < nstrings) ++ { ++ result = (char *) ++ (domain->data + W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].offset)); ++ resultlen = W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].length) + 1; ++ } ++ else ++ { ++ result = (char *) domain->trans_sysdep_tab[act - nstrings].pointer; ++ resultlen = domain->trans_sysdep_tab[act - nstrings].length; ++ } ++ ++#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV ++ if (domain->codeset_cntr ++ != (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0)) ++ { ++ /* The domain's codeset has changed through bind_textdomain_codeset() ++ since the message catalog was initialized or last accessed. We ++ have to reinitialize the converter. */ ++ _nl_free_domain_conv (domain); ++ _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding); ++ } ++ ++ if ( ++# ifdef _LIBC ++ domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1 ++# else ++# if HAVE_ICONV ++ domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1 ++# endif ++# endif ++ ) ++ { ++ /* We are supposed to do a conversion. First allocate an ++ appropriate table with the same structure as the table ++ of translations in the file, where we can put the pointers ++ to the converted strings in. ++ There is a slight complication with plural entries. They ++ are represented by consecutive NUL terminated strings. We ++ handle this case by converting RESULTLEN bytes, including ++ NULs. */ ++ ++ if (domain->conv_tab == NULL ++ && ((domain->conv_tab = ++ (char **) calloc (nstrings + domain->n_sysdep_strings, ++ sizeof (char *))) ++ == NULL)) ++ /* Mark that we didn't succeed allocating a table. */ ++ domain->conv_tab = (char **) -1; ++ ++ if (__builtin_expect (domain->conv_tab == (char **) -1, 0)) ++ /* Nothing we can do, no more memory. */ ++ goto converted; ++ ++ if (domain->conv_tab[act] == NULL) ++ { ++ /* We haven't used this string so far, so it is not ++ translated yet. Do this now. */ ++ /* We use a bit more efficient memory handling. ++ We allocate always larger blocks which get used over ++ time. This is faster than many small allocations. */ ++ __libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock) ++# define INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE 4080 ++ static unsigned char *freemem; ++ static size_t freemem_size; ++ ++ const unsigned char *inbuf; ++ unsigned char *outbuf; ++ int malloc_count; ++# ifndef _LIBC ++ transmem_block_t *transmem_list = NULL; ++# endif ++ ++ __libc_lock_lock (lock); ++ ++ inbuf = (const unsigned char *) result; ++ outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t); ++ ++ malloc_count = 0; ++ while (1) ++ { ++ transmem_block_t *newmem; ++# ifdef _LIBC ++ size_t non_reversible; ++ int res; ++ ++ if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t)) ++ goto resize_freemem; ++ ++ res = __gconv (domain->conv, ++ &inbuf, inbuf + resultlen, ++ &outbuf, ++ outbuf + freemem_size - sizeof (size_t), ++ &non_reversible); ++ ++ if (res == __GCONV_OK || res == __GCONV_EMPTY_INPUT) ++ break; ++ ++ if (res != __GCONV_FULL_OUTPUT) ++ { ++ __libc_lock_unlock (lock); ++ goto converted; ++ } ++ ++ inbuf = result; ++# else ++# if HAVE_ICONV ++ const char *inptr = (const char *) inbuf; ++ size_t inleft = resultlen; ++ char *outptr = (char *) outbuf; ++ size_t outleft; ++ ++ if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t)) ++ goto resize_freemem; ++ ++ outleft = freemem_size - sizeof (size_t); ++ if (iconv (domain->conv, ++ (ICONV_CONST char **) &inptr, &inleft, ++ &outptr, &outleft) ++ != (size_t) (-1)) ++ { ++ outbuf = (unsigned char *) outptr; ++ break; ++ } ++ if (errno != E2BIG) ++ { ++ __libc_lock_unlock (lock); ++ goto converted; ++ } ++# endif ++# endif ++ ++ resize_freemem: ++ /* We must allocate a new buffer or resize the old one. */ ++ if (malloc_count > 0) ++ { ++ ++malloc_count; ++ freemem_size = malloc_count * INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE; ++ newmem = (transmem_block_t *) realloc (transmem_list, ++ freemem_size); ++# ifdef _LIBC ++ if (newmem != NULL) ++ transmem_list = transmem_list->next; ++ else ++ { ++ struct transmem_list *old = transmem_list; ++ ++ transmem_list = transmem_list->next; ++ free (old); ++ } ++# endif ++ } ++ else ++ { ++ malloc_count = 1; ++ freemem_size = INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE; ++ newmem = (transmem_block_t *) malloc (freemem_size); ++ } ++ if (__builtin_expect (newmem == NULL, 0)) ++ { ++ freemem = NULL; ++ freemem_size = 0; ++ __libc_lock_unlock (lock); ++ goto converted; ++ } ++ ++# ifdef _LIBC ++ /* Add the block to the list of blocks we have to free ++ at some point. */ ++ newmem->next = transmem_list; ++ transmem_list = newmem; ++ ++ freemem = newmem->data; ++ freemem_size -= offsetof (struct transmem_list, data); ++# else ++ transmem_list = newmem; ++ freemem = newmem; ++# endif ++ ++ outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t); ++ } ++ ++ /* We have now in our buffer a converted string. Put this ++ into the table of conversions. */ ++ *(size_t *) freemem = outbuf - freemem - sizeof (size_t); ++ domain->conv_tab[act] = (char *) freemem; ++ /* Shrink freemem, but keep it aligned. */ ++ freemem_size -= outbuf - freemem; ++ freemem = outbuf; ++ freemem += freemem_size & (alignof (size_t) - 1); ++ freemem_size = freemem_size & ~ (alignof (size_t) - 1); ++ ++ __libc_lock_unlock (lock); ++ } ++ ++ /* Now domain->conv_tab[act] contains the translation of all ++ the plural variants. */ ++ result = domain->conv_tab[act] + sizeof (size_t); ++ resultlen = *(size_t *) domain->conv_tab[act]; ++ } ++ ++ converted: ++ /* The result string is converted. */ ++ ++#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */ ++ ++ *lengthp = resultlen; ++ return result; ++} ++ ++ ++/* Look up a plural variant. */ ++static char * ++internal_function ++plural_lookup (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain, unsigned long int n, ++ const char *translation, size_t translation_len) ++{ ++ struct loaded_domain *domaindata = (struct loaded_domain *) domain->data; ++ unsigned long int index; ++ const char *p; ++ ++ index = plural_eval (domaindata->plural, n); ++ if (index >= domaindata->nplurals) ++ /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression and the ++ given maximum value do not match. */ ++ index = 0; ++ ++ /* Skip INDEX strings at TRANSLATION. */ ++ p = translation; ++ while (index-- > 0) ++ { ++#ifdef _LIBC ++ p = __rawmemchr (p, '\0'); ++#else ++ p = strchr (p, '\0'); ++#endif ++ /* And skip over the NUL byte. */ ++ p++; ++ ++ if (p >= translation + translation_len) ++ /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression ++ evaluated to a value larger than the number of variants ++ available for MSGID1. */ ++ return (char *) translation; ++ } ++ return (char *) p; ++} ++ ++#ifndef _LIBC ++/* Return string representation of locale CATEGORY. */ ++static const char * ++internal_function ++category_to_name (int category) ++{ ++ const char *retval; ++ ++ switch (category) ++ { ++#ifdef LC_COLLATE ++ case LC_COLLATE: ++ retval = "LC_COLLATE"; ++ break; ++#endif ++#ifdef LC_CTYPE ++ case LC_CTYPE: ++ retval = "LC_CTYPE"; ++ break; ++#endif ++#ifdef LC_MONETARY ++ case LC_MONETARY: ++ retval = "LC_MONETARY"; ++ break; ++#endif ++#ifdef LC_NUMERIC ++ case LC_NUMERIC: ++ retval = "LC_NUMERIC"; ++ break; ++#endif ++#ifdef LC_TIME ++ case LC_TIME: ++ retval = "LC_TIME"; ++ break; ++#endif ++#ifdef LC_MESSAGES ++ case LC_MESSAGES: ++ retval = "LC_MESSAGES"; ++ break; ++#endif ++#ifdef LC_RESPONSE ++ case LC_RESPONSE: ++ retval = "LC_RESPONSE"; ++ break; ++#endif ++#ifdef LC_ALL ++ case LC_ALL: ++ /* This might not make sense but is perhaps better than any other ++ value. */ ++ retval = "LC_ALL"; ++ break; ++#endif ++ default: ++ /* If you have a better idea for a default value let me know. */ ++ retval = "LC_XXX"; ++ } ++ ++ return retval; ++} ++#endif ++ ++/* Guess value of current locale from value of the environment variables. */ ++static const char * ++internal_function ++guess_category_value (int category, const char *categoryname) ++{ ++ const char *language; ++ const char *retval; ++ ++ /* The highest priority value is the `LANGUAGE' environment ++ variable. But we don't use the value if the currently selected ++ locale is the C locale. This is a GNU extension. */ ++ language = getenv ("LANGUAGE"); ++ if (language != NULL && language[0] == '\0') ++ language = NULL; ++ ++ /* We have to proceed with the POSIX methods of looking to `LC_ALL', ++ `LC_xxx', and `LANG'. On some systems this can be done by the ++ `setlocale' function itself. */ ++#ifdef _LIBC ++ retval = __current_locale_name (category); ++#else ++ retval = _nl_locale_name (category, categoryname); ++#endif ++ ++ /* Ignore LANGUAGE if the locale is set to "C" because ++ 1. "C" locale usually uses the ASCII encoding, and most international ++ messages use non-ASCII characters. These characters get displayed ++ as question marks (if using glibc's iconv()) or as invalid 8-bit ++ characters (because other iconv()s refuse to convert most non-ASCII ++ characters to ASCII). In any case, the output is ugly. ++ 2. The precise output of some programs in the "C" locale is specified ++ by POSIX and should not depend on environment variables like ++ "LANGUAGE". We allow such programs to use gettext(). */ ++ return language != NULL && strcmp (retval, "C") != 0 ? language : retval; ++} ++ ++/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ ++ ++/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we ++ avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this ++ function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY ++ to be defined. */ ++#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY ++static char * ++stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src) ++{ ++ while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0') ++ /* Do nothing. */ ; ++ return dest - 1; ++} ++#endif ++ ++#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_MEMPCPY ++static void * ++mempcpy (void *dest, const void *src, size_t n) ++{ ++ return (void *) ((char *) memcpy (dest, src, n) + n); ++} ++#endif ++ ++ ++#ifdef _LIBC ++/* If we want to free all resources we have to do some work at ++ program's end. */ ++libc_freeres_fn (free_mem) ++{ ++ void *old; ++ ++ while (_nl_domain_bindings != NULL) ++ { ++ struct binding *oldp = _nl_domain_bindings; ++ _nl_domain_bindings = _nl_domain_bindings->next; ++ if (oldp->dirname != INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname)) ++ /* Yes, this is a pointer comparison. */ ++ free (oldp->dirname); ++ free (oldp->codeset); ++ free (oldp); ++ } ++ ++ if (_nl_current_default_domain != _nl_default_default_domain) ++ /* Yes, again a pointer comparison. */ ++ free ((char *) _nl_current_default_domain); ++ ++ /* Remove the search tree with the known translations. */ ++ __tdestroy (root, free); ++ root = NULL; ++ ++ while (transmem_list != NULL) ++ { ++ old = transmem_list; ++ transmem_list = transmem_list->next; ++ free (old); ++ } ++} ++#endif +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/dcngettext.c 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/dcngettext.c 2004-09-12 14:40:34.375745048 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ ++/* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function. ++ Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++ ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ any later version. ++ ++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. ++ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ ++ ++#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H ++# include <config.h> ++#endif ++ ++#include "gettextP.h" ++#ifdef _LIBC ++# include <libintl.h> ++#else ++# include "libgnuintl.h" ++#endif ++ ++/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ ++ ++/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash ++ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source ++ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ ++ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ ++#ifdef _LIBC ++# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext ++# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext ++#else ++# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext ++# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext ++#endif ++ ++/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY ++ locale. */ ++char * ++DCNGETTEXT (const char *domainname, ++ const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n, ++ int category) ++{ ++ return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category); ++} ++ ++#ifdef _LIBC ++/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ ++weak_alias (__dcngettext, dcngettext); ++#endif +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/dgettext.c 1998-04-26 09:20:52.000000000 -0400 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/dgettext.c 2004-09-12 14:40:34.380744288 -0400 +@@ -1,32 +1,33 @@ +-/* dgettext.c -- implementation of the dgettext(3) function +- Copyright (C) 1995 Software Foundation, Inc. ++/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function. ++ Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +-any later version. ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ any later version. + +-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +-GNU General Public License for more details. ++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. + +-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ + + #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H + # include <config.h> + #endif + +-#if defined HAVE_LOCALE_H || defined _LIBC +-# include <locale.h> +-#endif ++#include "gettextP.h" ++ ++#include <locale.h> + + #ifdef _LIBC + # include <libintl.h> + #else +-# include "libgettext.h" ++# include "libgnuintl.h" + #endif + + /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ +@@ -37,18 +38,16 @@ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ + #ifdef _LIBC + # define DGETTEXT __dgettext +-# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext ++# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext) + #else +-# define DGETTEXT dgettext__ +-# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__ ++# define DGETTEXT libintl_dgettext ++# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext + #endif + + /* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current + LC_MESSAGES locale. */ + char * +-DGETTEXT (domainname, msgid) +- const char *domainname; +- const char *msgid; ++DGETTEXT (const char *domainname, const char *msgid) + { + return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES); + } +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/dngettext.c 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/dngettext.c 2004-09-12 14:40:34.385743528 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ ++/* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function. ++ Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++ ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ any later version. ++ ++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. ++ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ ++ ++#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H ++# include <config.h> ++#endif ++ ++#include "gettextP.h" ++ ++#include <locale.h> ++ ++#ifdef _LIBC ++# include <libintl.h> ++#else ++# include "libgnuintl.h" ++#endif ++ ++/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ ++ ++/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash ++ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source ++ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ ++ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ ++#ifdef _LIBC ++# define DNGETTEXT __dngettext ++# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext ++#else ++# define DNGETTEXT libintl_dngettext ++# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext ++#endif ++ ++/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current ++ LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form. */ ++char * ++DNGETTEXT (const char *domainname, ++ const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n) ++{ ++ return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES); ++} ++ ++#ifdef _LIBC ++/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ ++weak_alias (__dngettext, dngettext); ++#endif +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/eval-plural.h 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/eval-plural.h 2004-09-12 14:40:34.390742768 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ ++/* Plural expression evaluation. ++ Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++ ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ any later version. ++ ++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. ++ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ ++ ++#ifndef STATIC ++#define STATIC static ++#endif ++ ++/* Evaluate the plural expression and return an index value. */ ++STATIC ++unsigned long int ++internal_function ++plural_eval (struct expression *pexp, unsigned long int n) ++{ ++ switch (pexp->nargs) ++ { ++ case 0: ++ switch (pexp->operation) ++ { ++ case var: ++ return n; ++ case num: ++ return pexp->val.num; ++ default: ++ break; ++ } ++ /* NOTREACHED */ ++ break; ++ case 1: ++ { ++ /* pexp->operation must be lnot. */ ++ unsigned long int arg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n); ++ return ! arg; ++ } ++ case 2: ++ { ++ unsigned long int leftarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n); ++ if (pexp->operation == lor) ++ return leftarg || plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n); ++ else if (pexp->operation == land) ++ return leftarg && plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n); ++ else ++ { ++ unsigned long int rightarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n); ++ ++ switch (pexp->operation) ++ { ++ case mult: ++ return leftarg * rightarg; ++ case divide: ++#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE ++ if (rightarg == 0) ++ raise (SIGFPE); ++#endif ++ return leftarg / rightarg; ++ case module: ++#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE ++ if (rightarg == 0) ++ raise (SIGFPE); ++#endif ++ return leftarg % rightarg; ++ case plus: ++ return leftarg + rightarg; ++ case minus: ++ return leftarg - rightarg; ++ case less_than: ++ return leftarg < rightarg; ++ case greater_than: ++ return leftarg > rightarg; ++ case less_or_equal: ++ return leftarg <= rightarg; ++ case greater_or_equal: ++ return leftarg >= rightarg; ++ case equal: ++ return leftarg == rightarg; ++ case not_equal: ++ return leftarg != rightarg; ++ default: ++ break; ++ } ++ } ++ /* NOTREACHED */ ++ break; ++ } ++ case 3: ++ { ++ /* pexp->operation must be qmop. */ ++ unsigned long int boolarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n); ++ return plural_eval (pexp->val.args[boolarg ? 1 : 2], n); ++ } ++ } ++ /* NOTREACHED */ ++ return 0; ++} +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/explodename.c 1998-04-26 09:22:37.000000000 -0400 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/explodename.c 2004-09-12 14:40:34.395742008 -0400 +@@ -1,19 +1,20 @@ +-/* Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995. + +- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- GNU General Public License for more details. ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. + +- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, +- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ + + #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H + # include <config.h> +@@ -36,18 +37,23 @@ + + /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + ++char * ++_nl_find_language (const char *name) ++{ ++ while (name[0] != '\0' && name[0] != '_' && name[0] != '@' ++ && name[0] != '+' && name[0] != ',') ++ ++name; ++ ++ return (char *) name; ++} ++ ++ + int +-_nl_explode_name (name, language, modifier, territory, codeset, +- normalized_codeset, special, sponsor, revision) +- char *name; +- const char **language; +- const char **modifier; +- const char **territory; +- const char **codeset; +- const char **normalized_codeset; +- const char **special; +- const char **sponsor; +- const char **revision; ++_nl_explode_name (char *name, ++ const char **language, const char **modifier, ++ const char **territory, const char **codeset, ++ const char **normalized_codeset, const char **special, ++ const char **sponsor, const char **revision) + { + enum { undecided, xpg, cen } syntax; + char *cp; +@@ -67,9 +73,7 @@ + mask = 0; + syntax = undecided; + *language = cp = name; +- while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '_' && cp[0] != '@' +- && cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',') +- ++cp; ++ cp = _nl_find_language (*language); + + if (*language == cp) + /* This does not make sense: language has to be specified. Use +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/finddomain.c 1998-04-26 09:22:36.000000000 -0400 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/finddomain.c 2004-09-12 14:40:34.415738968 -0400 +@@ -1,64 +1,40 @@ + /* Handle list of needed message catalogs +- Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +- Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995. ++ Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++ Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995. + +- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- GNU General Public License for more details. ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. + +- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, +- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ + + #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H + # include <config.h> + #endif + +-#include <ctype.h> +-#include <errno.h> + #include <stdio.h> + #include <sys/types.h> +- +-#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC +-# include <stdlib.h> +-#else +-# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H +-# include <malloc.h> +-# else +-void free (); +-# endif +-#endif +- +-#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC +-# include <string.h> +-#else +-# include <strings.h> +-# ifndef memcpy +-# define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy (Src, Dst, Num) +-# endif +-#endif +-#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC +-# ifndef strchr +-# define strchr index +-# endif +-#endif ++#include <stdlib.h> ++#include <string.h> + + #if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC + # include <unistd.h> + #endif + +-#include "gettext.h" + #include "gettextP.h" + #ifdef _LIBC + # include <libintl.h> + #else +-# include "libgettext.h" ++# include "libgnuintl.h" + #endif + + /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ +@@ -70,10 +46,9 @@ + the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY parameters with respect to the currently + established bindings. */ + struct loaded_l10nfile * +-_nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname) +- const char *dirname; +- char *locale; +- const char *domainname; ++internal_function ++_nl_find_domain (const char *dirname, char *locale, ++ const char *domainname, struct binding *domainbinding) + { + struct loaded_l10nfile *retval; + const char *language; +@@ -95,9 +70,9 @@ + + language[_territory][+audience][+special][,[sponsor][_revision]] + +- Beside the first all of them are allowed to be missing. If the +- full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are +- looked for. The various part will be stripped of according to ++ Beside the first part all of them are allowed to be missing. If ++ the full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are ++ looked for. The various parts will be stripped off according to + the following order: + (1) revision + (2) sponsor +@@ -119,7 +94,7 @@ + int cnt; + + if (retval->decided == 0) +- _nl_load_domain (retval); ++ _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding); + + if (retval->data != NULL) + return retval; +@@ -127,7 +102,7 @@ + for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt) + { + if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0) +- _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt]); ++ _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding); + + if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL) + break; +@@ -142,12 +117,18 @@ + alias_value = _nl_expand_alias (locale); + if (alias_value != NULL) + { ++#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP ++ locale = strdup (alias_value); ++ if (locale == NULL) ++ return NULL; ++#else + size_t len = strlen (alias_value) + 1; + locale = (char *) malloc (len); + if (locale == NULL) + return NULL; + + memcpy (locale, alias_value, len); ++#endif + } + + /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First +@@ -168,14 +149,14 @@ + return NULL; + + if (retval->decided == 0) +- _nl_load_domain (retval); ++ _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding); + if (retval->data == NULL) + { + int cnt; + for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt) + { + if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0) +- _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt]); ++ _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding); + if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL) + break; + } +@@ -185,5 +166,27 @@ + if (alias_value != NULL) + free (locale); + ++ /* The space for normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated. Free it. */ ++ if (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) ++ free ((void *) normalized_codeset); ++ + return retval; + } ++ ++ ++#ifdef _LIBC ++libc_freeres_fn (free_mem) ++{ ++ struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains; ++ ++ while (runp != NULL) ++ { ++ struct loaded_l10nfile *here = runp; ++ if (runp->data != NULL) ++ _nl_unload_domain ((struct loaded_domain *) runp->data); ++ runp = runp->next; ++ free ((char *) here->filename); ++ free (here); ++ } ++} ++#endif +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/gettext.c 1998-04-26 09:22:36.000000000 -0400 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/gettext.c 2004-09-12 14:40:34.420738208 -0400 +@@ -1,19 +1,20 @@ +-/* Implementation of gettext(3) function +- Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++/* Implementation of gettext(3) function. ++ Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- GNU General Public License for more details. ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. + +- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, +- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ + + #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H + # include <config.h> +@@ -23,21 +24,14 @@ + # define __need_NULL + # include <stddef.h> + #else +-# ifdef STDC_HEADERS +-# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */ +-# else +-# ifdef HAVE_STRING_H +-# include <string.h> +-# else +-# define NULL ((void *) 0) +-# endif +-# endif ++# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */ + #endif + ++#include "gettextP.h" + #ifdef _LIBC + # include <libintl.h> + #else +-# include "libgettext.h" ++# include "libgnuintl.h" + #endif + + /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ +@@ -48,20 +42,19 @@ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ + #ifdef _LIBC + # define GETTEXT __gettext +-# define DGETTEXT __dgettext ++# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext) + #else +-# define GETTEXT gettext__ +-# define DGETTEXT dgettext__ ++# define GETTEXT libintl_gettext ++# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext + #endif + + /* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current + LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default + text). */ + char * +-GETTEXT (msgid) +- const char *msgid; ++GETTEXT (const char *msgid) + { +- return DGETTEXT (NULL, msgid); ++ return DCGETTEXT (NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES); + } + + #ifdef _LIBC +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/gettext.h 1998-04-26 09:22:35.000000000 -0400 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/gettext.h 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 +@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@ +-/* Internal header for GNU gettext internationalization functions +- Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +- +- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +- any later version. +- +- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- GNU General Public License for more details. +- +- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +- License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, +- write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, +- Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ +- +-#ifndef _GETTEXT_H +-#define _GETTEXT_H 1 +- +-#include <stdio.h> +- +-#if HAVE_LIMITS_H || _LIBC +-# include <limits.h> +-#endif +- +-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ +- +-/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format. */ +-#define _MAGIC 0x950412de +-#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495 +- +-/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format. */ +-#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0 +- +-/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor +- to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An +- alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but +- doing that would require that the configure script compile and *run* +- the resulting executable. Locally running cross-compiled executables +- is usually not possible. */ +- +-#if __STDC__ +-# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U +-#else +-# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF +-#endif +- +-/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type. +- This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because +- that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems +- (that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types. */ +- +-#ifndef UINT_MAX +-# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS +-#endif +- +-#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS +-typedef unsigned nls_uint32; +-#else +-# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS +-typedef unsigned short nls_uint32; +-# else +-# if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS +-typedef unsigned long nls_uint32; +-# else +- /* The following line is intended to throw an error. Using #error is +- not portable enough. */ +- "Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type." +-# endif +-# endif +-#endif +- +- +-/* Header for binary .mo file format. */ +-struct mo_file_header +-{ +- /* The magic number. */ +- nls_uint32 magic; +- /* The revision number of the file format. */ +- nls_uint32 revision; +- /* The number of strings pairs. */ +- nls_uint32 nstrings; +- /* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings. */ +- nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset; +- /* Offset of table with start offsets of translation strings. */ +- nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset; +- /* Size of hashing table. */ +- nls_uint32 hash_tab_size; +- /* Offset of first hashing entry. */ +- nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset; +-}; +- +-struct string_desc +-{ +- /* Length of addressed string. */ +- nls_uint32 length; +- /* Offset of string in file. */ +- nls_uint32 offset; +-}; +- +-/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ +- +-#endif /* gettext.h */ +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/gettextP.h 1998-04-26 09:22:35.000000000 -0400 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/gettextP.h 2004-09-12 14:40:34.426737296 -0400 +@@ -1,33 +1,53 @@ +-/* Header describing internals of gettext library +- Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++/* Header describing internals of libintl library. ++ Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++ Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995. + +- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- GNU General Public License for more details. ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. + +- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, +- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ + + #ifndef _GETTEXTP_H + #define _GETTEXTP_H + ++#include <stddef.h> /* Get size_t. */ ++ ++#ifdef _LIBC ++# include "../iconv/gconv_int.h" ++#else ++# if HAVE_ICONV ++# include <iconv.h> ++# endif ++#endif ++ + #include "loadinfo.h" + ++#include "gmo.h" /* Get nls_uint32. */ ++ + /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +-#ifndef PARAMS +-# if __STDC__ +-# define PARAMS(args) args +-# else +-# define PARAMS(args) () +-# endif ++#ifndef internal_function ++# define internal_function ++#endif ++ ++#ifndef attribute_hidden ++# define attribute_hidden ++#endif ++ ++/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is ++ almost always true or almost always false. */ ++#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT ++# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr) + #endif + + #ifndef W +@@ -35,38 +55,160 @@ + #endif + + +-static nls_uint32 SWAP PARAMS ((nls_uint32 i)); +- ++#ifdef _LIBC ++# include <byteswap.h> ++# define SWAP(i) bswap_32 (i) ++#else + static inline nls_uint32 + SWAP (i) + nls_uint32 i; + { + return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24); + } ++#endif ++ + ++/* In-memory representation of system dependent string. */ ++struct sysdep_string_desc ++{ ++ /* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL. */ ++ size_t length; ++ /* Pointer to addressed string. */ ++ const char *pointer; ++}; + ++/* The representation of an opened message catalog. */ + struct loaded_domain + { ++ /* Pointer to memory containing the .mo file. */ + const char *data; ++ /* 1 if the memory is mmap()ed, 0 if the memory is malloc()ed. */ ++ int use_mmap; ++ /* Size of mmap()ed memory. */ ++ size_t mmap_size; ++ /* 1 if the .mo file uses a different endianness than this machine. */ + int must_swap; ++ /* Pointer to additional malloc()ed memory. */ ++ void *malloced; ++ ++ /* Number of static strings pairs. */ + nls_uint32 nstrings; +- struct string_desc *orig_tab; +- struct string_desc *trans_tab; ++ /* Pointer to descriptors of original strings in the file. */ ++ const struct string_desc *orig_tab; ++ /* Pointer to descriptors of translated strings in the file. */ ++ const struct string_desc *trans_tab; ++ ++ /* Number of system dependent strings pairs. */ ++ nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings; ++ /* Pointer to descriptors of original sysdep strings. */ ++ const struct sysdep_string_desc *orig_sysdep_tab; ++ /* Pointer to descriptors of translated sysdep strings. */ ++ const struct sysdep_string_desc *trans_sysdep_tab; ++ ++ /* Size of hash table. */ + nls_uint32 hash_size; +- nls_uint32 *hash_tab; ++ /* Pointer to hash table. */ ++ const nls_uint32 *hash_tab; ++ /* 1 if the hash table uses a different endianness than this machine. */ ++ int must_swap_hash_tab; ++ ++ int codeset_cntr; ++#ifdef _LIBC ++ __gconv_t conv; ++#else ++# if HAVE_ICONV ++ iconv_t conv; ++# endif ++#endif ++ char **conv_tab; ++ ++ struct expression *plural; ++ unsigned long int nplurals; + }; + ++/* We want to allocate a string at the end of the struct. But ISO C ++ doesn't allow zero sized arrays. */ ++#ifdef __GNUC__ ++# define ZERO 0 ++#else ++# define ZERO 1 ++#endif ++ ++/* A set of settings bound to a message domain. Used to store settings ++ from bindtextdomain() and bind_textdomain_codeset(). */ + struct binding + { + struct binding *next; +- char *domainname; + char *dirname; ++ int codeset_cntr; /* Incremented each time codeset changes. */ ++ char *codeset; ++ char domainname[ZERO]; + }; + +-struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain PARAMS ((const char *__dirname, +- char *__locale, +- const char *__domainname)); +-void _nl_load_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain)); ++/* A counter which is incremented each time some previous translations ++ become invalid. ++ This variable is part of the external ABI of the GNU libintl. */ ++extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; ++ ++#ifndef _LIBC ++const char *_nl_locale_name (int category, const char *categoryname); ++#endif ++ ++struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain (const char *__dirname, char *__locale, ++ const char *__domainname, ++ struct binding *__domainbinding) ++ internal_function; ++void _nl_load_domain (struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain, ++ struct binding *__domainbinding) ++ internal_function; ++void _nl_unload_domain (struct loaded_domain *__domain) ++ internal_function; ++const char *_nl_init_domain_conv (struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain_file, ++ struct loaded_domain *__domain, ++ struct binding *__domainbinding) ++ internal_function; ++void _nl_free_domain_conv (struct loaded_domain *__domain) ++ internal_function; ++ ++char *_nl_find_msg (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file, ++ struct binding *domainbinding, const char *msgid, ++ size_t *lengthp) ++ internal_function; ++ ++#ifdef _LIBC ++extern char *__gettext (const char *__msgid); ++extern char *__dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid); ++extern char *__dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid, ++ int __category); ++extern char *__ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, ++ unsigned long int __n); ++extern char *__dngettext (const char *__domainname, ++ const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, ++ unsigned long int n); ++extern char *__dcngettext (const char *__domainname, ++ const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, ++ unsigned long int __n, int __category); ++extern char *__dcigettext (const char *__domainname, ++ const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, ++ int __plural, unsigned long int __n, ++ int __category); ++extern char *__textdomain (const char *__domainname); ++extern char *__bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname, ++ const char *__dirname); ++extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname, ++ const char *__codeset); ++#else ++/* Declare the exported libintl_* functions, in a way that allows us to ++ call them under their real name. */ ++# undef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE ++# undef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS ++# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS ++# include "libgnuintl.h" ++extern char *libintl_dcigettext (const char *__domainname, ++ const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, ++ int __plural, unsigned long int __n, ++ int __category); ++#endif + + /* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ + +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/gmo.h 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/gmo.h 2004-09-12 14:40:34.431736536 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ ++/* Description of GNU message catalog format: general file layout. ++ Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++ ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ any later version. ++ ++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. ++ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ ++ ++#ifndef _GETTEXT_H ++#define _GETTEXT_H 1 ++ ++#include <limits.h> ++ ++/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ ++ ++/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format. */ ++#define _MAGIC 0x950412de ++#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495 ++ ++/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format. */ ++#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0 ++#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER_WITH_SYSDEP_I 1 ++ ++/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor ++ to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An ++ alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but ++ as of version autoconf-2.13, the AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro doesn't work ++ when cross-compiling. */ ++ ++#if __STDC__ ++# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U ++#else ++# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF ++#endif ++ ++/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type. ++ This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because ++ that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems ++ (that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types. */ ++ ++#ifndef UINT_MAX ++# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS ++#endif ++ ++#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS ++typedef unsigned nls_uint32; ++#else ++# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS ++typedef unsigned short nls_uint32; ++# else ++# if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS ++typedef unsigned long nls_uint32; ++# else ++ /* The following line is intended to throw an error. Using #error is ++ not portable enough. */ ++ "Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type." ++# endif ++# endif ++#endif ++ ++ ++/* Header for binary .mo file format. */ ++struct mo_file_header ++{ ++ /* The magic number. */ ++ nls_uint32 magic; ++ /* The revision number of the file format. */ ++ nls_uint32 revision; ++ ++ /* The following are only used in .mo files with major revision 0 or 1. */ ++ ++ /* The number of strings pairs. */ ++ nls_uint32 nstrings; ++ /* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings. */ ++ nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset; ++ /* Offset of table with start offsets of translated strings. */ ++ nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset; ++ /* Size of hash table. */ ++ nls_uint32 hash_tab_size; ++ /* Offset of first hash table entry. */ ++ nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset; ++ ++ /* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1. */ ++ ++ /* The number of system dependent segments. */ ++ nls_uint32 n_sysdep_segments; ++ /* Offset of table describing system dependent segments. */ ++ nls_uint32 sysdep_segments_offset; ++ /* The number of system dependent strings pairs. */ ++ nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings; ++ /* Offset of table with start offsets of original sysdep strings. */ ++ nls_uint32 orig_sysdep_tab_offset; ++ /* Offset of table with start offsets of translated sysdep strings. */ ++ nls_uint32 trans_sysdep_tab_offset; ++}; ++ ++/* Descriptor for static string contained in the binary .mo file. */ ++struct string_desc ++{ ++ /* Length of addressed string, not including the trailing NUL. */ ++ nls_uint32 length; ++ /* Offset of string in file. */ ++ nls_uint32 offset; ++}; ++ ++/* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1. */ ++ ++/* Descriptor for system dependent string segment. */ ++struct sysdep_segment ++{ ++ /* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL. */ ++ nls_uint32 length; ++ /* Offset of string in file. */ ++ nls_uint32 offset; ++}; ++ ++/* Descriptor for system dependent string. */ ++struct sysdep_string ++{ ++ /* Offset of static string segments in file. */ ++ nls_uint32 offset; ++ /* Alternating sequence of static and system dependent segments. ++ The last segment is a static segment, including the trailing NUL. */ ++ struct segment_pair ++ { ++ /* Size of static segment. */ ++ nls_uint32 segsize; ++ /* Reference to system dependent string segment, or ~0 at the end. */ ++ nls_uint32 sysdepref; ++ } segments[1]; ++}; ++ ++/* Marker for the end of the segments[] array. This has the value 0xFFFFFFFF, ++ regardless whether 'int' is 16 bit, 32 bit, or 64 bit. */ ++#define SEGMENTS_END ((nls_uint32) ~0) ++ ++/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ ++ ++#endif /* gettext.h */ +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/hash-string.h 1998-04-26 09:22:36.000000000 -0400 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/hash-string.h 2004-09-12 14:40:34.436735776 -0400 +@@ -1,35 +1,23 @@ +-/* Implements a string hashing function. +- Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++/* Description of GNU message catalog format: string hashing function. ++ Copyright (C) 1995, 1997-1998, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- GNU General Public License for more details. ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +- License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, +- write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, +- Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ +- +-#ifdef HAVE_VALUES_H +-# include <values.h> +-#endif ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ + + /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +-#ifndef PARAMS +-# if __STDC__ +-# define PARAMS(Args) Args +-# else +-# define PARAMS(Args) () +-# endif +-#endif +- + /* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits. */ + #define HASHWORDBITS 32 + +@@ -37,11 +25,8 @@ + /* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger + [see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools, + 1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */ +-static unsigned long hash_string PARAMS ((const char *__str_param)); +- +-static inline unsigned long +-hash_string (str_param) +- const char *str_param; ++static inline unsigned long int ++hash_string (const char *str_param) + { + unsigned long int hval, g; + const char *str = str_param; +@@ -51,8 +36,8 @@ + while (*str != '\0') + { + hval <<= 4; +- hval += (unsigned long) *str++; +- g = hval & ((unsigned long) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4)); ++ hval += (unsigned char) *str++; ++ g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4)); + if (g != 0) + { + hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8); +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/intl-compat.c 1998-04-26 09:20:52.000000000 -0400 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/intl-compat.c 2004-09-12 14:40:34.441735016 -0400 +@@ -1,76 +1,131 @@ + /* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext + Library. +- Copyright (C) 1995 Software Foundation, Inc. ++ Copyright (C) 1995, 2000-2003 Software Foundation, Inc. + +-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +-any later version. ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ any later version. + +-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +-GNU General Public License for more details. ++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. + +-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ + + #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H + # include <config.h> + #endif + +-#include "libgettext.h" ++#include "gettextP.h" + + /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + ++/* This file redirects the gettext functions (without prefix) to those ++ defined in the included GNU libintl library (with "libintl_" prefix). ++ It is compiled into libintl in order to make the AM_GNU_GETTEXT test ++ of gettext <= 0.11.2 work with the libintl library >= 0.11.3 which ++ has the redirections primarily in the <libintl.h> include file. ++ It is also compiled into libgnuintl so that libgnuintl.so can be used ++ as LD_PRELOADable library on glibc systems, to provide the extra ++ features that the functions in the libc don't have (namely, logging). */ ++ + + #undef gettext + #undef dgettext + #undef dcgettext ++#undef ngettext ++#undef dngettext ++#undef dcngettext + #undef textdomain + #undef bindtextdomain ++#undef bind_textdomain_codeset ++ ++ ++/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because ++ the functions are only defined for binary backward compatibility, we ++ don't need to use __declspec(dllimport) in any case. */ ++#if defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL ++# define DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport) ++#else ++# define DLL_EXPORTED ++#endif + + ++DLL_EXPORTED + char * +-bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname) +- const char *domainname; +- const char *dirname; ++gettext (const char *msgid) + { +- return bindtextdomain__ (domainname, dirname); ++ return libintl_gettext (msgid); + } + + ++DLL_EXPORTED + char * +-dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category) +- const char *domainname; +- const char *msgid; +- int category; ++dgettext (const char *domainname, const char *msgid) + { +- return dcgettext__ (domainname, msgid, category); ++ return libintl_dgettext (domainname, msgid); + } + + ++DLL_EXPORTED + char * +-dgettext (domainname, msgid) +- const char *domainname; +- const char *msgid; ++dcgettext (const char *domainname, const char *msgid, int category) + { +- return dgettext__ (domainname, msgid); ++ return libintl_dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category); + } + + ++DLL_EXPORTED + char * +-gettext (msgid) +- const char *msgid; ++ngettext (const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n) + { +- return gettext__ (msgid); ++ return libintl_ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n); + } + + ++DLL_EXPORTED + char * +-textdomain (domainname) +- const char *domainname; ++dngettext (const char *domainname, ++ const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n) + { +- return textdomain__ (domainname); ++ return libintl_dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n); ++} ++ ++ ++DLL_EXPORTED ++char * ++dcngettext (const char *domainname, ++ const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n, ++ int category) ++{ ++ return libintl_dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category); ++} ++ ++ ++DLL_EXPORTED ++char * ++textdomain (const char *domainname) ++{ ++ return libintl_textdomain (domainname); ++} ++ ++ ++DLL_EXPORTED ++char * ++bindtextdomain (const char *domainname, const char *dirname) ++{ ++ return libintl_bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname); ++} ++ ++ ++DLL_EXPORTED ++char * ++bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *domainname, const char *codeset) ++{ ++ return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset); + } +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/l10nflist.c 1998-04-26 09:22:37.000000000 -0400 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/l10nflist.c 2004-09-12 14:40:34.457732584 -0400 +@@ -1,52 +1,40 @@ +-/* Handle list of needed message catalogs +- Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +- Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995. ++/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++ Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995. + +- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- GNU General Public License for more details. ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. + +- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, +- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ ++ ++/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for stpcpy(). ++ This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include ++ <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */ ++#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE ++# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 ++#endif + + #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H + # include <config.h> + #endif + +- +-#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC +-# ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +-# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 +-# endif +-# include <string.h> +-#else +-# include <strings.h> +-# ifndef memcpy +-# define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy (Src, Dst, Num) +-# endif +-#endif +-#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC +-# ifndef strchr +-# define strchr index +-# endif +-#endif ++#include <string.h> + + #if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H + # include <argz.h> + #endif + #include <ctype.h> + #include <sys/types.h> +- +-#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC +-# include <stdlib.h> +-#endif ++#include <stdlib.h> + + #include "loadinfo.h" + +@@ -65,23 +53,39 @@ + /* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard + because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object + file and the name space must not be polluted. */ +-# define stpcpy(dest, src) __stpcpy(dest, src) ++# ifndef stpcpy ++# define stpcpy(dest, src) __stpcpy(dest, src) ++# endif + #else + # ifndef HAVE_STPCPY +-static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src)); ++static char *stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src); + # endif + #endif + ++/* Pathname support. ++ ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character. ++ IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) tests whether P is an absolute path. If it is not, ++ it may be concatenated to a directory pathname. ++ */ ++#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ ++ /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */ ++# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\') ++# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \ ++ ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \ ++ && (P)[1] == ':') ++# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P)) ++#else ++ /* Unix */ ++# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/') ++# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0]) ++#endif ++ + /* Define function which are usually not available. */ + + #if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT + /* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ. */ +-static size_t argz_count__ PARAMS ((const char *argz, size_t len)); +- + static size_t +-argz_count__ (argz, len) +- const char *argz; +- size_t len; ++argz_count__ (const char *argz, size_t len) + { + size_t count = 0; + while (len > 0) +@@ -95,18 +99,17 @@ + } + # undef __argz_count + # define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len) ++#else ++# ifdef _LIBC ++# define __argz_count(argz, len) INTUSE(__argz_count) (argz, len) ++# endif + #endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT */ + + #if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY + /* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's + except the last into the character SEP. */ +-static void argz_stringify__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t len, int sep)); +- + static void +-argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep) +- char *argz; +- size_t len; +- int sep; ++argz_stringify__ (char *argz, size_t len, int sep) + { + while (len > 0) + { +@@ -119,17 +122,16 @@ + } + # undef __argz_stringify + # define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep) ++#else ++# ifdef _LIBC ++# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) \ ++ INTUSE(__argz_stringify) (argz, len, sep) ++# endif + #endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY */ + + #if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT +-static char *argz_next__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t argz_len, +- const char *entry)); +- + static char * +-argz_next__ (argz, argz_len, entry) +- char *argz; +- size_t argz_len; +- const char *entry; ++argz_next__ (char *argz, size_t argz_len, const char *entry) + { + if (entry) + { +@@ -150,11 +152,8 @@ + + + /* Return number of bits set in X. */ +-static int pop PARAMS ((int x)); +- + static inline int +-pop (x) +- int x; ++pop (int x) + { + /* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used. */ + x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555); +@@ -167,31 +166,27 @@ + + + struct loaded_l10nfile * +-_nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language, +- territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special, +- sponsor, revision, filename, do_allocate) +- struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list; +- const char *dirlist; +- size_t dirlist_len; +- int mask; +- const char *language; +- const char *territory; +- const char *codeset; +- const char *normalized_codeset; +- const char *modifier; +- const char *special; +- const char *sponsor; +- const char *revision; +- const char *filename; +- int do_allocate; ++_nl_make_l10nflist (struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list, ++ const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, ++ int mask, const char *language, const char *territory, ++ const char *codeset, const char *normalized_codeset, ++ const char *modifier, const char *special, ++ const char *sponsor, const char *revision, ++ const char *filename, int do_allocate) + { + char *abs_filename; +- struct loaded_l10nfile *last = NULL; ++ struct loaded_l10nfile **lastp; + struct loaded_l10nfile *retval; + char *cp; ++ size_t dirlist_count; + size_t entries; + int cnt; + ++ /* If LANGUAGE contains an absolute directory specification, we ignore ++ DIRLIST. */ ++ if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (language)) ++ dirlist_len = 0; ++ + /* Allocate room for the full file name. */ + abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len + + strlen (language) +@@ -209,7 +204,7 @@ + + (((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0 + || (mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0) + ? (1 + ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0 +- ? strlen (sponsor) + 1 : 0) ++ ? strlen (sponsor) : 0) + + ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0 + ? strlen (revision) + 1 : 0)) : 0) + + 1 + strlen (filename) + 1); +@@ -217,14 +212,16 @@ + if (abs_filename == NULL) + return NULL; + +- retval = NULL; +- last = NULL; +- + /* Construct file name. */ +- memcpy (abs_filename, dirlist, dirlist_len); +- __argz_stringify (abs_filename, dirlist_len, ':'); +- cp = abs_filename + (dirlist_len - 1); +- *cp++ = '/'; ++ cp = abs_filename; ++ if (dirlist_len > 0) ++ { ++ memcpy (cp, dirlist, dirlist_len); ++ __argz_stringify (cp, dirlist_len, PATH_SEPARATOR); ++ cp += dirlist_len; ++ cp[-1] = '/'; ++ } ++ + cp = stpcpy (cp, language); + + if ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0) +@@ -271,7 +268,7 @@ + + /* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already + available. */ +- last = NULL; ++ lastp = l10nfile_list; + for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next) + if (retval->filename != NULL) + { +@@ -286,7 +283,7 @@ + break; + } + +- last = retval; ++ lastp = &retval->next; + } + + if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0) +@@ -295,48 +292,66 @@ + return retval; + } + +- retval = (struct loaded_l10nfile *) +- malloc (sizeof (*retval) + (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) +- * (1 << pop (mask)) +- * sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *))); ++ dirlist_count = (dirlist_len > 0 ? __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) : 1); ++ ++ /* Allocate a new loaded_l10nfile. */ ++ retval = ++ (struct loaded_l10nfile *) ++ malloc (sizeof (*retval) ++ + (((dirlist_count << pop (mask)) + (dirlist_count > 1 ? 1 : 0)) ++ * sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *))); + if (retval == NULL) + return NULL; + + retval->filename = abs_filename; +- retval->decided = (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) != 1 ++ ++ /* We set retval->data to NULL here; it is filled in later. ++ Setting retval->decided to 1 here means that retval does not ++ correspond to a real file (dirlist_count > 1) or is not worth ++ looking up (if an unnormalized codeset was specified). */ ++ retval->decided = (dirlist_count > 1 + || ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0 + && (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)); + retval->data = NULL; + +- if (last == NULL) +- { +- retval->next = *l10nfile_list; +- *l10nfile_list = retval; +- } +- else +- { +- retval->next = last->next; +- last->next = retval; +- } ++ retval->next = *lastp; ++ *lastp = retval; + + entries = 0; +- /* If the DIRLIST is a real list the RETVAL entry corresponds not to +- a real file. So we have to use the DIRLIST separation mechanism +- of the inner loop. */ +- cnt = __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) == 1 ? mask - 1 : mask; +- for (; cnt >= 0; --cnt) ++ /* Recurse to fill the inheritance list of RETVAL. ++ If the DIRLIST is a real list (i.e. DIRLIST_COUNT > 1), the RETVAL ++ entry does not correspond to a real file; retval->filename contains ++ colons. In this case we loop across all elements of DIRLIST and ++ across all bit patterns dominated by MASK. ++ If the DIRLIST is a single directory or entirely redundant (i.e. ++ DIRLIST_COUNT == 1), we loop across all bit patterns dominated by ++ MASK, excluding MASK itself. ++ In either case, we loop down from MASK to 0. This has the effect ++ that the extra bits in the locale name are dropped in this order: ++ first the modifier, then the territory, then the codeset, then the ++ normalized_codeset. */ ++ for (cnt = dirlist_count > 1 ? mask : mask - 1; cnt >= 0; --cnt) + if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0 + && ((cnt & CEN_SPECIFIC) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_SPECIFIC) == 0) + && ((cnt & XPG_CODESET) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) == 0)) + { +- /* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST. */ +- char *dir = NULL; ++ if (dirlist_count > 1) ++ { ++ /* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST. */ ++ char *dir = NULL; + +- while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir)) +- != NULL) ++ while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir)) ++ != NULL) ++ retval->successor[entries++] ++ = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1, ++ cnt, language, territory, codeset, ++ normalized_codeset, modifier, special, ++ sponsor, revision, filename, 1); ++ } ++ else + retval->successor[entries++] +- = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1, cnt, +- language, territory, codeset, ++ = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, ++ cnt, language, territory, codeset, + normalized_codeset, modifier, special, + sponsor, revision, filename, 1); + } +@@ -347,11 +362,10 @@ + + /* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset + names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common +- names. */ ++ names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be ++ freed by the caller. */ + const char * +-_nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len) +- const char *codeset; +- size_t name_len; ++_nl_normalize_codeset (const char *codeset, size_t name_len) + { + int len = 0; + int only_digit = 1; +@@ -360,11 +374,11 @@ + size_t cnt; + + for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt) +- if (isalnum (codeset[cnt])) ++ if (isalnum ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt])) + { + ++len; + +- if (isalpha (codeset[cnt])) ++ if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt])) + only_digit = 0; + } + +@@ -378,9 +392,9 @@ + wp = retval; + + for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt) +- if (isalpha (codeset[cnt])) +- *wp++ = tolower (codeset[cnt]); +- else if (isdigit (codeset[cnt])) ++ if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt])) ++ *wp++ = tolower ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]); ++ else if (isdigit ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt])) + *wp++ = codeset[cnt]; + + *wp = '\0'; +@@ -398,9 +412,7 @@ + to be defined. */ + #if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY + static char * +-stpcpy (dest, src) +- char *dest; +- const char *src; ++stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src) + { + while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0') + /* Do nothing. */ ; +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/libgettext.h 1998-04-26 09:22:36.000000000 -0400 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/libgettext.h 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 +@@ -1,182 +0,0 @@ +-/* Message catalogs for internationalization. +- Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +- +- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +- any later version. +- +- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- GNU General Public License for more details. +- +- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, +- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ +- +-/* Because on some systems (e.g. Solaris) we sometimes have to include +- the systems libintl.h as well as this file we have more complex +- include protection above. But the systems header might perhaps also +- define _LIBINTL_H and therefore we have to protect the definition here. */ +- +-#if !defined (_LIBINTL_H) || !defined (_LIBGETTEXT_H) +-#if !defined (_LIBINTL_H) +-# define _LIBINTL_H 1 +-#endif +-#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1 +- +-/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU +- implementation of gettext. */ +-#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1 +- +-#include <sys/types.h> +- +-#if HAVE_LOCALE_H +-# include <locale.h> +-#endif +- +- +-#ifdef __cplusplus +-extern "C" { +-#endif +- +-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ +- +-#ifndef PARAMS +-# if __STDC__ +-# define PARAMS(args) args +-# else +-# define PARAMS(args) () +-# endif +-#endif +- +-#ifndef NULL +-# if !defined __cplusplus || defined __GNUC__ +-# define NULL ((void *) 0) +-# else +-# define NULL (0) +-# endif +-#endif +- +-#if !HAVE_LC_MESSAGES +-/* This value determines the behaviour of the gettext() and dgettext() +- function. But some system does not have this defined. Define it +- to a default value. */ +-# define LC_MESSAGES (-1) +-#endif +- +- +-/* Declarations for gettext-using-catgets interface. Derived from +- Jim Meyering's libintl.h. */ +-struct _msg_ent +-{ +- const char *_msg; +- int _msg_number; +-}; +- +- +-#if HAVE_CATGETS +-/* These two variables are defined in the automatically by po-to-tbl.sed +- generated file `cat-id-tbl.c'. */ +-extern const struct _msg_ent _msg_tbl[]; +-extern int _msg_tbl_length; +-#endif +- +- +-/* For automatical extraction of messages sometimes no real +- translation is needed. Instead the string itself is the result. */ +-#define gettext_noop(Str) (Str) +- +-/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current +- LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default +- text). */ +-extern char *gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid)); +-extern char *gettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid)); +- +-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current +- LC_MESSAGES locale. */ +-extern char *dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)); +-extern char *dgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, +- const char *__msgid)); +- +-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY +- locale. */ +-extern char *dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid, +- int __category)); +-extern char *dcgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, +- const char *__msgid, int __category)); +- +- +-/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME. +- If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default. +- If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */ +-extern char *textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname)); +-extern char *textdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname)); +- +-/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found +- in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */ +-extern char *bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, +- const char *__dirname)); +-extern char *bindtextdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, +- const char *__dirname)); +- +-#if ENABLE_NLS +- +-/* Solaris 2.3 has the gettext function but dcgettext is missing. +- So we omit this optimization for Solaris 2.3. BTW, Solaris 2.4 +- has dcgettext. */ +-# if !HAVE_CATGETS && (!HAVE_GETTEXT || HAVE_DCGETTEXT) +- +-# define gettext(Msgid) \ +- dgettext (NULL, Msgid) +- +-# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) \ +- dcgettext (Domainname, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES) +- +-# if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7 +-/* This global variable is defined in loadmsgcat.c. We need a sign, +- whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated with all +- translations. */ +-extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; +- +-# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) \ +- (__extension__ \ +- ({ \ +- char *__result; \ +- if (__builtin_constant_p (Msgid)) \ +- { \ +- static char *__translation__; \ +- static int __catalog_counter__; \ +- if (! __translation__ || __catalog_counter__ != _nl_msg_cat_cntr) \ +- { \ +- __translation__ = \ +- dcgettext__ (Domainname, Msgid, Category); \ +- __catalog_counter__ = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; \ +- } \ +- __result = __translation__; \ +- } \ +- else \ +- __result = dcgettext__ (Domainname, Msgid, Category); \ +- __result; \ +- })) +-# endif +-# endif +- +-#else +- +-# define gettext(Msgid) (Msgid) +-# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) (Msgid) +-# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) (Msgid) +-# define textdomain(Domainname) while (0) /* nothing */ +-# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) while (0) /* nothing */ +- +-#endif +- +-/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ +- +-#ifdef __cplusplus +-} +-#endif +- +-#endif +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/libgnuintl.h.in 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/libgnuintl.h.in 2004-09-12 14:40:34.462731824 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,383 @@ ++/* Message catalogs for internationalization. ++ Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++ ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ any later version. ++ ++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. ++ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ ++ ++#ifndef _LIBINTL_H ++#define _LIBINTL_H 1 ++ ++#include <locale.h> ++ ++/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions ++ gettext() and dgettext(). It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C. ++ On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead. ++ On Solaris, <locale.h> defines __LOCALE_H (or _LOCALE_H in Solaris 2.5) ++ then includes <libintl.h> (i.e. this file!) and then only defines ++ LC_MESSAGES. To avoid a redefinition warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES ++ in this case. */ ++#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !(defined __LOCALE_H || (defined _LOCALE_H && defined __sun)) ++# define LC_MESSAGES 1729 ++#endif ++ ++/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU ++ implementation of gettext. */ ++#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1 ++ ++/* Provide information about the supported file formats. Returns the ++ maximum minor revision number supported for a given major revision. */ ++#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) \ ++ ((major) == 0 ? 1 : -1) ++ ++/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP. GNU gettext takes ++ precedence over _conio_gettext. */ ++#ifdef __DJGPP__ ++# undef gettext ++#endif ++ ++#ifdef __cplusplus ++extern "C" { ++#endif ++ ++ ++/* We redirect the functions to those prefixed with "libintl_". This is ++ necessary, because some systems define gettext/textdomain/... in the C ++ library (namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer). ++ If we used the unprefixed names, there would be cases where the ++ definition in the C library would override the one in the libintl.so ++ shared library. Recall that on ELF systems, the symbols are looked ++ up in the following order: ++ 1. in the executable, ++ 2. in the shared libraries specified on the link command line, in order, ++ 3. in the dependencies of the shared libraries specified on the link ++ command line, ++ 4. in the dlopen()ed shared libraries, in the order in which they were ++ dlopen()ed. ++ The definition in the C library would override the one in libintl.so if ++ either ++ * -lc is given on the link command line and -lintl isn't, or ++ * -lc is given on the link command line before -lintl, or ++ * libintl.so is a dependency of a dlopen()ed shared library but not ++ linked to the executable at link time. ++ Since Solaris gettext() behaves differently than GNU gettext(), this ++ would be unacceptable. ++ ++ The redirection happens by default through macros in C, so that &gettext ++ is independent of the compilation unit, but through inline functions in ++ C++, in order not to interfere with the name mangling of class fields or ++ class methods called 'gettext'. */ ++ ++/* The user can define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE or _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS. ++ If he doesn't, we choose the method. A third possible method is ++ _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM, supported only by GCC. */ ++#if !(defined _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE || defined _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS) ++# if __GNUC__ >= 2 && !defined __APPLE_CC__ && !defined __MINGW32__ && !(__GNUC__ == 2 && defined _AIX) && (defined __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus) ++# define _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM ++# else ++# ifdef __cplusplus ++# define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE ++# else ++# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS ++# endif ++# endif ++#endif ++/* Auxiliary macros. */ ++#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM ++# define _INTL_ASM(cname) __asm__ (_INTL_ASMNAME (__USER_LABEL_PREFIX__, #cname)) ++# define _INTL_ASMNAME(prefix,cnamestring) _INTL_STRINGIFY (prefix) cnamestring ++# define _INTL_STRINGIFY(prefix) #prefix ++#else ++# define _INTL_ASM(cname) ++#endif ++ ++/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current ++ LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default ++ text). */ ++#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE ++extern char *libintl_gettext (const char *__msgid); ++static inline char *gettext (const char *__msgid) ++{ ++ return libintl_gettext (__msgid); ++} ++#else ++#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS ++# define gettext libintl_gettext ++#endif ++extern char *gettext (const char *__msgid) ++ _INTL_ASM (libintl_gettext); ++#endif ++ ++/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current ++ LC_MESSAGES locale. */ ++#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE ++extern char *libintl_dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid); ++static inline char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid) ++{ ++ return libintl_dgettext (__domainname, __msgid); ++} ++#else ++#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS ++# define dgettext libintl_dgettext ++#endif ++extern char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid) ++ _INTL_ASM (libintl_dgettext); ++#endif ++ ++/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY ++ locale. */ ++#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE ++extern char *libintl_dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid, ++ int __category); ++static inline char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid, ++ int __category) ++{ ++ return libintl_dcgettext (__domainname, __msgid, __category); ++} ++#else ++#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS ++# define dcgettext libintl_dcgettext ++#endif ++extern char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid, ++ int __category) ++ _INTL_ASM (libintl_dcgettext); ++#endif ++ ++ ++/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the ++ number N. */ ++#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE ++extern char *libintl_ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, ++ unsigned long int __n); ++static inline char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, ++ unsigned long int __n) ++{ ++ return libintl_ngettext (__msgid1, __msgid2, __n); ++} ++#else ++#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS ++# define ngettext libintl_ngettext ++#endif ++extern char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, ++ unsigned long int __n) ++ _INTL_ASM (libintl_ngettext); ++#endif ++ ++/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the ++ number N. */ ++#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE ++extern char *libintl_dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1, ++ const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n); ++static inline char *dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1, ++ const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n) ++{ ++ return libintl_dngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n); ++} ++#else ++#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS ++# define dngettext libintl_dngettext ++#endif ++extern char *dngettext (const char *__domainname, ++ const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, ++ unsigned long int __n) ++ _INTL_ASM (libintl_dngettext); ++#endif ++ ++/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the ++ number N. */ ++#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE ++extern char *libintl_dcngettext (const char *__domainname, ++ const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, ++ unsigned long int __n, int __category); ++static inline char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname, ++ const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, ++ unsigned long int __n, int __category) ++{ ++ return libintl_dcngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n, __category); ++} ++#else ++#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS ++# define dcngettext libintl_dcngettext ++#endif ++extern char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname, ++ const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, ++ unsigned long int __n, int __category) ++ _INTL_ASM (libintl_dcngettext); ++#endif ++ ++ ++/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME. ++ If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default. ++ If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */ ++#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE ++extern char *libintl_textdomain (const char *__domainname); ++static inline char *textdomain (const char *__domainname) ++{ ++ return libintl_textdomain (__domainname); ++} ++#else ++#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS ++# define textdomain libintl_textdomain ++#endif ++extern char *textdomain (const char *__domainname) ++ _INTL_ASM (libintl_textdomain); ++#endif ++ ++/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found ++ in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */ ++#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE ++extern char *libintl_bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname, ++ const char *__dirname); ++static inline char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname, ++ const char *__dirname) ++{ ++ return libintl_bindtextdomain (__domainname, __dirname); ++} ++#else ++#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS ++# define bindtextdomain libintl_bindtextdomain ++#endif ++extern char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname, const char *__dirname) ++ _INTL_ASM (libintl_bindtextdomain); ++#endif ++ ++/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the ++ DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */ ++#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE ++extern char *libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname, ++ const char *__codeset); ++static inline char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname, ++ const char *__codeset) ++{ ++ return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (__domainname, __codeset); ++} ++#else ++#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS ++# define bind_textdomain_codeset libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset ++#endif ++extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname, ++ const char *__codeset) ++ _INTL_ASM (libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset); ++#endif ++ ++ ++/* Support for format strings with positions in *printf(), following the ++ POSIX/XSI specification. ++ Note: These replacements for the *printf() functions are visible only ++ in source files that #include <libintl.h> or #include "gettext.h". ++ Packages that use *printf() in source files that don't refer to _() ++ or gettext() but for which the format string could be the return value ++ of _() or gettext() need to add this #include. Oh well. */ ++ ++#if !@HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF@ ++ ++#include <stdio.h> ++#include <stddef.h> ++ ++/* Get va_list. */ ++#if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER ++# include <stdarg.h> ++#else ++# include <varargs.h> ++#endif ++ ++#undef fprintf ++#define fprintf libintl_fprintf ++extern int fprintf (FILE *, const char *, ...); ++#undef vfprintf ++#define vfprintf libintl_vfprintf ++extern int vfprintf (FILE *, const char *, va_list); ++ ++#undef printf ++#define printf libintl_printf ++extern int printf (const char *, ...); ++#undef vprintf ++#define vprintf libintl_vprintf ++extern int vprintf (const char *, va_list); ++ ++#undef sprintf ++#define sprintf libintl_sprintf ++extern int sprintf (char *, const char *, ...); ++#undef vsprintf ++#define vsprintf libintl_vsprintf ++extern int vsprintf (char *, const char *, va_list); ++ ++#if @HAVE_SNPRINTF@ ++ ++#undef snprintf ++#define snprintf libintl_snprintf ++extern int snprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, ...); ++#undef vsnprintf ++#define vsnprintf libintl_vsnprintf ++extern int vsnprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, va_list); ++ ++#endif ++ ++#if @HAVE_ASPRINTF@ ++ ++#undef asprintf ++#define asprintf libintl_asprintf ++extern int asprintf (char **, const char *, ...); ++#undef vasprintf ++#define vasprintf libintl_vasprintf ++extern int vasprintf (char **, const char *, va_list); ++ ++#endif ++ ++#if @HAVE_WPRINTF@ ++ ++#undef fwprintf ++#define fwprintf libintl_fwprintf ++extern int fwprintf (FILE *, const wchar_t *, ...); ++#undef vfwprintf ++#define vfwprintf libintl_vfwprintf ++extern int vfwprintf (FILE *, const wchar_t *, va_list); ++ ++#undef wprintf ++#define wprintf libintl_wprintf ++extern int wprintf (const wchar_t *, ...); ++#undef vwprintf ++#define vwprintf libintl_vwprintf ++extern int vwprintf (const wchar_t *, va_list); ++ ++#undef swprintf ++#define swprintf libintl_swprintf ++extern int swprintf (wchar_t *, size_t, const wchar_t *, ...); ++#undef vswprintf ++#define vswprintf libintl_vswprintf ++extern int vswprintf (wchar_t *, size_t, const wchar_t *, va_list); ++ ++#endif ++ ++#endif ++ ++ ++/* Support for relocatable packages. */ ++ ++/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package. ++ Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix ++ by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both ++ prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use "" ++ instead of "/"). */ ++#define libintl_set_relocation_prefix libintl_set_relocation_prefix ++extern void ++ libintl_set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix, ++ const char *curr_prefix); ++ ++ ++#ifdef __cplusplus ++} ++#endif ++ ++#endif /* libintl.h */ +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/linux-msg.sed 1998-04-26 09:20:52.000000000 -0400 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/linux-msg.sed 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 +@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@ +-# po2msg.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to Linux style .msg file +-# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +-# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995. +-# +-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +-# any later version. +-# +-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +-# GNU General Public License for more details. +-# +-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +-# +-# +-# The first directive in the .msg should be the definition of the +-# message set number. We use always set number 1. +-# +-1 { +- i\ +-$set 1 # Automatically created by po2msg.sed +- h +- s/.*/0/ +- x +-} +-# +-# Mitch's old catalog format does not allow comments. +-# +-# We copy the original message as a comment into the .msg file. +-# +-/^msgid/ { +- s/msgid[ ]*"// +-# +-# This does not work now with the new format. +-# /"$/! { +-# s/\\$// +-# s/$/ ... (more lines following)"/ +-# } +- x +-# The following nice solution is by +-# Bruno <Haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de> +- td +-# Increment a decimal number in pattern space. +-# First hide trailing `9' digits. +- :d +- s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/ +- td +-# Assure at least one digit is available. +- s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/ +-# Increment the last digit. +- s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/ +- s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/ +- s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/ +- s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/ +- s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/ +- s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/ +- s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/ +- s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/ +- s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/ +-# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's. +- s/_/0/g +- x +- G +- s/\(.*\)"\n\([0-9]*\)/$ #\2 Original Message:(\1)/p +-} +-# +-# The .msg file contains, other then the .po file, only the translations +-# but each given a unique ID. Starting from 1 and incrementing by 1 for +-# each message we assign them to the messages. +-# It is important that the .po file used to generate the cat-id-tbl.c file +-# (with po-to-tbl) is the same as the one used here. (At least the order +-# of declarations must not be changed.) +-# +-/^msgstr/ { +- s/msgstr[ ]*"\(.*\)"/# \1/ +-# Clear substitution flag. +- tb +-# Append the next line. +- :b +- N +-# Look whether second part is continuation line. +- s/\(.*\n\)"\(.*\)"/\1\2/ +-# Yes, then branch. +- ta +- P +- D +-# Note that D includes a jump to the start!! +-# We found a continuation line. But before printing insert '\'. +- :a +- s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/ +- P +-# We cannot use D here. +- s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/ +- tb +-} +-d +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/loadinfo.h 1998-04-26 09:20:52.000000000 -0400 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/loadinfo.h 2004-09-12 14:40:34.468730912 -0400 +@@ -1,9 +1,54 @@ +-#ifndef PARAMS +-# if __STDC__ +-# define PARAMS(args) args +-# else +-# define PARAMS(args) () +-# endif ++/* Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++ This file is part of the GNU C Library. ++ Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996. ++ ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ any later version. ++ ++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. ++ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ ++ ++#ifndef _LOADINFO_H ++#define _LOADINFO_H 1 ++ ++/* Declarations of locale dependent catalog lookup functions. ++ Implemented in ++ ++ localealias.c Possibly replace a locale name by another. ++ explodename.c Split a locale name into its various fields. ++ l10nflist.c Generate a list of filenames of possible message catalogs. ++ finddomain.c Find and open the relevant message catalogs. ++ ++ The main function _nl_find_domain() in finddomain.c is declared ++ in gettextP.h. ++ */ ++ ++#ifndef internal_function ++# define internal_function ++#endif ++ ++/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is ++ almost always true or almost always false. */ ++#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT ++# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr) ++#endif ++ ++/* Separator in PATH like lists of pathnames. */ ++#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ ++ /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */ ++# define PATH_SEPARATOR ';' ++#else ++ /* Unix */ ++# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':' + #endif + + /* Encoding of locale name parts. */ +@@ -32,27 +77,69 @@ + }; + + +-extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset PARAMS ((const char *codeset, +- size_t name_len)); ++/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset ++ names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common ++ names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be ++ freed by the caller. */ ++extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset (const char *codeset, ++ size_t name_len); + ++/* Lookup a locale dependent file. ++ *L10NFILE_LIST denotes a pool of lookup results of locale dependent ++ files of the same kind, sorted in decreasing order of ->filename. ++ DIRLIST and DIRLIST_LEN are an argz list of directories in which to ++ look, containing at least one directory (i.e. DIRLIST_LEN > 0). ++ MASK, LANGUAGE, TERRITORY, CODESET, NORMALIZED_CODESET, MODIFIER, ++ SPECIAL, SPONSOR, REVISION are the pieces of the locale name, as ++ produced by _nl_explode_name(). FILENAME is the filename suffix. ++ The return value is the lookup result, either found in *L10NFILE_LIST, ++ or - if DO_ALLOCATE is nonzero - freshly allocated, or possibly NULL. ++ If the return value is non-NULL, it is added to *L10NFILE_LIST, and ++ its ->next field denotes the chaining inside *L10NFILE_LIST, and ++ furthermore its ->successor[] field contains a list of other lookup ++ results from which this lookup result inherits. */ + extern struct loaded_l10nfile * +-_nl_make_l10nflist PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list, +- const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask, +- const char *language, const char *territory, +- const char *codeset, +- const char *normalized_codeset, +- const char *modifier, const char *special, +- const char *sponsor, const char *revision, +- const char *filename, int do_allocate)); ++_nl_make_l10nflist (struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list, ++ const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask, ++ const char *language, const char *territory, ++ const char *codeset, const char *normalized_codeset, ++ const char *modifier, const char *special, ++ const char *sponsor, const char *revision, ++ const char *filename, int do_allocate); + ++/* Lookup the real locale name for a locale alias NAME, or NULL if ++ NAME is not a locale alias (but possibly a real locale name). ++ The return value is statically allocated and must not be freed. */ ++extern const char *_nl_expand_alias (const char *name); + +-extern const char *_nl_expand_alias PARAMS ((const char *name)); ++/* Split a locale name NAME into its pieces: language, modifier, ++ territory, codeset, special, sponsor, revision. ++ NAME gets destructively modified: NUL bytes are inserted here and ++ there. *LANGUAGE gets assigned NAME. Each of *MODIFIER, *TERRITORY, ++ *CODESET, *SPECIAL, *SPONSOR, *REVISION gets assigned either a ++ pointer into the old NAME string, or NULL. *NORMALIZED_CODESET ++ gets assigned the expanded *CODESET, if it is different from *CODESET; ++ this one is dynamically allocated and has to be freed by the caller. ++ The return value is a bitmask, where each bit corresponds to one ++ filled-in value: ++ XPG_MODIFIER, CEN_AUDIENCE for *MODIFIER, ++ TERRITORY for *TERRITORY, ++ XPG_CODESET for *CODESET, ++ XPG_NORM_CODESET for *NORMALIZED_CODESET, ++ CEN_SPECIAL for *SPECIAL, ++ CEN_SPONSOR for *SPONSOR, ++ CEN_REVISION for *REVISION. ++ */ ++extern int _nl_explode_name (char *name, const char **language, ++ const char **modifier, const char **territory, ++ const char **codeset, ++ const char **normalized_codeset, ++ const char **special, const char **sponsor, ++ const char **revision); + +-extern int _nl_explode_name PARAMS ((char *name, const char **language, +- const char **modifier, +- const char **territory, +- const char **codeset, +- const char **normalized_codeset, +- const char **special, +- const char **sponsor, +- const char **revision)); ++/* Split a locale name NAME into a leading language part and all the ++ rest. Return a pointer to the first character after the language, ++ i.e. to the first byte of the rest. */ ++extern char *_nl_find_language (const char *name); ++ ++#endif /* loadinfo.h */ +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/loadmsgcat.c 1998-04-26 09:22:37.000000000 -0400 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/loadmsgcat.c 2004-09-12 14:40:34.473730152 -0400 +@@ -1,42 +1,455 @@ +-/* Load needed message catalogs +- Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++/* Load needed message catalogs. ++ Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- GNU General Public License for more details. ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. + +- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, +- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ ++ ++/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy(). ++ This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include ++ <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */ ++#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE ++# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 ++#endif + + #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H + # include <config.h> + #endif + ++#include <ctype.h> ++#include <errno.h> + #include <fcntl.h> + #include <sys/types.h> + #include <sys/stat.h> + +-#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC +-# include <stdlib.h> ++#ifdef __GNUC__ ++# undef alloca ++# define alloca __builtin_alloca ++# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 ++#else ++# ifdef _MSC_VER ++# include <malloc.h> ++# define alloca _alloca ++# else ++# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC ++# include <alloca.h> ++# else ++# ifdef _AIX ++ #pragma alloca ++# else ++# ifndef alloca ++char *alloca (); ++# endif ++# endif ++# endif ++# endif + #endif + ++#include <stdlib.h> ++#include <string.h> ++ + #if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC + # include <unistd.h> + #endif + +-#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP) || defined _LIBC ++#ifdef _LIBC ++# include <langinfo.h> ++# include <locale.h> ++#endif ++ ++#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \ ++ || (defined _LIBC && defined _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES) + # include <sys/mman.h> ++# undef HAVE_MMAP ++# define HAVE_MMAP 1 ++#else ++# undef HAVE_MMAP + #endif + +-#include "gettext.h" ++#if defined HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX || defined _LIBC ++# include <stdint.h> ++#endif ++#if defined HAVE_INTTYPES_H || defined _LIBC ++# include <inttypes.h> ++#endif ++ ++#include "gmo.h" + #include "gettextP.h" ++#include "hash-string.h" ++#include "plural-exp.h" ++ ++#ifdef _LIBC ++# include "../locale/localeinfo.h" ++#endif ++ ++/* Provide fallback values for macros that ought to be defined in <inttypes.h>. ++ Note that our fallback values need not be literal strings, because we don't ++ use them with preprocessor string concatenation. */ ++#if !defined PRId8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRId8 ++# define PRId8 "d" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIi8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIi8 ++# define PRIi8 "i" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIo8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIo8 ++# define PRIo8 "o" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIu8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIu8 ++# define PRIu8 "u" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIx8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIx8 ++# define PRIx8 "x" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIX8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIX8 ++# define PRIX8 "X" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRId16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRId16 ++# define PRId16 "d" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIi16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIi16 ++# define PRIi16 "i" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIo16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIo16 ++# define PRIo16 "o" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIu16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIu16 ++# define PRIu16 "u" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIx16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIx16 ++# define PRIx16 "x" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIX16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIX16 ++# define PRIX16 "X" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRId32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRId32 ++# define PRId32 "d" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIi32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIi32 ++# define PRIi32 "i" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIo32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIo32 ++# define PRIo32 "o" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIu32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIu32 ++# define PRIu32 "u" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIx32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIx32 ++# define PRIx32 "x" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIX32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIX32 ++# define PRIX32 "X" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRId64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRId64 ++# define PRId64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "ld" : "lld") ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIi64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIi64 ++# define PRIi64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "li" : "lli") ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIo64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIo64 ++# define PRIo64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lo" : "llo") ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIu64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIu64 ++# define PRIu64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lu" : "llu") ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIx64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIx64 ++# define PRIx64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lx" : "llx") ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIX64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIX64 ++# define PRIX64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lX" : "llX") ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIdLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIdLEAST8 ++# define PRIdLEAST8 "d" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIiLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIiLEAST8 ++# define PRIiLEAST8 "i" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIoLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIoLEAST8 ++# define PRIoLEAST8 "o" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIuLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIuLEAST8 ++# define PRIuLEAST8 "u" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIxLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIxLEAST8 ++# define PRIxLEAST8 "x" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIXLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIXLEAST8 ++# define PRIXLEAST8 "X" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIdLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIdLEAST16 ++# define PRIdLEAST16 "d" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIiLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIiLEAST16 ++# define PRIiLEAST16 "i" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIoLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIoLEAST16 ++# define PRIoLEAST16 "o" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIuLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIuLEAST16 ++# define PRIuLEAST16 "u" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIxLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIxLEAST16 ++# define PRIxLEAST16 "x" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIXLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIXLEAST16 ++# define PRIXLEAST16 "X" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIdLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIdLEAST32 ++# define PRIdLEAST32 "d" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIiLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIiLEAST32 ++# define PRIiLEAST32 "i" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIoLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIoLEAST32 ++# define PRIoLEAST32 "o" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIuLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIuLEAST32 ++# define PRIuLEAST32 "u" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIxLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIxLEAST32 ++# define PRIxLEAST32 "x" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIXLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIXLEAST32 ++# define PRIXLEAST32 "X" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIdLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIdLEAST64 ++# define PRIdLEAST64 PRId64 ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIiLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIiLEAST64 ++# define PRIiLEAST64 PRIi64 ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIoLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIoLEAST64 ++# define PRIoLEAST64 PRIo64 ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIuLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIuLEAST64 ++# define PRIuLEAST64 PRIu64 ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIxLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIxLEAST64 ++# define PRIxLEAST64 PRIx64 ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIXLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIXLEAST64 ++# define PRIXLEAST64 PRIX64 ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIdFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIdFAST8 ++# define PRIdFAST8 "d" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIiFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIiFAST8 ++# define PRIiFAST8 "i" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIoFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIoFAST8 ++# define PRIoFAST8 "o" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIuFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIuFAST8 ++# define PRIuFAST8 "u" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIxFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIxFAST8 ++# define PRIxFAST8 "x" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIXFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIXFAST8 ++# define PRIXFAST8 "X" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIdFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIdFAST16 ++# define PRIdFAST16 "d" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIiFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIiFAST16 ++# define PRIiFAST16 "i" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIoFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIoFAST16 ++# define PRIoFAST16 "o" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIuFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIuFAST16 ++# define PRIuFAST16 "u" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIxFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIxFAST16 ++# define PRIxFAST16 "x" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIXFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIXFAST16 ++# define PRIXFAST16 "X" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIdFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIdFAST32 ++# define PRIdFAST32 "d" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIiFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIiFAST32 ++# define PRIiFAST32 "i" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIoFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIoFAST32 ++# define PRIoFAST32 "o" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIuFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIuFAST32 ++# define PRIuFAST32 "u" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIxFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIxFAST32 ++# define PRIxFAST32 "x" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIXFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIXFAST32 ++# define PRIXFAST32 "X" ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIdFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIdFAST64 ++# define PRIdFAST64 PRId64 ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIiFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIiFAST64 ++# define PRIiFAST64 PRIi64 ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIoFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIoFAST64 ++# define PRIoFAST64 PRIo64 ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIuFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIuFAST64 ++# define PRIuFAST64 PRIu64 ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIxFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIxFAST64 ++# define PRIxFAST64 PRIx64 ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIXFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIXFAST64 ++# define PRIXFAST64 PRIX64 ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIdMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIdMAX ++# define PRIdMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "ld" : "lld") ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIiMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIiMAX ++# define PRIiMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "li" : "lli") ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIoMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIoMAX ++# define PRIoMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lo" : "llo") ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIuMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIuMAX ++# define PRIuMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lu" : "llu") ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIxMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIxMAX ++# define PRIxMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lx" : "llx") ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIXMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIXMAX ++# define PRIXMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lX" : "llX") ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIdPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIdPTR ++# define PRIdPTR \ ++ (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "ld" : \ ++ sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "d" : \ ++ "lld") ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIiPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIiPTR ++# define PRIiPTR \ ++ (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "li" : \ ++ sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "i" : \ ++ "lli") ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIoPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIoPTR ++# define PRIoPTR \ ++ (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lo" : \ ++ sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "o" : \ ++ "llo") ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIuPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIuPTR ++# define PRIuPTR \ ++ (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lu" : \ ++ sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "u" : \ ++ "llu") ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIxPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIxPTR ++# define PRIxPTR \ ++ (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lx" : \ ++ sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "x" : \ ++ "llx") ++#endif ++#if !defined PRIXPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN ++# undef PRIXPTR ++# define PRIXPTR \ ++ (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lX" : \ ++ sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "X" : \ ++ "llX") ++#endif + + /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +@@ -44,7 +457,6 @@ + /* Rename the non ISO C functions. This is required by the standard + because some ISO C functions will require linking with this object + file and the name space must not be polluted. */ +-# define fstat __fstat + # define open __open + # define close __close + # define read __read +@@ -52,30 +464,471 @@ + # define munmap __munmap + #endif + ++/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add ++ some additional code emulating it. */ ++#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA ++# define freea(p) /* nothing */ ++#else ++# define alloca(n) malloc (n) ++# define freea(p) free (p) ++#endif ++ ++/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O. ++ O_BINARY is usually declared in <fcntl.h>. */ ++#if !defined O_BINARY && defined _O_BINARY ++ /* For MSC-compatible compilers. */ ++# define O_BINARY _O_BINARY ++# define O_TEXT _O_TEXT ++#endif ++#ifdef __BEOS__ ++ /* BeOS 5 has O_BINARY and O_TEXT, but they have no effect. */ ++# undef O_BINARY ++# undef O_TEXT ++#endif ++/* On reasonable systems, binary I/O is the default. */ ++#ifndef O_BINARY ++# define O_BINARY 0 ++#endif ++ ++ + /* We need a sign, whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated + with all translations. This is important if the translations are + cached by one of GCC's features. */ +-int _nl_msg_cat_cntr = 0; ++int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; + + ++/* Expand a system dependent string segment. Return NULL if unsupported. */ ++static const char * ++get_sysdep_segment_value (const char *name) ++{ ++ /* Test for an ISO C 99 section 7.8.1 format string directive. ++ Syntax: ++ P R I { d | i | o | u | x | X } ++ { { | LEAST | FAST } { 8 | 16 | 32 | 64 } | MAX | PTR } */ ++ /* We don't use a table of 14 times 6 'const char *' strings here, because ++ data relocations cost startup time. */ ++ if (name[0] == 'P' && name[1] == 'R' && name[2] == 'I') ++ { ++ if (name[3] == 'd' || name[3] == 'i' || name[3] == 'o' || name[3] == 'u' ++ || name[3] == 'x' || name[3] == 'X') ++ { ++ if (name[4] == '8' && name[5] == '\0') ++ { ++ if (name[3] == 'd') ++ return PRId8; ++ if (name[3] == 'i') ++ return PRIi8; ++ if (name[3] == 'o') ++ return PRIo8; ++ if (name[3] == 'u') ++ return PRIu8; ++ if (name[3] == 'x') ++ return PRIx8; ++ if (name[3] == 'X') ++ return PRIX8; ++ abort (); ++ } ++ if (name[4] == '1' && name[5] == '6' && name[6] == '\0') ++ { ++ if (name[3] == 'd') ++ return PRId16; ++ if (name[3] == 'i') ++ return PRIi16; ++ if (name[3] == 'o') ++ return PRIo16; ++ if (name[3] == 'u') ++ return PRIu16; ++ if (name[3] == 'x') ++ return PRIx16; ++ if (name[3] == 'X') ++ return PRIX16; ++ abort (); ++ } ++ if (name[4] == '3' && name[5] == '2' && name[6] == '\0') ++ { ++ if (name[3] == 'd') ++ return PRId32; ++ if (name[3] == 'i') ++ return PRIi32; ++ if (name[3] == 'o') ++ return PRIo32; ++ if (name[3] == 'u') ++ return PRIu32; ++ if (name[3] == 'x') ++ return PRIx32; ++ if (name[3] == 'X') ++ return PRIX32; ++ abort (); ++ } ++ if (name[4] == '6' && name[5] == '4' && name[6] == '\0') ++ { ++ if (name[3] == 'd') ++ return PRId64; ++ if (name[3] == 'i') ++ return PRIi64; ++ if (name[3] == 'o') ++ return PRIo64; ++ if (name[3] == 'u') ++ return PRIu64; ++ if (name[3] == 'x') ++ return PRIx64; ++ if (name[3] == 'X') ++ return PRIX64; ++ abort (); ++ } ++ if (name[4] == 'L' && name[5] == 'E' && name[6] == 'A' ++ && name[7] == 'S' && name[8] == 'T') ++ { ++ if (name[9] == '8' && name[10] == '\0') ++ { ++ if (name[3] == 'd') ++ return PRIdLEAST8; ++ if (name[3] == 'i') ++ return PRIiLEAST8; ++ if (name[3] == 'o') ++ return PRIoLEAST8; ++ if (name[3] == 'u') ++ return PRIuLEAST8; ++ if (name[3] == 'x') ++ return PRIxLEAST8; ++ if (name[3] == 'X') ++ return PRIXLEAST8; ++ abort (); ++ } ++ if (name[9] == '1' && name[10] == '6' && name[11] == '\0') ++ { ++ if (name[3] == 'd') ++ return PRIdLEAST16; ++ if (name[3] == 'i') ++ return PRIiLEAST16; ++ if (name[3] == 'o') ++ return PRIoLEAST16; ++ if (name[3] == 'u') ++ return PRIuLEAST16; ++ if (name[3] == 'x') ++ return PRIxLEAST16; ++ if (name[3] == 'X') ++ return PRIXLEAST16; ++ abort (); ++ } ++ if (name[9] == '3' && name[10] == '2' && name[11] == '\0') ++ { ++ if (name[3] == 'd') ++ return PRIdLEAST32; ++ if (name[3] == 'i') ++ return PRIiLEAST32; ++ if (name[3] == 'o') ++ return PRIoLEAST32; ++ if (name[3] == 'u') ++ return PRIuLEAST32; ++ if (name[3] == 'x') ++ return PRIxLEAST32; ++ if (name[3] == 'X') ++ return PRIXLEAST32; ++ abort (); ++ } ++ if (name[9] == '6' && name[10] == '4' && name[11] == '\0') ++ { ++ if (name[3] == 'd') ++ return PRIdLEAST64; ++ if (name[3] == 'i') ++ return PRIiLEAST64; ++ if (name[3] == 'o') ++ return PRIoLEAST64; ++ if (name[3] == 'u') ++ return PRIuLEAST64; ++ if (name[3] == 'x') ++ return PRIxLEAST64; ++ if (name[3] == 'X') ++ return PRIXLEAST64; ++ abort (); ++ } ++ } ++ if (name[4] == 'F' && name[5] == 'A' && name[6] == 'S' ++ && name[7] == 'T') ++ { ++ if (name[8] == '8' && name[9] == '\0') ++ { ++ if (name[3] == 'd') ++ return PRIdFAST8; ++ if (name[3] == 'i') ++ return PRIiFAST8; ++ if (name[3] == 'o') ++ return PRIoFAST8; ++ if (name[3] == 'u') ++ return PRIuFAST8; ++ if (name[3] == 'x') ++ return PRIxFAST8; ++ if (name[3] == 'X') ++ return PRIXFAST8; ++ abort (); ++ } ++ if (name[8] == '1' && name[9] == '6' && name[10] == '\0') ++ { ++ if (name[3] == 'd') ++ return PRIdFAST16; ++ if (name[3] == 'i') ++ return PRIiFAST16; ++ if (name[3] == 'o') ++ return PRIoFAST16; ++ if (name[3] == 'u') ++ return PRIuFAST16; ++ if (name[3] == 'x') ++ return PRIxFAST16; ++ if (name[3] == 'X') ++ return PRIXFAST16; ++ abort (); ++ } ++ if (name[8] == '3' && name[9] == '2' && name[10] == '\0') ++ { ++ if (name[3] == 'd') ++ return PRIdFAST32; ++ if (name[3] == 'i') ++ return PRIiFAST32; ++ if (name[3] == 'o') ++ return PRIoFAST32; ++ if (name[3] == 'u') ++ return PRIuFAST32; ++ if (name[3] == 'x') ++ return PRIxFAST32; ++ if (name[3] == 'X') ++ return PRIXFAST32; ++ abort (); ++ } ++ if (name[8] == '6' && name[9] == '4' && name[10] == '\0') ++ { ++ if (name[3] == 'd') ++ return PRIdFAST64; ++ if (name[3] == 'i') ++ return PRIiFAST64; ++ if (name[3] == 'o') ++ return PRIoFAST64; ++ if (name[3] == 'u') ++ return PRIuFAST64; ++ if (name[3] == 'x') ++ return PRIxFAST64; ++ if (name[3] == 'X') ++ return PRIXFAST64; ++ abort (); ++ } ++ } ++ if (name[4] == 'M' && name[5] == 'A' && name[6] == 'X' ++ && name[7] == '\0') ++ { ++ if (name[3] == 'd') ++ return PRIdMAX; ++ if (name[3] == 'i') ++ return PRIiMAX; ++ if (name[3] == 'o') ++ return PRIoMAX; ++ if (name[3] == 'u') ++ return PRIuMAX; ++ if (name[3] == 'x') ++ return PRIxMAX; ++ if (name[3] == 'X') ++ return PRIXMAX; ++ abort (); ++ } ++ if (name[4] == 'P' && name[5] == 'T' && name[6] == 'R' ++ && name[7] == '\0') ++ { ++ if (name[3] == 'd') ++ return PRIdPTR; ++ if (name[3] == 'i') ++ return PRIiPTR; ++ if (name[3] == 'o') ++ return PRIoPTR; ++ if (name[3] == 'u') ++ return PRIuPTR; ++ if (name[3] == 'x') ++ return PRIxPTR; ++ if (name[3] == 'X') ++ return PRIXPTR; ++ abort (); ++ } ++ } ++ } ++ /* Test for a glibc specific printf() format directive flag. */ ++ if (name[0] == 'I' && name[1] == '\0') ++ { ++#if defined _LIBC || __GLIBC__ > 2 || (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 2) ++ /* The 'I' flag, in numeric format directives, replaces ASCII digits ++ with the 'outdigits' defined in the LC_CTYPE locale facet. This is ++ used for Farsi (Persian) and maybe Arabic. */ ++ return "I"; ++#else ++ return ""; ++#endif ++ } ++ /* Other system dependent strings are not valid. */ ++ return NULL; ++} ++ ++/* Initialize the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog. ++ Return the header entry. */ ++const char * ++internal_function ++_nl_init_domain_conv (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file, ++ struct loaded_domain *domain, ++ struct binding *domainbinding) ++{ ++ /* Find out about the character set the file is encoded with. ++ This can be found (in textual form) in the entry "". If this ++ entry does not exist or if this does not contain the `charset=' ++ information, we will assume the charset matches the one the ++ current locale and we don't have to perform any conversion. */ ++ char *nullentry; ++ size_t nullentrylen; ++ ++ /* Preinitialize fields, to avoid recursion during _nl_find_msg. */ ++ domain->codeset_cntr = ++ (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0); ++#ifdef _LIBC ++ domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1; ++#else ++# if HAVE_ICONV ++ domain->conv = (iconv_t) -1; ++# endif ++#endif ++ domain->conv_tab = NULL; ++ ++ /* Get the header entry. */ ++ nullentry = _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, "", &nullentrylen); ++ ++ if (nullentry != NULL) ++ { ++#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV ++ const char *charsetstr; ++ ++ charsetstr = strstr (nullentry, "charset="); ++ if (charsetstr != NULL) ++ { ++ size_t len; ++ char *charset; ++ const char *outcharset; ++ ++ charsetstr += strlen ("charset="); ++ len = strcspn (charsetstr, " \t\n"); ++ ++ charset = (char *) alloca (len + 1); ++# if defined _LIBC || HAVE_MEMPCPY ++ *((char *) mempcpy (charset, charsetstr, len)) = '\0'; ++# else ++ memcpy (charset, charsetstr, len); ++ charset[len] = '\0'; ++# endif ++ ++ /* The output charset should normally be determined by the ++ locale. But sometimes the locale is not used or not correctly ++ set up, so we provide a possibility for the user to override ++ this. Moreover, the value specified through ++ bind_textdomain_codeset overrides both. */ ++ if (domainbinding != NULL && domainbinding->codeset != NULL) ++ outcharset = domainbinding->codeset; ++ else ++ { ++ outcharset = getenv ("OUTPUT_CHARSET"); ++ if (outcharset == NULL || outcharset[0] == '\0') ++ { ++# ifdef _LIBC ++ outcharset = _NL_CURRENT (LC_CTYPE, CODESET); ++# else ++# if HAVE_ICONV ++ extern const char *locale_charset (void); ++ outcharset = locale_charset (); ++# endif ++# endif ++ } ++ } ++ ++# ifdef _LIBC ++ /* We always want to use transliteration. */ ++ outcharset = norm_add_slashes (outcharset, "TRANSLIT"); ++ charset = norm_add_slashes (charset, NULL); ++ if (__gconv_open (outcharset, charset, &domain->conv, ++ GCONV_AVOID_NOCONV) ++ != __GCONV_OK) ++ domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1; ++# else ++# if HAVE_ICONV ++ /* When using GNU libc >= 2.2 or GNU libiconv >= 1.5, ++ we want to use transliteration. */ ++# if (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 2) || __GLIBC__ > 2 \ ++ || _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105 ++ if (strchr (outcharset, '/') == NULL) ++ { ++ char *tmp; ++ ++ len = strlen (outcharset); ++ tmp = (char *) alloca (len + 10 + 1); ++ memcpy (tmp, outcharset, len); ++ memcpy (tmp + len, "//TRANSLIT", 10 + 1); ++ outcharset = tmp; ++ ++ domain->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset); ++ ++ freea (outcharset); ++ } ++ else ++# endif ++ domain->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset); ++# endif ++# endif ++ ++ freea (charset); ++ } ++#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */ ++ } ++ ++ return nullentry; ++} ++ ++/* Frees the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog. */ ++void ++internal_function ++_nl_free_domain_conv (struct loaded_domain *domain) ++{ ++ if (domain->conv_tab != NULL && domain->conv_tab != (char **) -1) ++ free (domain->conv_tab); ++ ++#ifdef _LIBC ++ if (domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1) ++ __gconv_close (domain->conv); ++#else ++# if HAVE_ICONV ++ if (domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1) ++ iconv_close (domain->conv); ++# endif ++#endif ++} ++ + /* Load the message catalogs specified by FILENAME. If it is no valid + message catalog do nothing. */ + void +-_nl_load_domain (domain_file) +- struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file; ++internal_function ++_nl_load_domain (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file, ++ struct binding *domainbinding) + { + int fd; ++ size_t size; ++#ifdef _LIBC ++ struct stat64 st; ++#else + struct stat st; ++#endif + struct mo_file_header *data = (struct mo_file_header *) -1; +-#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \ +- || defined _LIBC + int use_mmap = 0; +-#endif + struct loaded_domain *domain; ++ int revision; ++ const char *nullentry; + + domain_file->decided = 1; + domain_file->data = NULL; + ++ /* Note that it would be useless to store domainbinding in domain_file ++ because domainbinding might be == NULL now but != NULL later (after ++ a call to bind_textdomain_codeset). */ ++ + /* If the record does not represent a valid locale the FILENAME + might be NULL. This can happen when according to the given + specification the locale file name is different for XPG and CEN +@@ -84,27 +937,32 @@ + return; + + /* Try to open the addressed file. */ +- fd = open (domain_file->filename, O_RDONLY); ++ fd = open (domain_file->filename, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY); + if (fd == -1) + return; + + /* We must know about the size of the file. */ +- if (fstat (fd, &st) != 0 +- && st.st_size < (off_t) sizeof (struct mo_file_header)) ++ if ( ++#ifdef _LIBC ++ __builtin_expect (fstat64 (fd, &st) != 0, 0) ++#else ++ __builtin_expect (fstat (fd, &st) != 0, 0) ++#endif ++ || __builtin_expect ((size = (size_t) st.st_size) != st.st_size, 0) ++ || __builtin_expect (size < sizeof (struct mo_file_header), 0)) + { + /* Something went wrong. */ + close (fd); + return; + } + +-#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \ +- || defined _LIBC ++#ifdef HAVE_MMAP + /* Now we are ready to load the file. If mmap() is available we try + this first. If not available or it failed we try to load it. */ +- data = (struct mo_file_header *) mmap (NULL, st.st_size, PROT_READ, ++ data = (struct mo_file_header *) mmap (NULL, size, PROT_READ, + MAP_PRIVATE, fd, 0); + +- if (data != (struct mo_file_header *) -1) ++ if (__builtin_expect (data != (struct mo_file_header *) -1, 1)) + { + /* mmap() call was successful. */ + close (fd); +@@ -116,24 +974,27 @@ + it manually. */ + if (data == (struct mo_file_header *) -1) + { +- off_t to_read; ++ size_t to_read; + char *read_ptr; + +- data = (struct mo_file_header *) malloc (st.st_size); ++ data = (struct mo_file_header *) malloc (size); + if (data == NULL) + return; + +- to_read = st.st_size; ++ to_read = size; + read_ptr = (char *) data; + do + { + long int nb = (long int) read (fd, read_ptr, to_read); +- if (nb == -1) ++ if (nb <= 0) + { ++#ifdef EINTR ++ if (nb == -1 && errno == EINTR) ++ continue; ++#endif + close (fd); + return; + } +- + read_ptr += nb; + to_read -= nb; + } +@@ -144,47 +1005,378 @@ + + /* Using the magic number we can test whether it really is a message + catalog file. */ +- if (data->magic != _MAGIC && data->magic != _MAGIC_SWAPPED) ++ if (__builtin_expect (data->magic != _MAGIC && data->magic != _MAGIC_SWAPPED, ++ 0)) + { + /* The magic number is wrong: not a message catalog file. */ +-#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \ +- || defined _LIBC ++#ifdef HAVE_MMAP + if (use_mmap) +- munmap ((caddr_t) data, st.st_size); ++ munmap ((caddr_t) data, size); + else + #endif + free (data); + return; + } + +- domain_file->data +- = (struct loaded_domain *) malloc (sizeof (struct loaded_domain)); +- if (domain_file->data == NULL) ++ domain = (struct loaded_domain *) malloc (sizeof (struct loaded_domain)); ++ if (domain == NULL) + return; ++ domain_file->data = domain; + +- domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data; + domain->data = (char *) data; ++ domain->use_mmap = use_mmap; ++ domain->mmap_size = size; + domain->must_swap = data->magic != _MAGIC; ++ domain->malloced = NULL; + + /* Fill in the information about the available tables. */ +- switch (W (domain->must_swap, data->revision)) ++ revision = W (domain->must_swap, data->revision); ++ /* We support only the major revisions 0 and 1. */ ++ switch (revision >> 16) + { + case 0: ++ case 1: + domain->nstrings = W (domain->must_swap, data->nstrings); +- domain->orig_tab = (struct string_desc *) ++ domain->orig_tab = (const struct string_desc *) + ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_tab_offset)); +- domain->trans_tab = (struct string_desc *) ++ domain->trans_tab = (const struct string_desc *) + ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_tab_offset)); + domain->hash_size = W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_size); +- domain->hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *) +- ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_offset)); ++ domain->hash_tab = ++ (domain->hash_size > 2 ++ ? (const nls_uint32 *) ++ ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_offset)) ++ : NULL); ++ domain->must_swap_hash_tab = domain->must_swap; ++ ++ /* Now dispatch on the minor revision. */ ++ switch (revision & 0xffff) ++ { ++ case 0: ++ domain->n_sysdep_strings = 0; ++ domain->orig_sysdep_tab = NULL; ++ domain->trans_sysdep_tab = NULL; ++ break; ++ case 1: ++ default: ++ { ++ nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings; ++ ++ if (domain->hash_tab == NULL) ++ /* This is invalid. These minor revisions need a hash table. */ ++ goto invalid; ++ ++ n_sysdep_strings = ++ W (domain->must_swap, data->n_sysdep_strings); ++ if (n_sysdep_strings > 0) ++ { ++ nls_uint32 n_sysdep_segments; ++ const struct sysdep_segment *sysdep_segments; ++ const char **sysdep_segment_values; ++ const nls_uint32 *orig_sysdep_tab; ++ const nls_uint32 *trans_sysdep_tab; ++ nls_uint32 n_inmem_sysdep_strings; ++ size_t memneed; ++ char *mem; ++ struct sysdep_string_desc *inmem_orig_sysdep_tab; ++ struct sysdep_string_desc *inmem_trans_sysdep_tab; ++ nls_uint32 *inmem_hash_tab; ++ unsigned int i, j; ++ ++ /* Get the values of the system dependent segments. */ ++ n_sysdep_segments = ++ W (domain->must_swap, data->n_sysdep_segments); ++ sysdep_segments = (const struct sysdep_segment *) ++ ((char *) data ++ + W (domain->must_swap, data->sysdep_segments_offset)); ++ sysdep_segment_values = ++ alloca (n_sysdep_segments * sizeof (const char *)); ++ for (i = 0; i < n_sysdep_segments; i++) ++ { ++ const char *name = ++ (char *) data ++ + W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_segments[i].offset); ++ nls_uint32 namelen = ++ W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_segments[i].length); ++ ++ if (!(namelen > 0 && name[namelen - 1] == '\0')) ++ { ++ freea (sysdep_segment_values); ++ goto invalid; ++ } ++ ++ sysdep_segment_values[i] = get_sysdep_segment_value (name); ++ } ++ ++ orig_sysdep_tab = (const nls_uint32 *) ++ ((char *) data ++ + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_sysdep_tab_offset)); ++ trans_sysdep_tab = (const nls_uint32 *) ++ ((char *) data ++ + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_sysdep_tab_offset)); ++ ++ /* Compute the amount of additional memory needed for the ++ system dependent strings and the augmented hash table. ++ At the same time, also drop string pairs which refer to ++ an undefined system dependent segment. */ ++ n_inmem_sysdep_strings = 0; ++ memneed = domain->hash_size * sizeof (nls_uint32); ++ for (i = 0; i < n_sysdep_strings; i++) ++ { ++ int valid = 1; ++ size_t needs[2]; ++ ++ for (j = 0; j < 2; j++) ++ { ++ const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string = ++ (const struct sysdep_string *) ++ ((char *) data ++ + W (domain->must_swap, ++ j == 0 ++ ? orig_sysdep_tab[i] ++ : trans_sysdep_tab[i])); ++ size_t need = 0; ++ const struct segment_pair *p = sysdep_string->segments; ++ ++ if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref) != SEGMENTS_END) ++ for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++) ++ { ++ nls_uint32 sysdepref; ++ ++ need += W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize); ++ ++ sysdepref = W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref); ++ if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END) ++ break; ++ ++ if (sysdepref >= n_sysdep_segments) ++ { ++ /* Invalid. */ ++ freea (sysdep_segment_values); ++ goto invalid; ++ } ++ ++ if (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref] == NULL) ++ { ++ /* This particular string pair is invalid. */ ++ valid = 0; ++ break; ++ } ++ ++ need += strlen (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref]); ++ } ++ ++ needs[j] = need; ++ if (!valid) ++ break; ++ } ++ ++ if (valid) ++ { ++ n_inmem_sysdep_strings++; ++ memneed += needs[0] + needs[1]; ++ } ++ } ++ memneed += 2 * n_inmem_sysdep_strings ++ * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc); ++ ++ if (n_inmem_sysdep_strings > 0) ++ { ++ unsigned int k; ++ ++ /* Allocate additional memory. */ ++ mem = (char *) malloc (memneed); ++ if (mem == NULL) ++ goto invalid; ++ ++ domain->malloced = mem; ++ inmem_orig_sysdep_tab = (struct sysdep_string_desc *) mem; ++ mem += n_inmem_sysdep_strings ++ * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc); ++ inmem_trans_sysdep_tab = (struct sysdep_string_desc *) mem; ++ mem += n_inmem_sysdep_strings ++ * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc); ++ inmem_hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *) mem; ++ mem += domain->hash_size * sizeof (nls_uint32); ++ ++ /* Compute the system dependent strings. */ ++ k = 0; ++ for (i = 0; i < n_sysdep_strings; i++) ++ { ++ int valid = 1; ++ ++ for (j = 0; j < 2; j++) ++ { ++ const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string = ++ (const struct sysdep_string *) ++ ((char *) data ++ + W (domain->must_swap, ++ j == 0 ++ ? orig_sysdep_tab[i] ++ : trans_sysdep_tab[i])); ++ const struct segment_pair *p = ++ sysdep_string->segments; ++ ++ if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref) ++ != SEGMENTS_END) ++ for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++) ++ { ++ nls_uint32 sysdepref; ++ ++ sysdepref = ++ W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref); ++ if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END) ++ break; ++ ++ if (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref] == NULL) ++ { ++ /* This particular string pair is ++ invalid. */ ++ valid = 0; ++ break; ++ } ++ } ++ ++ if (!valid) ++ break; ++ } ++ ++ if (valid) ++ { ++ for (j = 0; j < 2; j++) ++ { ++ const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string = ++ (const struct sysdep_string *) ++ ((char *) data ++ + W (domain->must_swap, ++ j == 0 ++ ? orig_sysdep_tab[i] ++ : trans_sysdep_tab[i])); ++ const char *static_segments = ++ (char *) data ++ + W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_string->offset); ++ const struct segment_pair *p = ++ sysdep_string->segments; ++ ++ /* Concatenate the segments, and fill ++ inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[k] (for j == 0) and ++ inmem_trans_sysdep_tab[k] (for j == 1). */ ++ ++ struct sysdep_string_desc *inmem_tab_entry = ++ (j == 0 ++ ? inmem_orig_sysdep_tab ++ : inmem_trans_sysdep_tab) ++ + k; ++ ++ if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref) ++ == SEGMENTS_END) ++ { ++ /* Only one static segment. */ ++ inmem_tab_entry->length = ++ W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize); ++ inmem_tab_entry->pointer = static_segments; ++ } ++ else ++ { ++ inmem_tab_entry->pointer = mem; ++ ++ for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++) ++ { ++ nls_uint32 segsize = ++ W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize); ++ nls_uint32 sysdepref = ++ W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref); ++ size_t n; ++ ++ if (segsize > 0) ++ { ++ memcpy (mem, static_segments, segsize); ++ mem += segsize; ++ static_segments += segsize; ++ } ++ ++ if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END) ++ break; ++ ++ n = strlen (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref]); ++ memcpy (mem, sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref], n); ++ mem += n; ++ } ++ ++ inmem_tab_entry->length = ++ mem - inmem_tab_entry->pointer; ++ } ++ } ++ ++ k++; ++ } ++ } ++ if (k != n_inmem_sysdep_strings) ++ abort (); ++ ++ /* Compute the augmented hash table. */ ++ for (i = 0; i < domain->hash_size; i++) ++ inmem_hash_tab[i] = ++ W (domain->must_swap_hash_tab, domain->hash_tab[i]); ++ for (i = 0; i < n_inmem_sysdep_strings; i++) ++ { ++ const char *msgid = inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer; ++ nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid); ++ nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size; ++ nls_uint32 incr = ++ 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2)); ++ ++ for (;;) ++ { ++ if (inmem_hash_tab[idx] == 0) ++ { ++ /* Hash table entry is empty. Use it. */ ++ inmem_hash_tab[idx] = 1 + domain->nstrings + i; ++ break; ++ } ++ ++ if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr) ++ idx -= domain->hash_size - incr; ++ else ++ idx += incr; ++ } ++ } ++ ++ domain->n_sysdep_strings = n_inmem_sysdep_strings; ++ domain->orig_sysdep_tab = inmem_orig_sysdep_tab; ++ domain->trans_sysdep_tab = inmem_trans_sysdep_tab; ++ ++ domain->hash_tab = inmem_hash_tab; ++ domain->must_swap_hash_tab = 0; ++ } ++ else ++ { ++ domain->n_sysdep_strings = 0; ++ domain->orig_sysdep_tab = NULL; ++ domain->trans_sysdep_tab = NULL; ++ } ++ ++ freea (sysdep_segment_values); ++ } ++ else ++ { ++ domain->n_sysdep_strings = 0; ++ domain->orig_sysdep_tab = NULL; ++ domain->trans_sysdep_tab = NULL; ++ } ++ } ++ break; ++ } + break; + default: +- /* This is an illegal revision. */ +-#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \ +- || defined _LIBC ++ /* This is an invalid revision. */ ++ invalid: ++ /* This is an invalid .mo file. */ ++ if (domain->malloced) ++ free (domain->malloced); ++#ifdef HAVE_MMAP + if (use_mmap) +- munmap ((caddr_t) data, st.st_size); ++ munmap ((caddr_t) data, size); + else + #endif + free (data); +@@ -193,7 +1385,36 @@ + return; + } + +- /* Show that one domain is changed. This might make some cached +- translations invalid. */ +- ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr; ++ /* Now initialize the character set converter from the character set ++ the file is encoded with (found in the header entry) to the domain's ++ specified character set or the locale's character set. */ ++ nullentry = _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding); ++ ++ /* Also look for a plural specification. */ ++ EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (nullentry, &domain->plural, &domain->nplurals); + } ++ ++ ++#ifdef _LIBC ++void ++internal_function ++_nl_unload_domain (struct loaded_domain *domain) ++{ ++ if (domain->plural != &__gettext_germanic_plural) ++ __gettext_free_exp (domain->plural); ++ ++ _nl_free_domain_conv (domain); ++ ++ if (domain->malloced) ++ free (domain->malloced); ++ ++# ifdef _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES ++ if (domain->use_mmap) ++ munmap ((caddr_t) domain->data, domain->mmap_size); ++ else ++# endif /* _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES */ ++ free ((void *) domain->data); ++ ++ free (domain); ++} ++#endif +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/localcharset.c 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/localcharset.c 2004-09-12 14:40:34.478729392 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,398 @@ ++/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding. ++ ++ Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++ ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ any later version. ++ ++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. ++ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ ++ ++/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */ ++ ++#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H ++# include <config.h> ++#endif ++ ++/* Specification. */ ++#include "localcharset.h" ++ ++#if HAVE_STDDEF_H ++# include <stddef.h> ++#endif ++ ++#include <stdio.h> ++#if HAVE_STRING_H ++# include <string.h> ++#else ++# include <strings.h> ++#endif ++#if HAVE_STDLIB_H ++# include <stdlib.h> ++#endif ++ ++#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ ++# undef WIN32 /* avoid warning on mingw32 */ ++# define WIN32 ++#endif ++ ++#if defined __EMX__ ++/* Assume EMX program runs on OS/2, even if compiled under DOS. */ ++# define OS2 ++#endif ++ ++#if !defined WIN32 ++# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET ++# include <langinfo.h> ++# else ++# if HAVE_SETLOCALE ++# include <locale.h> ++# endif ++# endif ++#elif defined WIN32 ++# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN ++# include <windows.h> ++#endif ++#if defined OS2 ++# define INCL_DOS ++# include <os2.h> ++#endif ++ ++#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE ++# include "relocatable.h" ++#else ++# define relocate(pathname) (pathname) ++#endif ++ ++#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ ++ /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */ ++# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\') ++#endif ++ ++#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR ++# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/' ++#endif ++ ++#ifndef ISSLASH ++# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR) ++#endif ++ ++#if HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED ++# undef getc ++# define getc getc_unlocked ++#endif ++ ++/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a ++ possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we ++ are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize ++ 'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value, ++ and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases' ++ are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix. */ ++#if __STDC__ != 1 ++# define volatile /* empty */ ++#endif ++/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been ++ read, else NULL. Its format is: ++ ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0' */ ++static const char * volatile charset_aliases; ++ ++/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file. */ ++static const char * ++get_charset_aliases () ++{ ++ const char *cp; ++ ++ cp = charset_aliases; ++ if (cp == NULL) ++ { ++#if !(defined VMS || defined WIN32) ++ FILE *fp; ++ const char *dir = relocate (LIBDIR); ++ const char *base = "charset.alias"; ++ char *file_name; ++ ++ /* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name. */ ++ { ++ size_t dir_len = strlen (dir); ++ size_t base_len = strlen (base); ++ int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1])); ++ file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1); ++ if (file_name != NULL) ++ { ++ memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len); ++ if (add_slash) ++ file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR; ++ memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1); ++ } ++ } ++ ++ if (file_name == NULL || (fp = fopen (file_name, "r")) == NULL) ++ /* Out of memory or file not found, treat it as empty. */ ++ cp = ""; ++ else ++ { ++ /* Parse the file's contents. */ ++ int c; ++ char buf1[50+1]; ++ char buf2[50+1]; ++ char *res_ptr = NULL; ++ size_t res_size = 0; ++ size_t l1, l2; ++ ++ for (;;) ++ { ++ c = getc (fp); ++ if (c == EOF) ++ break; ++ if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t') ++ continue; ++ if (c == '#') ++ { ++ /* Skip comment, to end of line. */ ++ do ++ c = getc (fp); ++ while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n')); ++ if (c == EOF) ++ break; ++ continue; ++ } ++ ungetc (c, fp); ++ if (fscanf (fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2) ++ break; ++ l1 = strlen (buf1); ++ l2 = strlen (buf2); ++ if (res_size == 0) ++ { ++ res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1; ++ res_ptr = (char *) malloc (res_size + 1); ++ } ++ else ++ { ++ res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1; ++ res_ptr = (char *) realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1); ++ } ++ if (res_ptr == NULL) ++ { ++ /* Out of memory. */ ++ res_size = 0; ++ break; ++ } ++ strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1); ++ strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2); ++ } ++ fclose (fp); ++ if (res_size == 0) ++ cp = ""; ++ else ++ { ++ *(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0'; ++ cp = res_ptr; ++ } ++ } ++ ++ if (file_name != NULL) ++ free (file_name); ++ ++#else ++ ++# if defined VMS ++ /* To avoid the troubles of an extra file charset.alias_vms in the ++ sources of many GNU packages, simply inline the aliases here. */ ++ /* The list of encodings is taken from the OpenVMS 7.3-1 documentation ++ "Compaq C Run-Time Library Reference Manual for OpenVMS systems" ++ section 10.7 "Handling Different Character Sets". */ ++ cp = "ISO8859-1" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0" ++ "ISO8859-2" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0" ++ "ISO8859-5" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0" ++ "ISO8859-7" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0" ++ "ISO8859-8" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0" ++ "ISO8859-9" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0" ++ /* Japanese */ ++ "eucJP" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0" ++ "SJIS" "\0" "SHIFT_JIS" "\0" ++ "DECKANJI" "\0" "DEC-KANJI" "\0" ++ "SDECKANJI" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0" ++ /* Chinese */ ++ "eucTW" "\0" "EUC-TW" "\0" ++ "DECHANYU" "\0" "DEC-HANYU" "\0" ++ "DECHANZI" "\0" "GB2312" "\0" ++ /* Korean */ ++ "DECKOREAN" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0"; ++# endif ++ ++# if defined WIN32 ++ /* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same ++ directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at ++ runtime, simply inline the aliases here. */ ++ ++ cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0" ++ "CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0" ++ "CP20127" "\0" "ASCII" "\0" ++ "CP20866" "\0" "KOI8-R" "\0" ++ "CP21866" "\0" "KOI8-RU" "\0" ++ "CP28591" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0" ++ "CP28592" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0" ++ "CP28593" "\0" "ISO-8859-3" "\0" ++ "CP28594" "\0" "ISO-8859-4" "\0" ++ "CP28595" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0" ++ "CP28596" "\0" "ISO-8859-6" "\0" ++ "CP28597" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0" ++ "CP28598" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0" ++ "CP28599" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0" ++ "CP28605" "\0" "ISO-8859-15" "\0"; ++# endif ++#endif ++ ++ charset_aliases = cp; ++ } ++ ++ return cp; ++} ++ ++/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it ++ into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset. ++ The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated. ++ If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical ++ name. */ ++ ++#ifdef STATIC ++STATIC ++#endif ++const char * ++locale_charset () ++{ ++ const char *codeset; ++ const char *aliases; ++ ++#if !(defined WIN32 || defined OS2) ++ ++# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET ++ ++ /* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays. */ ++ codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET); ++ ++# else ++ ++ /* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv. */ ++ const char *locale = NULL; ++ ++ /* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales. Some ++ (like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale. Therefore we don't ++ use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the ++ locale name the user has set. */ ++# if HAVE_SETLOCALE && 0 ++ locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL); ++# endif ++ if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') ++ { ++ locale = getenv ("LC_ALL"); ++ if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') ++ { ++ locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE"); ++ if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') ++ locale = getenv ("LANG"); ++ } ++ } ++ ++ /* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others, ++ you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it ++ through the charset.alias file. */ ++ codeset = locale; ++ ++# endif ++ ++#elif defined WIN32 ++ ++ static char buf[2 + 10 + 1]; ++ ++ /* Woe32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */ ++ sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ()); ++ codeset = buf; ++ ++#elif defined OS2 ++ ++ const char *locale; ++ static char buf[2 + 10 + 1]; ++ ULONG cp[3]; ++ ULONG cplen; ++ ++ /* Allow user to override the codeset, as set in the operating system, ++ with standard language environment variables. */ ++ locale = getenv ("LC_ALL"); ++ if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') ++ { ++ locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE"); ++ if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') ++ locale = getenv ("LANG"); ++ } ++ if (locale != NULL && locale[0] != '\0') ++ { ++ /* If the locale name contains an encoding after the dot, return it. */ ++ const char *dot = strchr (locale, '.'); ++ ++ if (dot != NULL) ++ { ++ const char *modifier; ++ ++ dot++; ++ /* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any. */ ++ modifier = strchr (dot, '@'); ++ if (modifier == NULL) ++ return dot; ++ if (modifier - dot < sizeof (buf)) ++ { ++ memcpy (buf, dot, modifier - dot); ++ buf [modifier - dot] = '\0'; ++ return buf; ++ } ++ } ++ ++ /* Resolve through the charset.alias file. */ ++ codeset = locale; ++ } ++ else ++ { ++ /* OS/2 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */ ++ if (DosQueryCp (sizeof (cp), cp, &cplen)) ++ codeset = ""; ++ else ++ { ++ sprintf (buf, "CP%u", cp[0]); ++ codeset = buf; ++ } ++ } ++ ++#endif ++ ++ if (codeset == NULL) ++ /* The canonical name cannot be determined. */ ++ codeset = ""; ++ ++ /* Resolve alias. */ ++ for (aliases = get_charset_aliases (); ++ *aliases != '\0'; ++ aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1) ++ if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0 ++ || (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0')) ++ { ++ codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1; ++ break; ++ } ++ ++ /* Don't return an empty string. GNU libc and GNU libiconv interpret ++ the empty string as denoting "the locale's character encoding", ++ thus GNU libiconv would call this function a second time. */ ++ if (codeset[0] == '\0') ++ codeset = "ASCII"; ++ ++ return codeset; ++} +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/localcharset.h 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/localcharset.h 2004-09-12 14:40:34.483728632 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ ++/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding. ++ Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++ This file is part of the GNU CHARSET Library. ++ ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ any later version. ++ ++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. ++ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ ++ ++#ifndef _LOCALCHARSET_H ++#define _LOCALCHARSET_H ++ ++ ++#ifdef __cplusplus ++extern "C" { ++#endif ++ ++ ++/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it ++ into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset. ++ The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated. ++ If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical ++ name. */ ++extern const char * locale_charset (void); ++ ++ ++#ifdef __cplusplus ++} ++#endif ++ ++ ++#endif /* _LOCALCHARSET_H */ +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/locale.alias 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/locale.alias 2004-09-12 14:40:34.499726200 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ ++# Locale name alias data base. ++# Copyright (C) 1996-2001,2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++# ++# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++# any later version. ++# ++# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++# Library General Public License for more details. ++# ++# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++# USA. ++ ++# The format of this file is the same as for the corresponding file of ++# the X Window System, which normally can be found in ++# /usr/lib/X11/locale/locale.alias ++# A single line contains two fields: an alias and a substitution value. ++# All entries are case independent. ++ ++# Note: This file is far from being complete. If you have a value for ++# your own site which you think might be useful for others too, share ++# it with the rest of us. Send it using the `glibcbug' script to ++# bugs@gnu.org. ++ ++# Packages using this file: ++ ++bokmal nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 ++bokml nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 ++catalan ca_ES.ISO-8859-1 ++croatian hr_HR.ISO-8859-2 ++czech cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2 ++danish da_DK.ISO-8859-1 ++dansk da_DK.ISO-8859-1 ++deutsch de_DE.ISO-8859-1 ++dutch nl_NL.ISO-8859-1 ++eesti et_EE.ISO-8859-1 ++estonian et_EE.ISO-8859-1 ++finnish fi_FI.ISO-8859-1 ++franais fr_FR.ISO-8859-1 ++french fr_FR.ISO-8859-1 ++galego gl_ES.ISO-8859-1 ++galician gl_ES.ISO-8859-1 ++german de_DE.ISO-8859-1 ++greek el_GR.ISO-8859-7 ++hebrew he_IL.ISO-8859-8 ++hrvatski hr_HR.ISO-8859-2 ++hungarian hu_HU.ISO-8859-2 ++icelandic is_IS.ISO-8859-1 ++italian it_IT.ISO-8859-1 ++japanese ja_JP.eucJP ++japanese.euc ja_JP.eucJP ++ja_JP ja_JP.eucJP ++ja_JP.ujis ja_JP.eucJP ++japanese.sjis ja_JP.SJIS ++korean ko_KR.eucKR ++korean.euc ko_KR.eucKR ++ko_KR ko_KR.eucKR ++lithuanian lt_LT.ISO-8859-13 ++no_NO nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 ++no_NO.ISO-8859-1 nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 ++norwegian nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 ++nynorsk nn_NO.ISO-8859-1 ++polish pl_PL.ISO-8859-2 ++portuguese pt_PT.ISO-8859-1 ++romanian ro_RO.ISO-8859-2 ++russian ru_RU.ISO-8859-5 ++slovak sk_SK.ISO-8859-2 ++slovene sl_SI.ISO-8859-2 ++slovenian sl_SI.ISO-8859-2 ++spanish es_ES.ISO-8859-1 ++swedish sv_SE.ISO-8859-1 ++thai th_TH.TIS-620 ++turkish tr_TR.ISO-8859-9 +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/localealias.c 1998-04-26 09:22:37.000000000 -0400 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/localealias.c 2004-09-12 14:40:34.505725288 -0400 +@@ -1,20 +1,27 @@ +-/* Handle aliases for locale names +- Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +- Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995. ++/* Handle aliases for locale names. ++ Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- GNU General Public License for more details. ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. + +- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, +- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ ++ ++/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy(). ++ This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include ++ <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */ ++#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE ++# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 ++#endif + + #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H + # include <config.h> +@@ -22,56 +29,45 @@ + + #include <ctype.h> + #include <stdio.h> ++#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE___FSETLOCKING ++# include <stdio_ext.h> ++#endif + #include <sys/types.h> + + #ifdef __GNUC__ ++# undef alloca + # define alloca __builtin_alloca + # define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 + #else +-# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC +-# include <alloca.h> ++# ifdef _MSC_VER ++# include <malloc.h> ++# define alloca _alloca + # else +-# ifdef _AIX +- #pragma alloca ++# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC ++# include <alloca.h> + # else +-# ifndef alloca ++# ifdef _AIX ++ #pragma alloca ++# else ++# ifndef alloca + char *alloca (); ++# endif + # endif + # endif + # endif + #endif + +-#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC +-# include <stdlib.h> +-#else +-char *getenv (); +-# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H +-# include <malloc.h> +-# else +-void free (); +-# endif +-#endif ++#include <stdlib.h> ++#include <string.h> + +-#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC +-# ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +-# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 +-# endif +-# include <string.h> ++#include "gettextP.h" ++ ++#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE ++# include "relocatable.h" + #else +-# include <strings.h> +-# ifndef memcpy +-# define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy (Src, Dst, Num) +-# endif +-#endif +-#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC +-# ifndef strchr +-# define strchr index +-# endif ++# define relocate(pathname) (pathname) + #endif + +-#include "gettext.h" +-#include "gettextP.h" +- + /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + + #ifdef _LIBC +@@ -79,43 +75,49 @@ + because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object + file and the name space must not be polluted. */ + # define strcasecmp __strcasecmp ++ ++# ifndef mempcpy ++# define mempcpy __mempcpy ++# endif ++# define HAVE_MEMPCPY 1 ++# define HAVE___FSETLOCKING 1 ++ ++/* We need locking here since we can be called from different places. */ ++# include <bits/libc-lock.h> ++ ++__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock); ++#endif ++ ++#ifndef internal_function ++# define internal_function + #endif + ++/* Some optimizations for glibc. */ ++#ifdef _LIBC ++# define FEOF(fp) feof_unlocked (fp) ++# define FGETS(buf, n, fp) fgets_unlocked (buf, n, fp) ++#else ++# define FEOF(fp) feof (fp) ++# define FGETS(buf, n, fp) fgets (buf, n, fp) ++#endif + +-/* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add ++/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add + some additional code emulating it. */ + #ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA +-/* Nothing has to be done. */ +-# define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */ +-# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */ ++# define freea(p) /* nothing */ + #else +-struct block_list +-{ +- void *address; +- struct block_list *next; +-}; +-# define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr) \ +- do { \ +- struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); \ +- /* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to \ +- the list. */ \ +- if (newp != NULL) { \ +- newp->address = (addr); \ +- newp->next = (list); \ +- (list) = newp; \ +- } \ +- } while (0) +-# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) \ +- do { \ +- while (list != NULL) { \ +- struct block_list *old = list; \ +- list = list->next; \ +- free (old); \ +- } \ +- } while (0) +-# undef alloca +-# define alloca(size) (malloc (size)) +-#endif /* have alloca */ ++# define alloca(n) malloc (n) ++# define freea(p) free (p) ++#endif ++ ++#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED ++# undef fgets ++# define fgets(buf, len, s) fgets_unlocked (buf, len, s) ++#endif ++#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED ++# undef feof ++# define feof(s) feof_unlocked (s) ++#endif + + + struct alias_map +@@ -125,26 +127,41 @@ + }; + + +-static struct alias_map *map; +-static size_t nmap = 0; +-static size_t maxmap = 0; ++#ifndef _LIBC ++# define libc_freeres_ptr(decl) decl ++#endif ++ ++libc_freeres_ptr (static char *string_space); ++static size_t string_space_act; ++static size_t string_space_max; ++libc_freeres_ptr (static struct alias_map *map); ++static size_t nmap; ++static size_t maxmap; + + + /* Prototypes for local functions. */ +-static size_t read_alias_file PARAMS ((const char *fname, int fname_len)); +-static void extend_alias_table PARAMS ((void)); +-static int alias_compare PARAMS ((const struct alias_map *map1, +- const struct alias_map *map2)); ++static size_t read_alias_file (const char *fname, int fname_len) ++ internal_function; ++static int extend_alias_table (void); ++static int alias_compare (const struct alias_map *map1, ++ const struct alias_map *map2); + + + const char * +-_nl_expand_alias (name) +- const char *name; ++_nl_expand_alias (const char *name) + { +- static const char *locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH; ++ static const char *locale_alias_path; + struct alias_map *retval; ++ const char *result = NULL; + size_t added; + ++#ifdef _LIBC ++ __libc_lock_lock (lock); ++#endif ++ ++ if (locale_alias_path == NULL) ++ locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH; ++ + do + { + struct alias_map item; +@@ -154,15 +171,18 @@ + if (nmap > 0) + retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap, + sizeof (struct alias_map), +- (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, +- const void *)) ++ (int (*) (const void *, ++ const void *) + ) alias_compare); + else + retval = NULL; + + /* We really found an alias. Return the value. */ + if (retval != NULL) +- return retval->value; ++ { ++ result = retval->value; ++ break; ++ } + + /* Perhaps we can find another alias file. */ + added = 0; +@@ -170,11 +190,12 @@ + { + const char *start; + +- while (locale_alias_path[0] == ':') ++ while (locale_alias_path[0] == PATH_SEPARATOR) + ++locale_alias_path; + start = locale_alias_path; + +- while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0' && locale_alias_path[0] != ':') ++ while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0' ++ && locale_alias_path[0] != PATH_SEPARATOR) + ++locale_alias_path; + + if (start < locale_alias_path) +@@ -183,78 +204,87 @@ + } + while (added != 0); + +- return NULL; ++#ifdef _LIBC ++ __libc_lock_unlock (lock); ++#endif ++ ++ return result; + } + + + static size_t +-read_alias_file (fname, fname_len) +- const char *fname; +- int fname_len; ++internal_function ++read_alias_file (const char *fname, int fname_len) + { +-#ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA +- struct block_list *block_list = NULL; +-#endif + FILE *fp; + char *full_fname; + size_t added; + static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias"; + + full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile); +- ADD_BLOCK (block_list, full_fname); ++#ifdef HAVE_MEMPCPY ++ mempcpy (mempcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len), ++ aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile); ++#else + memcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len); + memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile); ++#endif + +- fp = fopen (full_fname, "r"); ++ fp = fopen (relocate (full_fname), "r"); ++ freea (full_fname); + if (fp == NULL) +- { +- FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); +- return 0; +- } ++ return 0; ++ ++#ifdef HAVE___FSETLOCKING ++ /* No threads present. */ ++ __fsetlocking (fp, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER); ++#endif + + added = 0; +- while (!feof (fp)) ++ while (!FEOF (fp)) + { + /* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because + a) we are only interested in the first two fields + b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not + be that long +- */ +- char buf[BUFSIZ]; ++ We avoid a multi-kilobyte buffer here since this would use up ++ stack space which we might not have if the program ran out of ++ memory. */ ++ char buf[400]; + char *alias; + char *value; + char *cp; + +- if (fgets (buf, BUFSIZ, fp) == NULL) ++ if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL) + /* EOF reached. */ + break; + + cp = buf; + /* Ignore leading white space. */ +- while (isspace (cp[0])) ++ while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0])) + ++cp; + + /* A leading '#' signals a comment line. */ + if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#') + { + alias = cp++; +- while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0])) ++ while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0])) + ++cp; + /* Terminate alias name. */ + if (cp[0] != '\0') + *cp++ = '\0'; + + /* Now look for the beginning of the value. */ +- while (isspace (cp[0])) ++ while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0])) + ++cp; + + if (cp[0] != '\0') + { +- char *tp; +- size_t len; ++ size_t alias_len; ++ size_t value_len; + + value = cp++; +- while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0])) ++ while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0])) + ++cp; + /* Terminate value. */ + if (cp[0] == '\n') +@@ -269,28 +299,44 @@ + *cp++ = '\0'; + + if (nmap >= maxmap) +- extend_alias_table (); +- +- /* We cannot depend on strdup available in the libc. Sigh! */ +- len = strlen (alias) + 1; +- tp = (char *) malloc (len); +- if (tp == NULL) +- { +- FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); ++ if (__builtin_expect (extend_alias_table (), 0)) + return added; +- } +- memcpy (tp, alias, len); +- map[nmap].alias = tp; + +- len = strlen (value) + 1; +- tp = (char *) malloc (len); +- if (tp == NULL) ++ alias_len = strlen (alias) + 1; ++ value_len = strlen (value) + 1; ++ ++ if (string_space_act + alias_len + value_len > string_space_max) + { +- FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); +- return added; ++ /* Increase size of memory pool. */ ++ size_t new_size = (string_space_max ++ + (alias_len + value_len > 1024 ++ ? alias_len + value_len : 1024)); ++ char *new_pool = (char *) realloc (string_space, new_size); ++ if (new_pool == NULL) ++ return added; ++ ++ if (__builtin_expect (string_space != new_pool, 0)) ++ { ++ size_t i; ++ ++ for (i = 0; i < nmap; i++) ++ { ++ map[i].alias += new_pool - string_space; ++ map[i].value += new_pool - string_space; ++ } ++ } ++ ++ string_space = new_pool; ++ string_space_max = new_size; + } +- memcpy (tp, value, len); +- map[nmap].value = tp; ++ ++ map[nmap].alias = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act], ++ alias, alias_len); ++ string_space_act += alias_len; ++ ++ map[nmap].value = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act], ++ value, value_len); ++ string_space_act += value_len; + + ++nmap; + ++added; +@@ -299,14 +345,11 @@ + + /* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer. Ignore + the rest of the line. */ +- while (strchr (cp, '\n') == NULL) +- { +- cp = buf; +- if (fgets (buf, BUFSIZ, fp) == NULL) +- /* Make sure the inner loop will be left. The outer loop +- will exit at the `feof' test. */ +- *cp = '\n'; +- } ++ while (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL) ++ if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL) ++ /* Make sure the inner loop will be left. The outer loop ++ will exit at the `feof' test. */ ++ break; + } + + /* Should we test for ferror()? I think we have to silently ignore +@@ -315,40 +358,33 @@ + + if (added > 0) + qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map), +- (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *))) alias_compare); ++ (int (*) (const void *, const void *)) alias_compare); + +- FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); + return added; + } + + +-static void ++static int + extend_alias_table () + { + size_t new_size; + struct alias_map *new_map; + + new_size = maxmap == 0 ? 100 : 2 * maxmap; +- new_map = (struct alias_map *) malloc (new_size +- * sizeof (struct alias_map)); ++ new_map = (struct alias_map *) realloc (map, (new_size ++ * sizeof (struct alias_map))); + if (new_map == NULL) + /* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core. */ +- return; +- +- memcpy (new_map, map, nmap * sizeof (struct alias_map)); +- +- if (maxmap != 0) +- free (map); ++ return -1; + + map = new_map; + maxmap = new_size; ++ return 0; + } + + + static int +-alias_compare (map1, map2) +- const struct alias_map *map1; +- const struct alias_map *map2; ++alias_compare (const struct alias_map *map1, const struct alias_map *map2) + { + #if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP + return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias); +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/localename.c 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/localename.c 2004-09-12 14:40:34.510724528 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,1142 @@ ++/* Determine the current selected locale. ++ Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++ ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ any later version. ++ ++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. ++ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ ++ ++/* Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995. */ ++/* Win32 code written by Tor Lillqvist <tml@iki.fi>. */ ++ ++#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H ++# include <config.h> ++#endif ++ ++#include <stdlib.h> ++#include <locale.h> ++ ++#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ ++# undef WIN32 /* avoid warning on mingw32 */ ++# define WIN32 ++#endif ++ ++#ifdef WIN32 ++# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN ++# include <windows.h> ++/* List of language codes, sorted by value: ++ 0x01 LANG_ARABIC ++ 0x02 LANG_BULGARIAN ++ 0x03 LANG_CATALAN ++ 0x04 LANG_CHINESE ++ 0x05 LANG_CZECH ++ 0x06 LANG_DANISH ++ 0x07 LANG_GERMAN ++ 0x08 LANG_GREEK ++ 0x09 LANG_ENGLISH ++ 0x0a LANG_SPANISH ++ 0x0b LANG_FINNISH ++ 0x0c LANG_FRENCH ++ 0x0d LANG_HEBREW ++ 0x0e LANG_HUNGARIAN ++ 0x0f LANG_ICELANDIC ++ 0x10 LANG_ITALIAN ++ 0x11 LANG_JAPANESE ++ 0x12 LANG_KOREAN ++ 0x13 LANG_DUTCH ++ 0x14 LANG_NORWEGIAN ++ 0x15 LANG_POLISH ++ 0x16 LANG_PORTUGUESE ++ 0x17 LANG_RHAETO_ROMANCE ++ 0x18 LANG_ROMANIAN ++ 0x19 LANG_RUSSIAN ++ 0x1a LANG_CROATIAN == LANG_SERBIAN ++ 0x1b LANG_SLOVAK ++ 0x1c LANG_ALBANIAN ++ 0x1d LANG_SWEDISH ++ 0x1e LANG_THAI ++ 0x1f LANG_TURKISH ++ 0x20 LANG_URDU ++ 0x21 LANG_INDONESIAN ++ 0x22 LANG_UKRAINIAN ++ 0x23 LANG_BELARUSIAN ++ 0x24 LANG_SLOVENIAN ++ 0x25 LANG_ESTONIAN ++ 0x26 LANG_LATVIAN ++ 0x27 LANG_LITHUANIAN ++ 0x28 LANG_TAJIK ++ 0x29 LANG_FARSI ++ 0x2a LANG_VIETNAMESE ++ 0x2b LANG_ARMENIAN ++ 0x2c LANG_AZERI ++ 0x2d LANG_BASQUE ++ 0x2e LANG_SORBIAN ++ 0x2f LANG_MACEDONIAN ++ 0x30 LANG_SUTU ++ 0x31 LANG_TSONGA ++ 0x32 LANG_TSWANA ++ 0x33 LANG_VENDA ++ 0x34 LANG_XHOSA ++ 0x35 LANG_ZULU ++ 0x36 LANG_AFRIKAANS ++ 0x37 LANG_GEORGIAN ++ 0x38 LANG_FAEROESE ++ 0x39 LANG_HINDI ++ 0x3a LANG_MALTESE ++ 0x3b LANG_SAAMI ++ 0x3c LANG_GAELIC ++ 0x3d LANG_YIDDISH ++ 0x3e LANG_MALAY ++ 0x3f LANG_KAZAK ++ 0x40 LANG_KYRGYZ ++ 0x41 LANG_SWAHILI ++ 0x42 LANG_TURKMEN ++ 0x43 LANG_UZBEK ++ 0x44 LANG_TATAR ++ 0x45 LANG_BENGALI ++ 0x46 LANG_PUNJABI ++ 0x47 LANG_GUJARATI ++ 0x48 LANG_ORIYA ++ 0x49 LANG_TAMIL ++ 0x4a LANG_TELUGU ++ 0x4b LANG_KANNADA ++ 0x4c LANG_MALAYALAM ++ 0x4d LANG_ASSAMESE ++ 0x4e LANG_MARATHI ++ 0x4f LANG_SANSKRIT ++ 0x50 LANG_MONGOLIAN ++ 0x51 LANG_TIBETAN ++ 0x52 LANG_WELSH ++ 0x53 LANG_CAMBODIAN ++ 0x54 LANG_LAO ++ 0x55 LANG_BURMESE ++ 0x56 LANG_GALICIAN ++ 0x57 LANG_KONKANI ++ 0x58 LANG_MANIPURI ++ 0x59 LANG_SINDHI ++ 0x5a LANG_SYRIAC ++ 0x5b LANG_SINHALESE ++ 0x5c LANG_CHEROKEE ++ 0x5d LANG_INUKTITUT ++ 0x5e LANG_AMHARIC ++ 0x5f LANG_TAMAZIGHT ++ 0x60 LANG_KASHMIRI ++ 0x61 LANG_NEPALI ++ 0x62 LANG_FRISIAN ++ 0x63 LANG_PASHTO ++ 0x64 LANG_TAGALOG ++ 0x65 LANG_DIVEHI ++ 0x66 LANG_EDO ++ 0x67 LANG_FULFULDE ++ 0x68 LANG_HAUSA ++ 0x69 LANG_IBIBIO ++ 0x6a LANG_YORUBA ++ 0x70 LANG_IGBO ++ 0x71 LANG_KANURI ++ 0x72 LANG_OROMO ++ 0x73 LANG_TIGRINYA ++ 0x74 LANG_GUARANI ++ 0x75 LANG_HAWAIIAN ++ 0x76 LANG_LATIN ++ 0x77 LANG_SOMALI ++ 0x78 LANG_YI ++ 0x79 LANG_PAPIAMENTU ++*/ ++/* Mingw headers don't have latest language and sublanguage codes. */ ++# ifndef LANG_AFRIKAANS ++# define LANG_AFRIKAANS 0x36 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_ALBANIAN ++# define LANG_ALBANIAN 0x1c ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_AMHARIC ++# define LANG_AMHARIC 0x5e ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_ARABIC ++# define LANG_ARABIC 0x01 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_ARMENIAN ++# define LANG_ARMENIAN 0x2b ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_ASSAMESE ++# define LANG_ASSAMESE 0x4d ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_AZERI ++# define LANG_AZERI 0x2c ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_BASQUE ++# define LANG_BASQUE 0x2d ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_BELARUSIAN ++# define LANG_BELARUSIAN 0x23 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_BENGALI ++# define LANG_BENGALI 0x45 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_BURMESE ++# define LANG_BURMESE 0x55 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_CAMBODIAN ++# define LANG_CAMBODIAN 0x53 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_CATALAN ++# define LANG_CATALAN 0x03 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_CHEROKEE ++# define LANG_CHEROKEE 0x5c ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_DIVEHI ++# define LANG_DIVEHI 0x65 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_EDO ++# define LANG_EDO 0x66 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_ESTONIAN ++# define LANG_ESTONIAN 0x25 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_FAEROESE ++# define LANG_FAEROESE 0x38 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_FARSI ++# define LANG_FARSI 0x29 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_FRISIAN ++# define LANG_FRISIAN 0x62 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_FULFULDE ++# define LANG_FULFULDE 0x67 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_GAELIC ++# define LANG_GAELIC 0x3c ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_GALICIAN ++# define LANG_GALICIAN 0x56 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_GEORGIAN ++# define LANG_GEORGIAN 0x37 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_GUARANI ++# define LANG_GUARANI 0x74 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_GUJARATI ++# define LANG_GUJARATI 0x47 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_HAUSA ++# define LANG_HAUSA 0x68 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_HAWAIIAN ++# define LANG_HAWAIIAN 0x75 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_HEBREW ++# define LANG_HEBREW 0x0d ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_HINDI ++# define LANG_HINDI 0x39 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_IBIBIO ++# define LANG_IBIBIO 0x69 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_IGBO ++# define LANG_IGBO 0x70 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_INDONESIAN ++# define LANG_INDONESIAN 0x21 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_INUKTITUT ++# define LANG_INUKTITUT 0x5d ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_KANNADA ++# define LANG_KANNADA 0x4b ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_KANURI ++# define LANG_KANURI 0x71 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_KASHMIRI ++# define LANG_KASHMIRI 0x60 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_KAZAK ++# define LANG_KAZAK 0x3f ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_KONKANI ++# define LANG_KONKANI 0x57 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_KYRGYZ ++# define LANG_KYRGYZ 0x40 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_LAO ++# define LANG_LAO 0x54 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_LATIN ++# define LANG_LATIN 0x76 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_LATVIAN ++# define LANG_LATVIAN 0x26 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_LITHUANIAN ++# define LANG_LITHUANIAN 0x27 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_MACEDONIAN ++# define LANG_MACEDONIAN 0x2f ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_MALAY ++# define LANG_MALAY 0x3e ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_MALAYALAM ++# define LANG_MALAYALAM 0x4c ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_MALTESE ++# define LANG_MALTESE 0x3a ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_MANIPURI ++# define LANG_MANIPURI 0x58 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_MARATHI ++# define LANG_MARATHI 0x4e ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_MONGOLIAN ++# define LANG_MONGOLIAN 0x50 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_NEPALI ++# define LANG_NEPALI 0x61 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_ORIYA ++# define LANG_ORIYA 0x48 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_OROMO ++# define LANG_OROMO 0x72 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_PAPIAMENTU ++# define LANG_PAPIAMENTU 0x79 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_PASHTO ++# define LANG_PASHTO 0x63 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_PUNJABI ++# define LANG_PUNJABI 0x46 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_RHAETO_ROMANCE ++# define LANG_RHAETO_ROMANCE 0x17 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_SAAMI ++# define LANG_SAAMI 0x3b ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_SANSKRIT ++# define LANG_SANSKRIT 0x4f ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_SERBIAN ++# define LANG_SERBIAN 0x1a ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_SINDHI ++# define LANG_SINDHI 0x59 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_SINHALESE ++# define LANG_SINHALESE 0x5b ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_SLOVAK ++# define LANG_SLOVAK 0x1b ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_SOMALI ++# define LANG_SOMALI 0x77 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_SORBIAN ++# define LANG_SORBIAN 0x2e ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_SUTU ++# define LANG_SUTU 0x30 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_SWAHILI ++# define LANG_SWAHILI 0x41 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_SYRIAC ++# define LANG_SYRIAC 0x5a ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_TAGALOG ++# define LANG_TAGALOG 0x64 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_TAJIK ++# define LANG_TAJIK 0x28 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_TAMAZIGHT ++# define LANG_TAMAZIGHT 0x5f ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_TAMIL ++# define LANG_TAMIL 0x49 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_TATAR ++# define LANG_TATAR 0x44 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_TELUGU ++# define LANG_TELUGU 0x4a ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_THAI ++# define LANG_THAI 0x1e ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_TIBETAN ++# define LANG_TIBETAN 0x51 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_TIGRINYA ++# define LANG_TIGRINYA 0x73 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_TSONGA ++# define LANG_TSONGA 0x31 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_TSWANA ++# define LANG_TSWANA 0x32 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_TURKMEN ++# define LANG_TURKMEN 0x42 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_UKRAINIAN ++# define LANG_UKRAINIAN 0x22 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_URDU ++# define LANG_URDU 0x20 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_UZBEK ++# define LANG_UZBEK 0x43 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_VENDA ++# define LANG_VENDA 0x33 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_VIETNAMESE ++# define LANG_VIETNAMESE 0x2a ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_WELSH ++# define LANG_WELSH 0x52 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_XHOSA ++# define LANG_XHOSA 0x34 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_YI ++# define LANG_YI 0x78 ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_YIDDISH ++# define LANG_YIDDISH 0x3d ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_YORUBA ++# define LANG_YORUBA 0x6a ++# endif ++# ifndef LANG_ZULU ++# define LANG_ZULU 0x35 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA ++# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA 0x01 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ ++# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ 0x02 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT ++# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT 0x03 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA ++# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA 0x04 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA ++# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA 0x05 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO ++# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO 0x06 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA ++# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA 0x07 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN ++# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN 0x08 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN ++# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN 0x09 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA ++# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA 0x0a ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN ++# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN 0x0b ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON ++# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON 0x0c ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT ++# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT 0x0d ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE ++# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE 0x0e ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN ++# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN 0x0f ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR ++# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR 0x10 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN ++# define SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN 0x01 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC ++# define SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC 0x02 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_BENGALI_INDIA ++# define SUBLANG_BENGALI_INDIA 0x00 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_BENGALI_BANGLADESH ++# define SUBLANG_BENGALI_BANGLADESH 0x01 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU ++# define SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU 0x05 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA ++# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x07 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA ++# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA 0x08 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN ++# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN 0x09 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE ++# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE 0x0a ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD ++# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD 0x0b ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE ++# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE 0x0c ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES ++# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES 0x0d ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_INDONESIA ++# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_INDONESIA 0x0e ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_HONGKONG ++# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_HONGKONG 0x0f ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_INDIA ++# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_INDIA 0x10 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_MALAYSIA ++# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_MALAYSIA 0x11 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SINGAPORE ++# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SINGAPORE 0x12 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG ++# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG 0x05 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO ++# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO 0x06 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_WESTINDIES ++# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_WESTINDIES 0x07 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_REUNION ++# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_REUNION 0x08 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_CONGO ++# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_CONGO 0x09 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_SENEGAL ++# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_SENEGAL 0x0a ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_CAMEROON ++# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_CAMEROON 0x0b ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_COTEDIVOIRE ++# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_COTEDIVOIRE 0x0c ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_MALI ++# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_MALI 0x0d ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_MOROCCO ++# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_MOROCCO 0x0e ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_HAITI ++# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_HAITI 0x0f ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG ++# define SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG 0x04 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN ++# define SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN 0x05 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA ++# define SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA 0x02 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA ++# define SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA 0x01 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM ++# define SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM 0x02 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA ++# define SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA 0x02 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_PUNJABI_INDIA ++# define SUBLANG_PUNJABI_INDIA 0x00 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_PUNJABI_PAKISTAN ++# define SUBLANG_PUNJABI_PAKISTAN 0x01 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_ROMANIAN_ROMANIA ++# define SUBLANG_ROMANIAN_ROMANIA 0x00 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_ROMANIAN_MOLDOVA ++# define SUBLANG_ROMANIAN_MOLDOVA 0x01 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN ++# define SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN 0x02 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC ++# define SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC 0x03 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_SINDHI_INDIA ++# define SUBLANG_SINDHI_INDIA 0x00 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_SINDHI_PAKISTAN ++# define SUBLANG_SINDHI_PAKISTAN 0x01 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA ++# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA 0x04 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA ++# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA 0x05 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA ++# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA 0x06 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC ++# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC 0x07 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA ++# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA 0x08 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA ++# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA 0x09 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU ++# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU 0x0a ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA ++# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA 0x0b ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR ++# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR 0x0c ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE ++# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE 0x0d ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY ++# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY 0x0e ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY ++# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY 0x0f ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA ++# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA 0x10 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR ++# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR 0x11 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS ++# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS 0x12 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA ++# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA 0x13 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO ++# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO 0x14 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND ++# define SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND 0x02 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_TAMAZIGHT_ARABIC ++# define SUBLANG_TAMAZIGHT_ARABIC 0x01 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_TAMAZIGHT_LATIN ++# define SUBLANG_TAMAZIGHT_LATIN 0x02 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_TIGRINYA_ETHIOPIA ++# define SUBLANG_TIGRINYA_ETHIOPIA 0x00 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_TIGRINYA_ERITREA ++# define SUBLANG_TIGRINYA_ERITREA 0x01 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN ++# define SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN 0x01 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA ++# define SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA 0x02 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN ++# define SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN 0x01 ++# endif ++# ifndef SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC ++# define SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC 0x02 ++# endif ++#endif ++ ++/* XPG3 defines the result of 'setlocale (category, NULL)' as: ++ "Directs 'setlocale()' to query 'category' and return the current ++ setting of 'local'." ++ However it does not specify the exact format. Neither do SUSV2 and ++ ISO C 99. So we can use this feature only on selected systems (e.g. ++ those using GNU C Library). */ ++#if defined _LIBC || (defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && __GNU_LIBRARY__ >= 2) ++# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL ++#endif ++ ++/* Determine the current locale's name, and canonicalize it into XPG syntax ++ language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier] ++ The codeset part in the result is not reliable; the locale_charset() ++ should be used for codeset information instead. ++ The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated. */ ++ ++const char * ++_nl_locale_name (int category, const char *categoryname) ++{ ++ const char *retval; ++ ++#ifndef WIN32 ++ ++ /* Use the POSIX methods of looking to 'LC_ALL', 'LC_xxx', and 'LANG'. ++ On some systems this can be done by the 'setlocale' function itself. */ ++# if defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL ++ retval = setlocale (category, NULL); ++# else ++ /* Setting of LC_ALL overwrites all other. */ ++ retval = getenv ("LC_ALL"); ++ if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0') ++ { ++ /* Next comes the name of the desired category. */ ++ retval = getenv (categoryname); ++ if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0') ++ { ++ /* Last possibility is the LANG environment variable. */ ++ retval = getenv ("LANG"); ++ if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0') ++ /* We use C as the default domain. POSIX says this is ++ implementation defined. */ ++ retval = "C"; ++ } ++ } ++# endif ++ ++ return retval; ++ ++#else /* WIN32 */ ++ ++ /* Return an XPG style locale name language[_territory][@modifier]. ++ Don't even bother determining the codeset; it's not useful in this ++ context, because message catalogs are not specific to a single ++ codeset. */ ++ ++ LCID lcid; ++ LANGID langid; ++ int primary, sub; ++ ++ /* Let the user override the system settings through environment ++ variables, as on POSIX systems. */ ++ retval = getenv ("LC_ALL"); ++ if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0') ++ return retval; ++ retval = getenv (categoryname); ++ if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0') ++ return retval; ++ retval = getenv ("LANG"); ++ if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0') ++ return retval; ++ ++ /* Use native Win32 API locale ID. */ ++ lcid = GetThreadLocale (); ++ ++ /* Strip off the sorting rules, keep only the language part. */ ++ langid = LANGIDFROMLCID (lcid); ++ ++ /* Split into language and territory part. */ ++ primary = PRIMARYLANGID (langid); ++ sub = SUBLANGID (langid); ++ ++ /* Dispatch on language. ++ See also http://www.unicode.org/unicode/onlinedat/languages.html . ++ For details about languages, see http://www.ethnologue.com/ . */ ++ switch (primary) ++ { ++ case LANG_AFRIKAANS: return "af_ZA"; ++ case LANG_ALBANIAN: return "sq_AL"; ++ case LANG_AMHARIC: return "am_ET"; ++ case LANG_ARABIC: ++ switch (sub) ++ { ++ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA: return "ar_SA"; ++ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ: return "ar_IQ"; ++ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT: return "ar_EG"; ++ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA: return "ar_LY"; ++ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA: return "ar_DZ"; ++ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO: return "ar_MA"; ++ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA: return "ar_TN"; ++ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN: return "ar_OM"; ++ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN: return "ar_YE"; ++ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA: return "ar_SY"; ++ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN: return "ar_JO"; ++ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON: return "ar_LB"; ++ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT: return "ar_KW"; ++ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE: return "ar_AE"; ++ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN: return "ar_BH"; ++ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR: return "ar_QA"; ++ } ++ return "ar"; ++ case LANG_ARMENIAN: return "hy_AM"; ++ case LANG_ASSAMESE: return "as_IN"; ++ case LANG_AZERI: ++ switch (sub) ++ { ++ /* FIXME: Adjust this when Azerbaijani locales appear on Unix. */ ++ case SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN: return "az_AZ@latin"; ++ case SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC: return "az_AZ@cyrillic"; ++ } ++ return "az"; ++ case LANG_BASQUE: ++ return "eu"; /* Ambiguous: could be "eu_ES" or "eu_FR". */ ++ case LANG_BELARUSIAN: return "be_BY"; ++ case LANG_BENGALI: ++ switch (sub) ++ { ++ case SUBLANG_BENGALI_INDIA: return "bn_IN"; ++ case SUBLANG_BENGALI_BANGLADESH: return "bn_BD"; ++ } ++ return "bn"; ++ case LANG_BULGARIAN: return "bg_BG"; ++ case LANG_BURMESE: return "my_MM"; ++ case LANG_CAMBODIAN: return "km_KH"; ++ case LANG_CATALAN: return "ca_ES"; ++ case LANG_CHEROKEE: return "chr_US"; ++ case LANG_CHINESE: ++ switch (sub) ++ { ++ case SUBLANG_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL: return "zh_TW"; ++ case SUBLANG_CHINESE_SIMPLIFIED: return "zh_CN"; ++ case SUBLANG_CHINESE_HONGKONG: return "zh_HK"; ++ case SUBLANG_CHINESE_SINGAPORE: return "zh_SG"; ++ case SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU: return "zh_MO"; ++ } ++ return "zh"; ++ case LANG_CROATIAN: /* LANG_CROATIAN == LANG_SERBIAN ++ * What used to be called Serbo-Croatian ++ * should really now be two separate ++ * languages because of political reasons. ++ * (Says tml, who knows nothing about Serbian ++ * or Croatian.) ++ * (I can feel those flames coming already.) ++ */ ++ switch (sub) ++ { ++ case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "hr_HR"; ++ case SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN: return "sr_CS"; ++ case SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC: return "sr_CS@cyrillic"; ++ } ++ return "hr"; ++ case LANG_CZECH: return "cs_CZ"; ++ case LANG_DANISH: return "da_DK"; ++ case LANG_DIVEHI: return "dv_MV"; ++ case LANG_DUTCH: ++ switch (sub) ++ { ++ case SUBLANG_DUTCH: return "nl_NL"; ++ case SUBLANG_DUTCH_BELGIAN: /* FLEMISH, VLAAMS */ return "nl_BE"; ++ } ++ return "nl"; ++ case LANG_EDO: return "bin_NG"; ++ case LANG_ENGLISH: ++ switch (sub) ++ { ++ /* SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US == SUBLANG_DEFAULT. Heh. I thought ++ * English was the language spoken in England. ++ * Oh well. ++ */ ++ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US: return "en_US"; ++ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_UK: return "en_GB"; ++ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_AUS: return "en_AU"; ++ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CAN: return "en_CA"; ++ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_NZ: return "en_NZ"; ++ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_EIRE: return "en_IE"; ++ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA: return "en_ZA"; ++ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA: return "en_JM"; ++ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN: return "en_GD"; /* Grenada? */ ++ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE: return "en_BZ"; ++ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD: return "en_TT"; ++ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE: return "en_ZW"; ++ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES: return "en_PH"; ++ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_INDONESIA: return "en_ID"; ++ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_HONGKONG: return "en_HK"; ++ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_INDIA: return "en_IN"; ++ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_MALAYSIA: return "en_MY"; ++ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SINGAPORE: return "en_SG"; ++ } ++ return "en"; ++ case LANG_ESTONIAN: return "et_EE"; ++ case LANG_FAEROESE: return "fo_FO"; ++ case LANG_FARSI: return "fa_IR"; ++ case LANG_FINNISH: return "fi_FI"; ++ case LANG_FRENCH: ++ switch (sub) ++ { ++ case SUBLANG_FRENCH: return "fr_FR"; ++ case SUBLANG_FRENCH_BELGIAN: /* WALLOON */ return "fr_BE"; ++ case SUBLANG_FRENCH_CANADIAN: return "fr_CA"; ++ case SUBLANG_FRENCH_SWISS: return "fr_CH"; ++ case SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG: return "fr_LU"; ++ case SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO: return "fr_MC"; ++ case SUBLANG_FRENCH_WESTINDIES: return "fr"; /* Caribbean? */ ++ case SUBLANG_FRENCH_REUNION: return "fr_RE"; ++ case SUBLANG_FRENCH_CONGO: return "fr_CG"; ++ case SUBLANG_FRENCH_SENEGAL: return "fr_SN"; ++ case SUBLANG_FRENCH_CAMEROON: return "fr_CM"; ++ case SUBLANG_FRENCH_COTEDIVOIRE: return "fr_CI"; ++ case SUBLANG_FRENCH_MALI: return "fr_ML"; ++ case SUBLANG_FRENCH_MOROCCO: return "fr_MA"; ++ case SUBLANG_FRENCH_HAITI: return "fr_HT"; ++ } ++ return "fr"; ++ case LANG_FRISIAN: return "fy_NL"; ++ case LANG_FULFULDE: ++ /* Spoken in Nigeria, Guinea, Senegal, Mali, Niger, Cameroon, Benin. */ ++ return "ff_NG"; ++ case LANG_GAELIC: ++ switch (sub) ++ { ++ case 0x01: /* SCOTTISH */ return "gd_GB"; ++ case 0x02: /* IRISH */ return "ga_IE"; ++ } ++ return "C"; ++ case LANG_GALICIAN: return "gl_ES"; ++ case LANG_GEORGIAN: return "ka_GE"; ++ case LANG_GERMAN: ++ switch (sub) ++ { ++ case SUBLANG_GERMAN: return "de_DE"; ++ case SUBLANG_GERMAN_SWISS: return "de_CH"; ++ case SUBLANG_GERMAN_AUSTRIAN: return "de_AT"; ++ case SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG: return "de_LU"; ++ case SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN: return "de_LI"; ++ } ++ return "de"; ++ case LANG_GREEK: return "el_GR"; ++ case LANG_GUARANI: return "gn_PY"; ++ case LANG_GUJARATI: return "gu_IN"; ++ case LANG_HAUSA: return "ha_NG"; ++ case LANG_HAWAIIAN: ++ /* FIXME: Do they mean Hawaiian ("haw_US", 1000 speakers) ++ or Hawaii Creole English ("cpe_US", 600000 speakers)? */ ++ return "cpe_US"; ++ case LANG_HEBREW: return "he_IL"; ++ case LANG_HINDI: return "hi_IN"; ++ case LANG_HUNGARIAN: return "hu_HU"; ++ case LANG_IBIBIO: return "nic_NG"; ++ case LANG_ICELANDIC: return "is_IS"; ++ case LANG_IGBO: return "ig_NG"; ++ case LANG_INDONESIAN: return "id_ID"; ++ case LANG_INUKTITUT: return "iu_CA"; ++ case LANG_ITALIAN: ++ switch (sub) ++ { ++ case SUBLANG_ITALIAN: return "it_IT"; ++ case SUBLANG_ITALIAN_SWISS: return "it_CH"; ++ } ++ return "it"; ++ case LANG_JAPANESE: return "ja_JP"; ++ case LANG_KANNADA: return "kn_IN"; ++ case LANG_KANURI: return "kr_NG"; ++ case LANG_KASHMIRI: ++ switch (sub) ++ { ++ case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "ks_PK"; ++ case SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA: return "ks_IN"; ++ } ++ return "ks"; ++ case LANG_KAZAK: return "kk_KZ"; ++ case LANG_KONKANI: ++ /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix. */ ++ return "kok_IN"; ++ case LANG_KOREAN: return "ko_KR"; ++ case LANG_KYRGYZ: return "ky_KG"; ++ case LANG_LAO: return "lo_LA"; ++ case LANG_LATIN: return "la_VA"; ++ case LANG_LATVIAN: return "lv_LV"; ++ case LANG_LITHUANIAN: return "lt_LT"; ++ case LANG_MACEDONIAN: return "mk_MK"; ++ case LANG_MALAY: ++ switch (sub) ++ { ++ case SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA: return "ms_MY"; ++ case SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM: return "ms_BN"; ++ } ++ return "ms"; ++ case LANG_MALAYALAM: return "ml_IN"; ++ case LANG_MALTESE: return "mt_MT"; ++ case LANG_MANIPURI: ++ /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix. */ ++ return "mni_IN"; ++ case LANG_MARATHI: return "mr_IN"; ++ case LANG_MONGOLIAN: ++ return "mn"; /* Ambiguous: could be "mn_CN" or "mn_MN". */ ++ case LANG_NEPALI: ++ switch (sub) ++ { ++ case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "ne_NP"; ++ case SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA: return "ne_IN"; ++ } ++ return "ne"; ++ case LANG_NORWEGIAN: ++ switch (sub) ++ { ++ case SUBLANG_NORWEGIAN_BOKMAL: return "no_NO"; ++ case SUBLANG_NORWEGIAN_NYNORSK: return "nn_NO"; ++ } ++ return "no"; ++ case LANG_ORIYA: return "or_IN"; ++ case LANG_OROMO: return "om_ET"; ++ case LANG_PAPIAMENTU: return "pap_AN"; ++ case LANG_PASHTO: ++ return "ps"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ps_PK" or "ps_AF". */ ++ case LANG_POLISH: return "pl_PL"; ++ case LANG_PORTUGUESE: ++ switch (sub) ++ { ++ case SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE: return "pt_PT"; ++ /* Hmm. SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE_BRAZILIAN == SUBLANG_DEFAULT. ++ Same phenomenon as SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US == SUBLANG_DEFAULT. */ ++ case SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE_BRAZILIAN: return "pt_BR"; ++ } ++ return "pt"; ++ case LANG_PUNJABI: ++ switch (sub) ++ { ++ case SUBLANG_PUNJABI_INDIA: return "pa_IN"; /* Gurmukhi script */ ++ case SUBLANG_PUNJABI_PAKISTAN: return "pa_PK"; /* Arabic script */ ++ } ++ return "pa"; ++ case LANG_RHAETO_ROMANCE: return "rm_CH"; ++ case LANG_ROMANIAN: ++ switch (sub) ++ { ++ case SUBLANG_ROMANIAN_ROMANIA: return "ro_RO"; ++ case SUBLANG_ROMANIAN_MOLDOVA: return "ro_MD"; ++ } ++ return "ro"; ++ case LANG_RUSSIAN: ++ return "ru"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ru_RU" or "ru_UA" or "ru_MD". */ ++ case LANG_SAAMI: /* actually Northern Sami */ return "se_NO"; ++ case LANG_SANSKRIT: return "sa_IN"; ++ case LANG_SINDHI: ++ switch (sub) ++ { ++ case SUBLANG_SINDHI_INDIA: return "sd_IN"; ++ case SUBLANG_SINDHI_PAKISTAN: return "sd_PK"; ++ } ++ return "sd"; ++ case LANG_SINHALESE: return "si_LK"; ++ case LANG_SLOVAK: return "sk_SK"; ++ case LANG_SLOVENIAN: return "sl_SI"; ++ case LANG_SOMALI: return "so_SO"; ++ case LANG_SORBIAN: ++ /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix. */ ++ return "wen_DE"; ++ case LANG_SPANISH: ++ switch (sub) ++ { ++ case SUBLANG_SPANISH: return "es_ES"; ++ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_MEXICAN: return "es_MX"; ++ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_MODERN: ++ return "es_ES@modern"; /* not seen on Unix */ ++ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA: return "es_GT"; ++ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA: return "es_CR"; ++ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA: return "es_PA"; ++ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC: return "es_DO"; ++ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA: return "es_VE"; ++ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA: return "es_CO"; ++ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU: return "es_PE"; ++ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA: return "es_AR"; ++ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR: return "es_EC"; ++ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE: return "es_CL"; ++ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY: return "es_UY"; ++ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY: return "es_PY"; ++ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA: return "es_BO"; ++ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR: return "es_SV"; ++ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS: return "es_HN"; ++ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA: return "es_NI"; ++ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO: return "es_PR"; ++ } ++ return "es"; ++ case LANG_SUTU: return "bnt_TZ"; /* or "st_LS" or "nso_ZA"? */ ++ case LANG_SWAHILI: return "sw_KE"; ++ case LANG_SWEDISH: ++ switch (sub) ++ { ++ case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "sv_SE"; ++ case SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND: return "sv_FI"; ++ } ++ return "sv"; ++ case LANG_SYRIAC: return "syr_TR"; /* An extinct language. */ ++ case LANG_TAGALOG: return "tl_PH"; ++ case LANG_TAJIK: return "tg_TJ"; ++ case LANG_TAMAZIGHT: ++ switch (sub) ++ { ++ /* FIXME: Adjust this when Tamazight locales appear on Unix. */ ++ case SUBLANG_TAMAZIGHT_ARABIC: return "ber_MA@arabic"; ++ case SUBLANG_TAMAZIGHT_LATIN: return "ber_MA@latin"; ++ } ++ return "ber_MA"; ++ case LANG_TAMIL: ++ return "ta"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ta_IN" or "ta_LK" or "ta_SG". */ ++ case LANG_TATAR: return "tt_RU"; ++ case LANG_TELUGU: return "te_IN"; ++ case LANG_THAI: return "th_TH"; ++ case LANG_TIBETAN: return "bo_CN"; ++ case LANG_TIGRINYA: ++ switch (sub) ++ { ++ case SUBLANG_TIGRINYA_ETHIOPIA: return "ti_ET"; ++ case SUBLANG_TIGRINYA_ERITREA: return "ti_ER"; ++ } ++ return "ti"; ++ case LANG_TSONGA: return "ts_ZA"; ++ case LANG_TSWANA: return "tn_BW"; ++ case LANG_TURKISH: return "tr_TR"; ++ case LANG_TURKMEN: return "tk_TM"; ++ case LANG_UKRAINIAN: return "uk_UA"; ++ case LANG_URDU: ++ switch (sub) ++ { ++ case SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN: return "ur_PK"; ++ case SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA: return "ur_IN"; ++ } ++ return "ur"; ++ case LANG_UZBEK: ++ switch (sub) ++ { ++ case SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN: return "uz_UZ"; ++ case SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC: return "uz_UZ@cyrillic"; ++ } ++ return "uz"; ++ case LANG_VENDA: return "ve_ZA"; ++ case LANG_VIETNAMESE: return "vi_VN"; ++ case LANG_WELSH: return "cy_GB"; ++ case LANG_XHOSA: return "xh_ZA"; ++ case LANG_YI: return "sit_CN"; ++ case LANG_YIDDISH: return "yi_IL"; ++ case LANG_YORUBA: return "yo_NG"; ++ case LANG_ZULU: return "zu_ZA"; ++ default: return "C"; ++ } ++ ++#endif ++} +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/log.c 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/log.c 2004-09-12 14:40:34.515723768 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ ++/* Log file output. ++ Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++ ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ any later version. ++ ++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. ++ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ ++ ++/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */ ++ ++#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H ++# include <config.h> ++#endif ++ ++#include <stdio.h> ++#include <stdlib.h> ++#include <string.h> ++ ++/* Print an ASCII string with quotes and escape sequences where needed. */ ++static void ++print_escaped (FILE *stream, const char *str) ++{ ++ putc ('"', stream); ++ for (; *str != '\0'; str++) ++ if (*str == '\n') ++ { ++ fputs ("\\n\"", stream); ++ if (str[1] == '\0') ++ return; ++ fputs ("\n\"", stream); ++ } ++ else ++ { ++ if (*str == '"' || *str == '\\') ++ putc ('\\', stream); ++ putc (*str, stream); ++ } ++ putc ('"', stream); ++} ++ ++/* Add to the log file an entry denoting a failed translation. */ ++void ++_nl_log_untranslated (const char *logfilename, const char *domainname, ++ const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, int plural) ++{ ++ static char *last_logfilename = NULL; ++ static FILE *last_logfile = NULL; ++ FILE *logfile; ++ ++ /* Can we reuse the last opened logfile? */ ++ if (last_logfilename == NULL || strcmp (logfilename, last_logfilename) != 0) ++ { ++ /* Close the last used logfile. */ ++ if (last_logfilename != NULL) ++ { ++ if (last_logfile != NULL) ++ { ++ fclose (last_logfile); ++ last_logfile = NULL; ++ } ++ free (last_logfilename); ++ last_logfilename = NULL; ++ } ++ /* Open the logfile. */ ++ last_logfilename = (char *) malloc (strlen (logfilename) + 1); ++ if (last_logfilename == NULL) ++ return; ++ strcpy (last_logfilename, logfilename); ++ last_logfile = fopen (logfilename, "a"); ++ if (last_logfile == NULL) ++ return; ++ } ++ logfile = last_logfile; ++ ++ fprintf (logfile, "domain "); ++ print_escaped (logfile, domainname); ++ fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgid "); ++ print_escaped (logfile, msgid1); ++ if (plural) ++ { ++ fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgid_plural "); ++ print_escaped (logfile, msgid2); ++ fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgstr[0] \"\"\n"); ++ } ++ else ++ fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgstr \"\"\n"); ++ putc ('\n', logfile); ++} +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/Makefile.in 1998-04-26 09:22:35.000000000 -0400 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/Makefile.in 2004-09-12 14:40:34.521722856 -0400 +@@ -1,19 +1,20 @@ +-# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling in GNU NLS Utilities. +-# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling library of GNU gettext ++# Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + # +-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + # any later version. + # + # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +-# GNU General Public License for more details. ++# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++# Library General Public License for more details. + # +-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. ++# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++# USA. + + PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ + VERSION = @VERSION@ +@@ -23,118 +24,341 @@ + srcdir = @srcdir@ + top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ + top_builddir = .. +-VPATH = @srcdir@ ++#VPATH = $(srcdir) + + prefix = @prefix@ + exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ + transform = @program_transform_name@ +-libdir = $(exec_prefix)/lib +-includedir = $(prefix)/include +-datadir = $(prefix)/@DATADIRNAME@ ++libdir = @libdir@ ++includedir = @includedir@ ++datadir = @datadir@ + localedir = $(datadir)/locale +-gnulocaledir = $(prefix)/share/locale +-gettextsrcdir = @datadir@/gettext/intl +-aliaspath = $(localedir):. ++gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/intl ++aliaspath = $(localedir) + subdir = intl + + INSTALL = @INSTALL@ + INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ + MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ ++mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(MKINSTALLDIRS) + +-l = @l@ ++l = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@ + + AR = ar + CC = @CC@ + LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ + RANLIB = @RANLIB@ ++YACC = @INTLBISON@ -y -d ++YFLAGS = --name-prefix=__gettext + +-DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DGNULOCALEDIR=\"$(gnulocaledir)\" \ +--DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" @DEFS@ ++DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" \ ++-DLIBDIR=\"$(libdir)\" -DIN_LIBINTL \ ++-DENABLE_RELOCATABLE=1 -DIN_LIBRARY -DINSTALLDIR=\"$(libdir)\" -DNO_XMALLOC \ ++-Dset_relocation_prefix=libintl_set_relocation_prefix \ ++-Drelocate=libintl_relocate \ ++-DDEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV=1 @DEFS@ + CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ + CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ + LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ ++LIBS = @LIBS@ + + COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) + +-HEADERS = $(COMHDRS) libgettext.h loadinfo.h +-COMHDRS = gettext.h gettextP.h hash-string.h +-SOURCES = $(COMSRCS) intl-compat.c cat-compat.c +-COMSRCS = bindtextdom.c dcgettext.c dgettext.c gettext.c \ +-finddomain.c loadmsgcat.c localealias.c textdomain.c l10nflist.c \ +-explodename.c +-OBJECTS = @INTLOBJS@ bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dgettext.$lo gettext.$lo \ +-finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo textdomain.$lo l10nflist.$lo \ +-explodename.$lo +-CATOBJS = cat-compat.$lo ../po/cat-id-tbl.$lo +-GETTOBJS = intl-compat.$lo +-DISTFILES.common = ChangeLog Makefile.in linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in \ +-xopen-msg.sed $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) ++HEADERS = \ ++ gmo.h \ ++ gettextP.h \ ++ hash-string.h \ ++ loadinfo.h \ ++ plural-exp.h \ ++ eval-plural.h \ ++ localcharset.h \ ++ relocatable.h \ ++ xsize.h \ ++ printf-args.h printf-args.c \ ++ printf-parse.h wprintf-parse.h printf-parse.c \ ++ vasnprintf.h vasnwprintf.h vasnprintf.c \ ++ os2compat.h \ ++ libgnuintl.h.in ++SOURCES = \ ++ bindtextdom.c \ ++ dcgettext.c \ ++ dgettext.c \ ++ gettext.c \ ++ finddomain.c \ ++ loadmsgcat.c \ ++ localealias.c \ ++ textdomain.c \ ++ l10nflist.c \ ++ explodename.c \ ++ dcigettext.c \ ++ dcngettext.c \ ++ dngettext.c \ ++ ngettext.c \ ++ plural.y \ ++ plural-exp.c \ ++ localcharset.c \ ++ relocatable.c \ ++ localename.c \ ++ log.c \ ++ printf.c \ ++ osdep.c \ ++ os2compat.c \ ++ intl-compat.c ++OBJECTS = \ ++ bindtextdom.$lo \ ++ dcgettext.$lo \ ++ dgettext.$lo \ ++ gettext.$lo \ ++ finddomain.$lo \ ++ loadmsgcat.$lo \ ++ localealias.$lo \ ++ textdomain.$lo \ ++ l10nflist.$lo \ ++ explodename.$lo \ ++ dcigettext.$lo \ ++ dcngettext.$lo \ ++ dngettext.$lo \ ++ ngettext.$lo \ ++ plural.$lo \ ++ plural-exp.$lo \ ++ localcharset.$lo \ ++ relocatable.$lo \ ++ localename.$lo \ ++ log.$lo \ ++ printf.$lo \ ++ osdep.$lo \ ++ intl-compat.$lo ++DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in \ ++config.charset locale.alias ref-add.sin ref-del.sin $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) ++DISTFILES.generated = plural.c + DISTFILES.normal = VERSION +-DISTFILES.gettext = libintl.glibc intlh.inst.in ++DISTFILES.gettext = COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 libintl.glibc \ ++libgnuintl.h_vms Makefile.vms \ ++libgnuintl.h.msvc-static libgnuintl.h.msvc-shared README.woe32 Makefile.msvc ++DISTFILES.obsolete = xopen-msg.sed linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in cat-compat.c \ ++COPYING.LIB-2 gettext.h libgettext.h plural-eval.c libgnuintl.h ++ ++all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ ++all-yes: libintl.$la libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed ++all-no: all-no-@BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ ++all-no-yes: libgnuintl.$la ++all-no-no: ++ ++libintl.a libgnuintl.a: $(OBJECTS) ++ rm -f $@ ++ $(AR) cru $@ $(OBJECTS) ++ $(RANLIB) $@ ++ ++libintl.la libgnuintl.la: $(OBJECTS) ++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=link \ ++ $(CC) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ \ ++ $(OBJECTS) @LTLIBICONV@ $(LIBS) -lc \ ++ -version-info $(LTV_CURRENT):$(LTV_REVISION):$(LTV_AGE) \ ++ -rpath $(libdir) \ ++ -no-undefined ++ ++# Libtool's library version information for libintl. ++# Before making a gettext release, the gettext maintainer must change this ++# according to the libtool documentation, section "Library interface versions". ++# Maintainers of other packages that include the intl directory must *not* ++# change these values. ++LTV_CURRENT=7 ++LTV_REVISION=0 ++LTV_AGE=4 + + .SUFFIXES: +-.SUFFIXES: .c .o .lo ++.SUFFIXES: .c .y .o .lo .sin .sed ++ + .c.o: + $(COMPILE) $< +-.c.lo: +- $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $< + +-INCLUDES = -I.. -I. -I$(top_srcdir)/intl -I$(top_srcdir)/lib ++.y.c: ++ $(YACC) $(YFLAGS) --output $@ $< ++ rm -f $*.h + +-all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ ++bindtextdom.lo: $(srcdir)/bindtextdom.c ++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/bindtextdom.c ++dcgettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcgettext.c ++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcgettext.c ++dgettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dgettext.c ++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dgettext.c ++gettext.lo: $(srcdir)/gettext.c ++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/gettext.c ++finddomain.lo: $(srcdir)/finddomain.c ++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/finddomain.c ++loadmsgcat.lo: $(srcdir)/loadmsgcat.c ++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/loadmsgcat.c ++localealias.lo: $(srcdir)/localealias.c ++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localealias.c ++textdomain.lo: $(srcdir)/textdomain.c ++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/textdomain.c ++l10nflist.lo: $(srcdir)/l10nflist.c ++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/l10nflist.c ++explodename.lo: $(srcdir)/explodename.c ++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/explodename.c ++dcigettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcigettext.c ++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcigettext.c ++dcngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcngettext.c ++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcngettext.c ++dngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dngettext.c ++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dngettext.c ++ngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/ngettext.c ++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/ngettext.c ++plural.lo: $(srcdir)/plural.c ++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/plural.c ++plural-exp.lo: $(srcdir)/plural-exp.c ++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/plural-exp.c ++localcharset.lo: $(srcdir)/localcharset.c ++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localcharset.c ++relocatable.lo: $(srcdir)/relocatable.c ++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/relocatable.c ++localename.lo: $(srcdir)/localename.c ++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localename.c ++log.lo: $(srcdir)/log.c ++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/log.c ++printf.lo: $(srcdir)/printf.c ++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/printf.c ++osdep.lo: $(srcdir)/osdep.c ++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/osdep.c ++intl-compat.lo: $(srcdir)/intl-compat.c ++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/intl-compat.c + +-all-yes: libintl.$la intlh.inst +-all-no: ++ref-add.sed: $(srcdir)/ref-add.sin ++ sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $(srcdir)/ref-add.sin > t-ref-add.sed ++ mv t-ref-add.sed ref-add.sed ++ref-del.sed: $(srcdir)/ref-del.sin ++ sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $(srcdir)/ref-del.sin > t-ref-del.sed ++ mv t-ref-del.sed ref-del.sed + +-libintl.a: $(OBJECTS) +- rm -f $@ +- $(AR) cru $@ $(OBJECTS) +- $(RANLIB) $@ ++INCLUDES = -I. -I$(srcdir) -I.. + +-libintl.la: $(OBJECTS) +- $(LIBTOOL) --mode=link $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(OBJECTS) \ +- -version-info 1:0 -rpath $(libdir) ++libgnuintl.h: $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in ++ sed -e 's,@''HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF''@,@HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF@,g' \ ++ -e 's,@''HAVE_ASPRINTF''@,@HAVE_ASPRINTF@,g' \ ++ -e 's,@''HAVE_SNPRINTF''@,@HAVE_SNPRINTF@,g' \ ++ -e 's,@''HAVE_WPRINTF''@,@HAVE_WPRINTF@,g' \ ++ < $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in > libgnuintl.h + +-../po/cat-id-tbl.$lo: ../po/cat-id-tbl.c $(top_srcdir)/po/$(PACKAGE).pot +- cd ../po && $(MAKE) cat-id-tbl.$lo ++libintl.h: libgnuintl.h ++ cp libgnuintl.h libintl.h + +-check: all ++charset.alias: $(srcdir)/config.charset ++ $(SHELL) $(srcdir)/config.charset '@host@' > t-$@ ++ mv t-$@ $@ + +-# This installation goal is only used in GNU gettext. Packages which +-# only use the library should use install instead. ++check: all + + # We must not install the libintl.h/libintl.a files if we are on a +-# system which has the gettext() function in its C library or in a +-# separate library or use the catgets interface. A special case is +-# where configure found a previously installed GNU gettext library. ++# system which has the GNU gettext() function in its C library or in a ++# separate library. + # If you want to use the one which comes with this version of the + # package, you have to use `configure --with-included-gettext'. + install: install-exec install-data + install-exec: all +- if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \ +- && test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \ +- if test -r $(MKINSTALLDIRS); then \ +- $(MKINSTALLDIRS) $(libdir) $(includedir); \ +- else \ +- $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(libdir) $(includedir); \ ++ if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \ ++ && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ ++ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \ ++ $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.h $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \ ++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \ ++ $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \ ++ if test "@RELOCATABLE@" = yes; then \ ++ dependencies=`sed -n -e 's,^dependency_libs=\(.*\),\1,p' < $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.la | sed -e "s,^',," -e "s,'\$$,,"`; \ ++ if test -n "$$dependencies"; then \ ++ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.la; \ ++ fi; \ + fi; \ +- $(INSTALL_DATA) intlh.inst $(includedir)/libintl.h; \ +- $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.a $(libdir)/libintl.a; \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi +-install-data: all +- if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \ +- if test -r $(MKINSTALLDIRS); then \ +- $(MKINSTALLDIRS) $(gettextsrcdir); \ ++ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \ ++ && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no; then \ ++ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \ ++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \ ++ $(INSTALL_DATA) libgnuintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.$la; \ ++ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \ ++ $(INSTALL_DATA) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.so $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \ ++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \ ++ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.$la; \ ++ else \ ++ : ; \ ++ fi ++ if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ ++ test @GLIBC21@ != no || $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \ ++ temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \ ++ dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \ ++ if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \ ++ orig=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \ ++ sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \ ++ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ ++ rm -f $$temp; \ + else \ +- $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(gettextsrcdir); \ ++ if test @GLIBC21@ = no; then \ ++ orig=charset.alias; \ ++ sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \ ++ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ ++ rm -f $$temp; \ ++ fi; \ + fi; \ +- $(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(gettextsrcdir)/VERSION; \ +- dists="$(DISTFILES.common)"; \ ++ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \ ++ test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \ ++ && orig=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \ ++ || orig=$(srcdir)/locale.alias; \ ++ temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \ ++ dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \ ++ sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \ ++ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ ++ rm -f $$temp; \ ++ else \ ++ : ; \ ++ fi ++install-data: all ++ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ ++ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \ ++ $(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/VERSION; \ ++ $(INSTALL_DATA) ChangeLog.inst $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/ChangeLog; \ ++ dists="COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common)"; \ + for file in $$dists; do \ +- $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file $(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ ++ $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \ ++ $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ + done; \ ++ chmod a+x $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/config.charset; \ ++ dists="$(DISTFILES.generated)"; \ ++ for file in $$dists; do \ ++ if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \ ++ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$dir/$$file \ ++ $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ ++ done; \ ++ dists="$(DISTFILES.obsolete)"; \ ++ for file in $$dists; do \ ++ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ ++ done; \ ++ else \ ++ : ; \ ++ fi ++ ++install-strip: install ++ ++installdirs: ++ if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \ ++ && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ ++ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \ ++ else \ ++ : ; \ ++ fi ++ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \ ++ && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no; then \ ++ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \ ++ else \ ++ : ; \ ++ fi ++ if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ ++ test @GLIBC21@ != no || $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \ ++ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \ ++ else \ ++ : ; \ ++ fi ++ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ ++ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi +@@ -143,22 +367,76 @@ + installcheck: + + uninstall: +- dists="$(DISTFILES.common)"; \ +- for file in $$dists; do \ +- rm -f $(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ +- done ++ if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \ ++ && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ ++ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \ ++ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \ ++ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \ ++ else \ ++ : ; \ ++ fi ++ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \ ++ && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no; then \ ++ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \ ++ else \ ++ : ; \ ++ fi ++ if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ ++ if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \ ++ temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \ ++ dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \ ++ sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \ ++ if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \ ++ rm -f $$dest; \ ++ else \ ++ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ ++ fi; \ ++ rm -f $$temp; \ ++ fi; \ ++ if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; then \ ++ temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \ ++ dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \ ++ sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \ ++ if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \ ++ rm -f $$dest; \ ++ else \ ++ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ ++ fi; \ ++ rm -f $$temp; \ ++ fi; \ ++ else \ ++ : ; \ ++ fi ++ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ ++ for file in VERSION ChangeLog COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated); do \ ++ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ ++ done; \ ++ else \ ++ : ; \ ++ fi + +-info dvi: ++info dvi ps pdf html: + +-$(OBJECTS): ../config.h libgettext.h +-bindtextdom.$lo finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h loadinfo.h +-dcgettext.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h hash-string.h loadinfo.h ++$(OBJECTS): ../config.h libgnuintl.h ++bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dcigettext.$lo dcngettext.$lo dgettext.$lo dngettext.$lo finddomain.$lo gettext.$lo intl-compat.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo ngettext.$lo textdomain.$lo: $(srcdir)/gettextP.h $(srcdir)/gmo.h $(srcdir)/loadinfo.h ++dcigettext.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: $(srcdir)/hash-string.h ++explodename.$lo l10nflist.$lo: $(srcdir)/loadinfo.h ++dcigettext.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo plural.$lo plural-exp.$lo: $(srcdir)/plural-exp.h ++dcigettext.$lo: $(srcdir)/eval-plural.h ++localcharset.$lo: $(srcdir)/localcharset.h ++localealias.$lo localcharset.$lo relocatable.$lo: $(srcdir)/relocatable.h ++printf.$lo: $(srcdir)/printf-args.h $(srcdir)/printf-args.c $(srcdir)/printf-parse.h $(srcdir)/wprintf-parse.h $(srcdir)/xsize.h $(srcdir)/printf-parse.c $(srcdir)/vasnprintf.h $(srcdir)/vasnwprintf.h $(srcdir)/vasnprintf.c + + tags: TAGS + + TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) + here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) + ++ctags: CTAGS ++ ++CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) ++ here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && ctags -o $$here/CTAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) ++ + id: ID + + ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) +@@ -166,12 +444,19 @@ + + + mostlyclean: +- rm -f *.a *.o *.lo core core.* ++ rm -f *.a *.la *.o *.obj *.lo core core.* ++ rm -f libgnuintl.h libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed ++ rm -f -r .libs _libs + + clean: mostlyclean + + distclean: clean +- rm -f Makefile ID TAGS po2msg.sed po2tbl.sed libintl.h ++ rm -f Makefile ID TAGS ++ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ ++ rm -f ChangeLog.inst $(DISTFILES.normal); \ ++ else \ ++ : ; \ ++ fi + + maintainer-clean: distclean + @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;" +@@ -181,33 +466,27 @@ + # GNU gettext needs not contain the file `VERSION' but contains some + # other files which should not be distributed in other packages. + distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir) +-dist distdir: Makefile $(DISTFILES) +- if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \ +- additional="$(DISTFILES.gettext)"; \ ++dist distdir: Makefile ++ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ ++ : ; \ + else \ +- additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)"; \ +- fi; \ +- for file in $(DISTFILES.common) $$additional; do \ +- ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \ +- || cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \ +- done +- +-dist-libc: +- tar zcvf intl-glibc.tar.gz $(COMSRCS) $(COMHDRS) libintl.h.glibc +- +-Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status +- cd .. \ +- && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status ++ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime"; then \ ++ additional="$(DISTFILES.gettext)"; \ ++ else \ ++ additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)"; \ ++ fi; \ ++ $(MAKE) $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; \ ++ for file in ChangeLog $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; do \ ++ if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \ ++ cp -p $$dir/$$file $(distdir); \ ++ done; \ ++ fi + +-# The dependency for intlh.inst is different in gettext and all other +-# packages. Because we cannot you GNU make features we have to solve +-# the problem while rewriting Makefile.in. +-@GT_YES@intlh.inst: intlh.inst.in ../config.status +-@GT_YES@ cd .. \ +-@GT_YES@ && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= \ +-@GT_YES@ $(SHELL) ./config.status +-@GT_NO@.PHONY: intlh.inst +-@GT_NO@intlh.inst: ++Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status ++ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status ++# This would be more efficient, but doesn't work any more with autoconf-2.57, ++# when AC_CONFIG_FILES([intl/Makefile:somedir/Makefile.in]) is used. ++# cd $(top_builddir) && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status + + # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables. + # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/ngettext.c 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/ngettext.c 2004-09-12 14:40:34.533721032 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ ++/* Implementation of ngettext(3) function. ++ Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++ ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ any later version. ++ ++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. ++ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ ++ ++#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H ++# include <config.h> ++#endif ++ ++#ifdef _LIBC ++# define __need_NULL ++# include <stddef.h> ++#else ++# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */ ++#endif ++ ++#include "gettextP.h" ++#ifdef _LIBC ++# include <libintl.h> ++#else ++# include "libgnuintl.h" ++#endif ++ ++#include <locale.h> ++ ++/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ ++ ++/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash ++ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source ++ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ ++ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ ++#ifdef _LIBC ++# define NGETTEXT __ngettext ++# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext ++#else ++# define NGETTEXT libintl_ngettext ++# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext ++#endif ++ ++/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current ++ LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default ++ text). */ ++char * ++NGETTEXT (const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n) ++{ ++ return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES); ++} ++ ++#ifdef _LIBC ++/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ ++weak_alias (__ngettext, ngettext); ++#endif +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/os2compat.c 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/os2compat.c 2004-09-12 14:40:34.539720120 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ ++/* OS/2 compatibility functions. ++ Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++ ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ any later version. ++ ++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. ++ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ ++ ++#define OS2_AWARE ++#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H ++#include <config.h> ++#endif ++ ++#include <stdlib.h> ++#include <string.h> ++#include <sys/param.h> ++ ++/* A version of getenv() that works from DLLs */ ++extern unsigned long DosScanEnv (const unsigned char *pszName, unsigned char **ppszValue); ++ ++char * ++_nl_getenv (const char *name) ++{ ++ unsigned char *value; ++ if (DosScanEnv (name, &value)) ++ return NULL; ++ else ++ return value; ++} ++ ++/* A fixed size buffer. */ ++char libintl_nl_default_dirname[MAXPATHLEN+1]; ++ ++char *_nlos2_libdir = NULL; ++char *_nlos2_localealiaspath = NULL; ++char *_nlos2_localedir = NULL; ++ ++static __attribute__((constructor)) void ++nlos2_initialize () ++{ ++ char *root = getenv ("UNIXROOT"); ++ char *gnulocaledir = getenv ("GNULOCALEDIR"); ++ ++ _nlos2_libdir = gnulocaledir; ++ if (!_nlos2_libdir) ++ { ++ if (root) ++ { ++ size_t sl = strlen (root); ++ _nlos2_libdir = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LIBDIR) + 1); ++ memcpy (_nlos2_libdir, root, sl); ++ memcpy (_nlos2_libdir + sl, LIBDIR, strlen (LIBDIR) + 1); ++ } ++ else ++ _nlos2_libdir = LIBDIR; ++ } ++ ++ _nlos2_localealiaspath = gnulocaledir; ++ if (!_nlos2_localealiaspath) ++ { ++ if (root) ++ { ++ size_t sl = strlen (root); ++ _nlos2_localealiaspath = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH) + 1); ++ memcpy (_nlos2_localealiaspath, root, sl); ++ memcpy (_nlos2_localealiaspath + sl, LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH, strlen (LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH) + 1); ++ } ++ else ++ _nlos2_localealiaspath = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH; ++ } ++ ++ _nlos2_localedir = gnulocaledir; ++ if (!_nlos2_localedir) ++ { ++ if (root) ++ { ++ size_t sl = strlen (root); ++ _nlos2_localedir = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LOCALEDIR) + 1); ++ memcpy (_nlos2_localedir, root, sl); ++ memcpy (_nlos2_localedir + sl, LOCALEDIR, strlen (LOCALEDIR) + 1); ++ } ++ else ++ _nlos2_localedir = LOCALEDIR; ++ } ++ ++ if (strlen (_nlos2_localedir) <= MAXPATHLEN) ++ strcpy (libintl_nl_default_dirname, _nlos2_localedir); ++} +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/os2compat.h 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/os2compat.h 2004-09-12 14:40:34.544719360 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ ++/* OS/2 compatibility defines. ++ This file is intended to be included from config.h ++ Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++ ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ any later version. ++ ++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. ++ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ ++ ++/* When included from os2compat.h we need all the original definitions */ ++#ifndef OS2_AWARE ++ ++#undef LIBDIR ++#define LIBDIR _nlos2_libdir ++extern char *_nlos2_libdir; ++ ++#undef LOCALEDIR ++#define LOCALEDIR _nlos2_localedir ++extern char *_nlos2_localedir; ++ ++#undef LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH ++#define LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH _nlos2_localealiaspath ++extern char *_nlos2_localealiaspath; ++ ++#endif ++ ++#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP ++#define HAVE_STRCASECMP 1 ++#define strcasecmp stricmp ++#define strncasecmp strnicmp ++ ++/* We have our own getenv() which works even if library is compiled as DLL */ ++#define getenv _nl_getenv ++ ++/* Older versions of gettext used -1 as the value of LC_MESSAGES */ ++#define LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT (-1) +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/osdep.c 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/osdep.c 2004-09-12 14:40:34.550718448 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ ++/* OS dependent parts of libintl. ++ Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++ ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ any later version. ++ ++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. ++ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ ++ ++#if defined __EMX__ ++# include "os2compat.c" ++#else ++/* Avoid AIX compiler warning. */ ++typedef int dummy; ++#endif +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/plural.c 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/plural.c 2004-09-12 14:40:36.571411256 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,1490 @@ ++/* A Bison parser, made from plural.y ++ by GNU bison 1.35. */ ++ ++#define YYBISON 1 /* Identify Bison output. */ ++ ++#define yyparse __gettextparse ++#define yylex __gettextlex ++#define yyerror __gettexterror ++#define yylval __gettextlval ++#define yychar __gettextchar ++#define yydebug __gettextdebug ++#define yynerrs __gettextnerrs ++# define EQUOP2 257 ++# define CMPOP2 258 ++# define ADDOP2 259 ++# define MULOP2 260 ++# define NUMBER 261 ++ ++#line 1 "plural.y" ++ ++/* Expression parsing for plural form selection. ++ Copyright (C) 2000-2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++ Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000. ++ ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ any later version. ++ ++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. ++ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ ++ ++/* The bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this ++ declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's ++ skeleton file comes too late. This must come before <config.h> ++ because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers. */ ++#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__ ++ #pragma alloca ++#endif ++ ++#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H ++# include <config.h> ++#endif ++ ++#include <stddef.h> ++#include <stdlib.h> ++#include "plural-exp.h" ++ ++/* The main function generated by the parser is called __gettextparse, ++ but we want it to be called PLURAL_PARSE. */ ++#ifndef _LIBC ++# define __gettextparse PLURAL_PARSE ++#endif ++ ++#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp ++#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg ++ ++#line 49 "plural.y" ++#ifndef YYSTYPE ++typedef union { ++ unsigned long int num; ++ enum operator op; ++ struct expression *exp; ++} yystype; ++# define YYSTYPE yystype ++# define YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL 1 ++#endif ++#line 55 "plural.y" ++ ++/* Prototypes for local functions. */ ++static int yylex (YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp); ++static void yyerror (const char *str); ++ ++/* Allocation of expressions. */ ++ ++static struct expression * ++new_exp (int nargs, enum operator op, struct expression * const *args) ++{ ++ int i; ++ struct expression *newp; ++ ++ /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */ ++ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) ++ if (args[i] == NULL) ++ goto fail; ++ ++ /* Allocate a new expression. */ ++ newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); ++ if (newp != NULL) ++ { ++ newp->nargs = nargs; ++ newp->operation = op; ++ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) ++ newp->val.args[i] = args[i]; ++ return newp; ++ } ++ ++ fail: ++ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) ++ FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]); ++ ++ return NULL; ++} ++ ++static inline struct expression * ++new_exp_0 (enum operator op) ++{ ++ return new_exp (0, op, NULL); ++} ++ ++static inline struct expression * ++new_exp_1 (enum operator op, struct expression *right) ++{ ++ struct expression *args[1]; ++ ++ args[0] = right; ++ return new_exp (1, op, args); ++} ++ ++static struct expression * ++new_exp_2 (enum operator op, struct expression *left, struct expression *right) ++{ ++ struct expression *args[2]; ++ ++ args[0] = left; ++ args[1] = right; ++ return new_exp (2, op, args); ++} ++ ++static inline struct expression * ++new_exp_3 (enum operator op, struct expression *bexp, ++ struct expression *tbranch, struct expression *fbranch) ++{ ++ struct expression *args[3]; ++ ++ args[0] = bexp; ++ args[1] = tbranch; ++ args[2] = fbranch; ++ return new_exp (3, op, args); ++} ++ ++#ifndef YYDEBUG ++# define YYDEBUG 0 ++#endif ++ ++ ++ ++#define YYFINAL 27 ++#define YYFLAG -32768 ++#define YYNTBASE 16 ++ ++/* YYTRANSLATE(YYLEX) -- Bison token number corresponding to YYLEX. */ ++#define YYTRANSLATE(x) ((unsigned)(x) <= 261 ? yytranslate[x] : 18) ++ ++/* YYTRANSLATE[YYLEX] -- Bison token number corresponding to YYLEX. */ ++static const char yytranslate[] = ++{ ++ 0, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, ++ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, ++ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, ++ 2, 2, 2, 10, 2, 2, 2, 2, 5, 2, ++ 14, 15, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, ++ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 12, 2, ++ 2, 2, 2, 3, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, ++ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, ++ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, ++ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, ++ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, ++ 13, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, ++ 2, 2, 2, 2, 4, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, ++ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, ++ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, ++ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, ++ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, ++ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, ++ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, ++ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, ++ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, ++ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, ++ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, ++ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, ++ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, ++ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1, 6, 7, 8, ++ 9, 11 ++}; ++ ++#if YYDEBUG ++static const short yyprhs[] = ++{ ++ 0, 0, 2, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, ++ 35, 37, 39 ++}; ++static const short yyrhs[] = ++{ ++ 17, 0, 17, 3, 17, 12, 17, 0, 17, 4, ++ 17, 0, 17, 5, 17, 0, 17, 6, 17, 0, ++ 17, 7, 17, 0, 17, 8, 17, 0, 17, 9, ++ 17, 0, 10, 17, 0, 13, 0, 11, 0, 14, ++ 17, 15, 0 ++}; ++ ++#endif ++ ++#if YYDEBUG ++/* YYRLINE[YYN] -- source line where rule number YYN was defined. */ ++static const short yyrline[] = ++{ ++ 0, 150, 158, 162, 166, 170, 174, 178, 182, 186, ++ 190, 194, 199 ++}; ++#endif ++ ++ ++#if (YYDEBUG) || defined YYERROR_VERBOSE ++ ++/* YYTNAME[TOKEN_NUM] -- String name of the token TOKEN_NUM. */ ++static const char *const yytname[] = ++{ ++ "$", "error", "$undefined.", "'?'", "'|'", "'&'", "EQUOP2", "CMPOP2", ++ "ADDOP2", "MULOP2", "'!'", "NUMBER", "':'", "'n'", "'('", "')'", ++ "start", "exp", 0 ++}; ++#endif ++ ++/* YYR1[YYN] -- Symbol number of symbol that rule YYN derives. */ ++static const short yyr1[] = ++{ ++ 0, 16, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, ++ 17, 17, 17 ++}; ++ ++/* YYR2[YYN] -- Number of symbols composing right hand side of rule YYN. */ ++static const short yyr2[] = ++{ ++ 0, 1, 5, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 2, ++ 1, 1, 3 ++}; ++ ++/* YYDEFACT[S] -- default rule to reduce with in state S when YYTABLE ++ doesn't specify something else to do. Zero means the default is an ++ error. */ ++static const short yydefact[] = ++{ ++ 0, 0, 11, 10, 0, 1, 9, 0, 0, 0, ++ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 12, 0, 3, 4, 5, ++ 6, 7, 8, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0 ++}; ++ ++static const short yydefgoto[] = ++{ ++ 25, 5 ++}; ++ ++static const short yypact[] = ++{ ++ -9, -9,-32768,-32768, -9, 34,-32768, 11, -9, -9, ++ -9, -9, -9, -9, -9,-32768, 24, 39, 43, 16, ++ 26, -3,-32768, -9, 34, 21, 53,-32768 ++}; ++ ++static const short yypgoto[] = ++{ ++ -32768, -1 ++}; ++ ++ ++#define YYLAST 53 ++ ++ ++static const short yytable[] = ++{ ++ 6, 1, 2, 7, 3, 4, 14, 16, 17, 18, ++ 19, 20, 21, 22, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, ++ 14, 26, 24, 12, 13, 14, 15, 8, 9, 10, ++ 11, 12, 13, 14, 13, 14, 23, 8, 9, 10, ++ 11, 12, 13, 14, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 11, ++ 12, 13, 14, 27 ++}; ++ ++static const short yycheck[] = ++{ ++ 1, 10, 11, 4, 13, 14, 9, 8, 9, 10, ++ 11, 12, 13, 14, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, ++ 9, 0, 23, 7, 8, 9, 15, 3, 4, 5, ++ 6, 7, 8, 9, 8, 9, 12, 3, 4, 5, ++ 6, 7, 8, 9, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 6, ++ 7, 8, 9, 0 ++}; ++#define YYPURE 1 ++ ++/* -*-C-*- Note some compilers choke on comments on `#line' lines. */ ++#line 3 "/usr/local/share/bison/bison.simple" ++ ++/* Skeleton output parser for bison, ++ ++ Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc. ++ ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify ++ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ++ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ any later version. ++ ++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the ++ GNU General Public License for more details. ++ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ++ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, ++ Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ ++ ++/* As a special exception, when this file is copied by Bison into a ++ Bison output file, you may use that output file without restriction. ++ This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation ++ in version 1.24 of Bison. */ ++ ++/* This is the parser code that is written into each bison parser when ++ the %semantic_parser declaration is not specified in the grammar. ++ It was written by Richard Stallman by simplifying the hairy parser ++ used when %semantic_parser is specified. */ ++ ++/* All symbols defined below should begin with yy or YY, to avoid ++ infringing on user name space. This should be done even for local ++ variables, as they might otherwise be expanded by user macros. ++ There are some unavoidable exceptions within include files to ++ define necessary library symbols; they are noted "INFRINGES ON ++ USER NAME SPACE" below. */ ++ ++#if ! defined (yyoverflow) || defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE) ++ ++/* The parser invokes alloca or malloc; define the necessary symbols. */ ++ ++# if YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA ++# define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca ++# else ++# ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA ++# if defined (alloca) || defined (_ALLOCA_H) ++# define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca ++# else ++# ifdef __GNUC__ ++# define YYSTACK_ALLOC __builtin_alloca ++# endif ++# endif ++# endif ++# endif ++ ++# ifdef YYSTACK_ALLOC ++ /* Pacify GCC's `empty if-body' warning. */ ++# define YYSTACK_FREE(Ptr) do { /* empty */; } while (0) ++# else ++# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus) ++# include <stdlib.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ ++# define YYSIZE_T size_t ++# endif ++# define YYSTACK_ALLOC malloc ++# define YYSTACK_FREE free ++# endif ++#endif /* ! defined (yyoverflow) || defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE) */ ++ ++ ++#if (! defined (yyoverflow) \ ++ && (! defined (__cplusplus) \ ++ || (YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL && YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL))) ++ ++/* A type that is properly aligned for any stack member. */ ++union yyalloc ++{ ++ short yyss; ++ YYSTYPE yyvs; ++# if YYLSP_NEEDED ++ YYLTYPE yyls; ++# endif ++}; ++ ++/* The size of the maximum gap between one aligned stack and the next. */ ++# define YYSTACK_GAP_MAX (sizeof (union yyalloc) - 1) ++ ++/* The size of an array large to enough to hold all stacks, each with ++ N elements. */ ++# if YYLSP_NEEDED ++# define YYSTACK_BYTES(N) \ ++ ((N) * (sizeof (short) + sizeof (YYSTYPE) + sizeof (YYLTYPE)) \ ++ + 2 * YYSTACK_GAP_MAX) ++# else ++# define YYSTACK_BYTES(N) \ ++ ((N) * (sizeof (short) + sizeof (YYSTYPE)) \ ++ + YYSTACK_GAP_MAX) ++# endif ++ ++/* Copy COUNT objects from FROM to TO. The source and destination do ++ not overlap. */ ++# ifndef YYCOPY ++# if 1 < __GNUC__ ++# define YYCOPY(To, From, Count) \ ++ __builtin_memcpy (To, From, (Count) * sizeof (*(From))) ++# else ++# define YYCOPY(To, From, Count) \ ++ do \ ++ { \ ++ register YYSIZE_T yyi; \ ++ for (yyi = 0; yyi < (Count); yyi++) \ ++ (To)[yyi] = (From)[yyi]; \ ++ } \ ++ while (0) ++# endif ++# endif ++ ++/* Relocate STACK from its old location to the new one. The ++ local variables YYSIZE and YYSTACKSIZE give the old and new number of ++ elements in the stack, and YYPTR gives the new location of the ++ stack. Advance YYPTR to a properly aligned location for the next ++ stack. */ ++# define YYSTACK_RELOCATE(Stack) \ ++ do \ ++ { \ ++ YYSIZE_T yynewbytes; \ ++ YYCOPY (&yyptr->Stack, Stack, yysize); \ ++ Stack = &yyptr->Stack; \ ++ yynewbytes = yystacksize * sizeof (*Stack) + YYSTACK_GAP_MAX; \ ++ yyptr += yynewbytes / sizeof (*yyptr); \ ++ } \ ++ while (0) ++ ++#endif ++ ++ ++#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T) && defined (__SIZE_TYPE__) ++# define YYSIZE_T __SIZE_TYPE__ ++#endif ++#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T) && defined (size_t) ++# define YYSIZE_T size_t ++#endif ++#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T) ++# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus) ++# include <stddef.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ ++# define YYSIZE_T size_t ++# endif ++#endif ++#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T) ++# define YYSIZE_T unsigned int ++#endif ++ ++#define yyerrok (yyerrstatus = 0) ++#define yyclearin (yychar = YYEMPTY) ++#define YYEMPTY -2 ++#define YYEOF 0 ++#define YYACCEPT goto yyacceptlab ++#define YYABORT goto yyabortlab ++#define YYERROR goto yyerrlab1 ++/* Like YYERROR except do call yyerror. This remains here temporarily ++ to ease the transition to the new meaning of YYERROR, for GCC. ++ Once GCC version 2 has supplanted version 1, this can go. */ ++#define YYFAIL goto yyerrlab ++#define YYRECOVERING() (!!yyerrstatus) ++#define YYBACKUP(Token, Value) \ ++do \ ++ if (yychar == YYEMPTY && yylen == 1) \ ++ { \ ++ yychar = (Token); \ ++ yylval = (Value); \ ++ yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE (yychar); \ ++ YYPOPSTACK; \ ++ goto yybackup; \ ++ } \ ++ else \ ++ { \ ++ yyerror ("syntax error: cannot back up"); \ ++ YYERROR; \ ++ } \ ++while (0) ++ ++#define YYTERROR 1 ++#define YYERRCODE 256 ++ ++ ++/* YYLLOC_DEFAULT -- Compute the default location (before the actions ++ are run). ++ ++ When YYLLOC_DEFAULT is run, CURRENT is set the location of the ++ first token. By default, to implement support for ranges, extend ++ its range to the last symbol. */ ++ ++#ifndef YYLLOC_DEFAULT ++# define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \ ++ Current.last_line = Rhs[N].last_line; \ ++ Current.last_column = Rhs[N].last_column; ++#endif ++ ++ ++/* YYLEX -- calling `yylex' with the right arguments. */ ++ ++#if YYPURE ++# if YYLSP_NEEDED ++# ifdef YYLEX_PARAM ++# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval, &yylloc, YYLEX_PARAM) ++# else ++# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval, &yylloc) ++# endif ++# else /* !YYLSP_NEEDED */ ++# ifdef YYLEX_PARAM ++# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval, YYLEX_PARAM) ++# else ++# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval) ++# endif ++# endif /* !YYLSP_NEEDED */ ++#else /* !YYPURE */ ++# define YYLEX yylex () ++#endif /* !YYPURE */ ++ ++ ++/* Enable debugging if requested. */ ++#if YYDEBUG ++ ++# ifndef YYFPRINTF ++# include <stdio.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ ++# define YYFPRINTF fprintf ++# endif ++ ++# define YYDPRINTF(Args) \ ++do { \ ++ if (yydebug) \ ++ YYFPRINTF Args; \ ++} while (0) ++/* Nonzero means print parse trace. It is left uninitialized so that ++ multiple parsers can coexist. */ ++int yydebug; ++#else /* !YYDEBUG */ ++# define YYDPRINTF(Args) ++#endif /* !YYDEBUG */ ++ ++/* YYINITDEPTH -- initial size of the parser's stacks. */ ++#ifndef YYINITDEPTH ++# define YYINITDEPTH 200 ++#endif ++ ++/* YYMAXDEPTH -- maximum size the stacks can grow to (effective only ++ if the built-in stack extension method is used). ++ ++ Do not make this value too large; the results are undefined if ++ SIZE_MAX < YYSTACK_BYTES (YYMAXDEPTH) ++ evaluated with infinite-precision integer arithmetic. */ ++ ++#if YYMAXDEPTH == 0 ++# undef YYMAXDEPTH ++#endif ++ ++#ifndef YYMAXDEPTH ++# define YYMAXDEPTH 10000 ++#endif ++ ++#ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE ++ ++# ifndef yystrlen ++# if defined (__GLIBC__) && defined (_STRING_H) ++# define yystrlen strlen ++# else ++/* Return the length of YYSTR. */ ++static YYSIZE_T ++# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus) ++yystrlen (const char *yystr) ++# else ++yystrlen (yystr) ++ const char *yystr; ++# endif ++{ ++ register const char *yys = yystr; ++ ++ while (*yys++ != '\0') ++ continue; ++ ++ return yys - yystr - 1; ++} ++# endif ++# endif ++ ++# ifndef yystpcpy ++# if defined (__GLIBC__) && defined (_STRING_H) && defined (_GNU_SOURCE) ++# define yystpcpy stpcpy ++# else ++/* Copy YYSRC to YYDEST, returning the address of the terminating '\0' in ++ YYDEST. */ ++static char * ++# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus) ++yystpcpy (char *yydest, const char *yysrc) ++# else ++yystpcpy (yydest, yysrc) ++ char *yydest; ++ const char *yysrc; ++# endif ++{ ++ register char *yyd = yydest; ++ register const char *yys = yysrc; ++ ++ while ((*yyd++ = *yys++) != '\0') ++ continue; ++ ++ return yyd - 1; ++} ++# endif ++# endif ++#endif ++ ++#line 315 "/usr/local/share/bison/bison.simple" ++ ++ ++/* The user can define YYPARSE_PARAM as the name of an argument to be passed ++ into yyparse. The argument should have type void *. ++ It should actually point to an object. ++ Grammar actions can access the variable by casting it ++ to the proper pointer type. */ ++ ++#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM ++# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus) ++# define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG void *YYPARSE_PARAM ++# define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL ++# else ++# define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG YYPARSE_PARAM ++# define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL void *YYPARSE_PARAM; ++# endif ++#else /* !YYPARSE_PARAM */ ++# define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG ++# define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL ++#endif /* !YYPARSE_PARAM */ ++ ++/* Prevent warning if -Wstrict-prototypes. */ ++#ifdef __GNUC__ ++# ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM ++int yyparse (void *); ++# else ++int yyparse (void); ++# endif ++#endif ++ ++/* YY_DECL_VARIABLES -- depending whether we use a pure parser, ++ variables are global, or local to YYPARSE. */ ++ ++#define YY_DECL_NON_LSP_VARIABLES \ ++/* The lookahead symbol. */ \ ++int yychar; \ ++ \ ++/* The semantic value of the lookahead symbol. */ \ ++YYSTYPE yylval; \ ++ \ ++/* Number of parse errors so far. */ \ ++int yynerrs; ++ ++#if YYLSP_NEEDED ++# define YY_DECL_VARIABLES \ ++YY_DECL_NON_LSP_VARIABLES \ ++ \ ++/* Location data for the lookahead symbol. */ \ ++YYLTYPE yylloc; ++#else ++# define YY_DECL_VARIABLES \ ++YY_DECL_NON_LSP_VARIABLES ++#endif ++ ++ ++/* If nonreentrant, generate the variables here. */ ++ ++#if !YYPURE ++YY_DECL_VARIABLES ++#endif /* !YYPURE */ ++ ++int ++yyparse (YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG) ++ YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL ++{ ++ /* If reentrant, generate the variables here. */ ++#if YYPURE ++ YY_DECL_VARIABLES ++#endif /* !YYPURE */ ++ ++ register int yystate; ++ register int yyn; ++ int yyresult; ++ /* Number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled. */ ++ int yyerrstatus; ++ /* Lookahead token as an internal (translated) token number. */ ++ int yychar1 = 0; ++ ++ /* Three stacks and their tools: ++ `yyss': related to states, ++ `yyvs': related to semantic values, ++ `yyls': related to locations. ++ ++ Refer to the stacks thru separate pointers, to allow yyoverflow ++ to reallocate them elsewhere. */ ++ ++ /* The state stack. */ ++ short yyssa[YYINITDEPTH]; ++ short *yyss = yyssa; ++ register short *yyssp; ++ ++ /* The semantic value stack. */ ++ YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH]; ++ YYSTYPE *yyvs = yyvsa; ++ register YYSTYPE *yyvsp; ++ ++#if YYLSP_NEEDED ++ /* The location stack. */ ++ YYLTYPE yylsa[YYINITDEPTH]; ++ YYLTYPE *yyls = yylsa; ++ YYLTYPE *yylsp; ++#endif ++ ++#if YYLSP_NEEDED ++# define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--, yylsp--) ++#else ++# define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--) ++#endif ++ ++ YYSIZE_T yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH; ++ ++ ++ /* The variables used to return semantic value and location from the ++ action routines. */ ++ YYSTYPE yyval; ++#if YYLSP_NEEDED ++ YYLTYPE yyloc; ++#endif ++ ++ /* When reducing, the number of symbols on the RHS of the reduced ++ rule. */ ++ int yylen; ++ ++ YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Starting parse\n")); ++ ++ yystate = 0; ++ yyerrstatus = 0; ++ yynerrs = 0; ++ yychar = YYEMPTY; /* Cause a token to be read. */ ++ ++ /* Initialize stack pointers. ++ Waste one element of value and location stack ++ so that they stay on the same level as the state stack. ++ The wasted elements are never initialized. */ ++ ++ yyssp = yyss; ++ yyvsp = yyvs; ++#if YYLSP_NEEDED ++ yylsp = yyls; ++#endif ++ goto yysetstate; ++ ++/*------------------------------------------------------------. ++| yynewstate -- Push a new state, which is found in yystate. | ++`------------------------------------------------------------*/ ++ yynewstate: ++ /* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks ++ have just been pushed. so pushing a state here evens the stacks. ++ */ ++ yyssp++; ++ ++ yysetstate: ++ *yyssp = yystate; ++ ++ if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1) ++ { ++ /* Get the current used size of the three stacks, in elements. */ ++ YYSIZE_T yysize = yyssp - yyss + 1; ++ ++#ifdef yyoverflow ++ { ++ /* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack. Use copies of ++ these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into ++ memory. */ ++ YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs; ++ short *yyss1 = yyss; ++ ++ /* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of the ++ data in use in that stack, in bytes. */ ++# if YYLSP_NEEDED ++ YYLTYPE *yyls1 = yyls; ++ /* This used to be a conditional around just the two extra args, ++ but that might be undefined if yyoverflow is a macro. */ ++ yyoverflow ("parser stack overflow", ++ &yyss1, yysize * sizeof (*yyssp), ++ &yyvs1, yysize * sizeof (*yyvsp), ++ &yyls1, yysize * sizeof (*yylsp), ++ &yystacksize); ++ yyls = yyls1; ++# else ++ yyoverflow ("parser stack overflow", ++ &yyss1, yysize * sizeof (*yyssp), ++ &yyvs1, yysize * sizeof (*yyvsp), ++ &yystacksize); ++# endif ++ yyss = yyss1; ++ yyvs = yyvs1; ++ } ++#else /* no yyoverflow */ ++# ifndef YYSTACK_RELOCATE ++ goto yyoverflowlab; ++# else ++ /* Extend the stack our own way. */ ++ if (yystacksize >= YYMAXDEPTH) ++ goto yyoverflowlab; ++ yystacksize *= 2; ++ if (yystacksize > YYMAXDEPTH) ++ yystacksize = YYMAXDEPTH; ++ ++ { ++ short *yyss1 = yyss; ++ union yyalloc *yyptr = ++ (union yyalloc *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (YYSTACK_BYTES (yystacksize)); ++ if (! yyptr) ++ goto yyoverflowlab; ++ YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyss); ++ YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyvs); ++# if YYLSP_NEEDED ++ YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyls); ++# endif ++# undef YYSTACK_RELOCATE ++ if (yyss1 != yyssa) ++ YYSTACK_FREE (yyss1); ++ } ++# endif ++#endif /* no yyoverflow */ ++ ++ yyssp = yyss + yysize - 1; ++ yyvsp = yyvs + yysize - 1; ++#if YYLSP_NEEDED ++ yylsp = yyls + yysize - 1; ++#endif ++ ++ YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Stack size increased to %lu\n", ++ (unsigned long int) yystacksize)); ++ ++ if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1) ++ YYABORT; ++ } ++ ++ YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Entering state %d\n", yystate)); ++ ++ goto yybackup; ++ ++ ++/*-----------. ++| yybackup. | ++`-----------*/ ++yybackup: ++ ++/* Do appropriate processing given the current state. */ ++/* Read a lookahead token if we need one and don't already have one. */ ++/* yyresume: */ ++ ++ /* First try to decide what to do without reference to lookahead token. */ ++ ++ yyn = yypact[yystate]; ++ if (yyn == YYFLAG) ++ goto yydefault; ++ ++ /* Not known => get a lookahead token if don't already have one. */ ++ ++ /* yychar is either YYEMPTY or YYEOF ++ or a valid token in external form. */ ++ ++ if (yychar == YYEMPTY) ++ { ++ YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Reading a token: ")); ++ yychar = YYLEX; ++ } ++ ++ /* Convert token to internal form (in yychar1) for indexing tables with */ ++ ++ if (yychar <= 0) /* This means end of input. */ ++ { ++ yychar1 = 0; ++ yychar = YYEOF; /* Don't call YYLEX any more */ ++ ++ YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Now at end of input.\n")); ++ } ++ else ++ { ++ yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE (yychar); ++ ++#if YYDEBUG ++ /* We have to keep this `#if YYDEBUG', since we use variables ++ which are defined only if `YYDEBUG' is set. */ ++ if (yydebug) ++ { ++ YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Next token is %d (%s", ++ yychar, yytname[yychar1]); ++ /* Give the individual parser a way to print the precise ++ meaning of a token, for further debugging info. */ ++# ifdef YYPRINT ++ YYPRINT (stderr, yychar, yylval); ++# endif ++ YYFPRINTF (stderr, ")\n"); ++ } ++#endif ++ } ++ ++ yyn += yychar1; ++ if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != yychar1) ++ goto yydefault; ++ ++ yyn = yytable[yyn]; ++ ++ /* yyn is what to do for this token type in this state. ++ Negative => reduce, -yyn is rule number. ++ Positive => shift, yyn is new state. ++ New state is final state => don't bother to shift, ++ just return success. ++ 0, or most negative number => error. */ ++ ++ if (yyn < 0) ++ { ++ if (yyn == YYFLAG) ++ goto yyerrlab; ++ yyn = -yyn; ++ goto yyreduce; ++ } ++ else if (yyn == 0) ++ goto yyerrlab; ++ ++ if (yyn == YYFINAL) ++ YYACCEPT; ++ ++ /* Shift the lookahead token. */ ++ YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Shifting token %d (%s), ", ++ yychar, yytname[yychar1])); ++ ++ /* Discard the token being shifted unless it is eof. */ ++ if (yychar != YYEOF) ++ yychar = YYEMPTY; ++ ++ *++yyvsp = yylval; ++#if YYLSP_NEEDED ++ *++yylsp = yylloc; ++#endif ++ ++ /* Count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error ++ status. */ ++ if (yyerrstatus) ++ yyerrstatus--; ++ ++ yystate = yyn; ++ goto yynewstate; ++ ++ ++/*-----------------------------------------------------------. ++| yydefault -- do the default action for the current state. | ++`-----------------------------------------------------------*/ ++yydefault: ++ yyn = yydefact[yystate]; ++ if (yyn == 0) ++ goto yyerrlab; ++ goto yyreduce; ++ ++ ++/*-----------------------------. ++| yyreduce -- Do a reduction. | ++`-----------------------------*/ ++yyreduce: ++ /* yyn is the number of a rule to reduce with. */ ++ yylen = yyr2[yyn]; ++ ++ /* If YYLEN is nonzero, implement the default value of the action: ++ `$$ = $1'. ++ ++ Otherwise, the following line sets YYVAL to the semantic value of ++ the lookahead token. This behavior is undocumented and Bison ++ users should not rely upon it. Assigning to YYVAL ++ unconditionally makes the parser a bit smaller, and it avoids a ++ GCC warning that YYVAL may be used uninitialized. */ ++ yyval = yyvsp[1-yylen]; ++ ++#if YYLSP_NEEDED ++ /* Similarly for the default location. Let the user run additional ++ commands if for instance locations are ranges. */ ++ yyloc = yylsp[1-yylen]; ++ YYLLOC_DEFAULT (yyloc, (yylsp - yylen), yylen); ++#endif ++ ++#if YYDEBUG ++ /* We have to keep this `#if YYDEBUG', since we use variables which ++ are defined only if `YYDEBUG' is set. */ ++ if (yydebug) ++ { ++ int yyi; ++ ++ YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Reducing via rule %d (line %d), ", ++ yyn, yyrline[yyn]); ++ ++ /* Print the symbols being reduced, and their result. */ ++ for (yyi = yyprhs[yyn]; yyrhs[yyi] > 0; yyi++) ++ YYFPRINTF (stderr, "%s ", yytname[yyrhs[yyi]]); ++ YYFPRINTF (stderr, " -> %s\n", yytname[yyr1[yyn]]); ++ } ++#endif ++ ++ switch (yyn) { ++ ++case 1: ++#line 151 "plural.y" ++{ ++ if (yyvsp[0].exp == NULL) ++ YYABORT; ++ ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = yyvsp[0].exp; ++ } ++ break; ++case 2: ++#line 159 "plural.y" ++{ ++ yyval.exp = new_exp_3 (qmop, yyvsp[-4].exp, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); ++ } ++ break; ++case 3: ++#line 163 "plural.y" ++{ ++ yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (lor, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); ++ } ++ break; ++case 4: ++#line 167 "plural.y" ++{ ++ yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (land, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); ++ } ++ break; ++case 5: ++#line 171 "plural.y" ++{ ++ yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); ++ } ++ break; ++case 6: ++#line 175 "plural.y" ++{ ++ yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); ++ } ++ break; ++case 7: ++#line 179 "plural.y" ++{ ++ yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); ++ } ++ break; ++case 8: ++#line 183 "plural.y" ++{ ++ yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); ++ } ++ break; ++case 9: ++#line 187 "plural.y" ++{ ++ yyval.exp = new_exp_1 (lnot, yyvsp[0].exp); ++ } ++ break; ++case 10: ++#line 191 "plural.y" ++{ ++ yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (var); ++ } ++ break; ++case 11: ++#line 195 "plural.y" ++{ ++ if ((yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL) ++ yyval.exp->val.num = yyvsp[0].num; ++ } ++ break; ++case 12: ++#line 200 "plural.y" ++{ ++ yyval.exp = yyvsp[-1].exp; ++ } ++ break; ++} ++ ++#line 705 "/usr/local/share/bison/bison.simple" ++ ++ ++ yyvsp -= yylen; ++ yyssp -= yylen; ++#if YYLSP_NEEDED ++ yylsp -= yylen; ++#endif ++ ++#if YYDEBUG ++ if (yydebug) ++ { ++ short *yyssp1 = yyss - 1; ++ YYFPRINTF (stderr, "state stack now"); ++ while (yyssp1 != yyssp) ++ YYFPRINTF (stderr, " %d", *++yyssp1); ++ YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n"); ++ } ++#endif ++ ++ *++yyvsp = yyval; ++#if YYLSP_NEEDED ++ *++yylsp = yyloc; ++#endif ++ ++ /* Now `shift' the result of the reduction. Determine what state ++ that goes to, based on the state we popped back to and the rule ++ number reduced by. */ ++ ++ yyn = yyr1[yyn]; ++ ++ yystate = yypgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE] + *yyssp; ++ if (yystate >= 0 && yystate <= YYLAST && yycheck[yystate] == *yyssp) ++ yystate = yytable[yystate]; ++ else ++ yystate = yydefgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE]; ++ ++ goto yynewstate; ++ ++ ++/*------------------------------------. ++| yyerrlab -- here on detecting error | ++`------------------------------------*/ ++yyerrlab: ++ /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error. */ ++ if (!yyerrstatus) ++ { ++ ++yynerrs; ++ ++#ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE ++ yyn = yypact[yystate]; ++ ++ if (yyn > YYFLAG && yyn < YYLAST) ++ { ++ YYSIZE_T yysize = 0; ++ char *yymsg; ++ int yyx, yycount; ++ ++ yycount = 0; ++ /* Start YYX at -YYN if negative to avoid negative indexes in ++ YYCHECK. */ ++ for (yyx = yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0; ++ yyx < (int) (sizeof (yytname) / sizeof (char *)); yyx++) ++ if (yycheck[yyx + yyn] == yyx) ++ yysize += yystrlen (yytname[yyx]) + 15, yycount++; ++ yysize += yystrlen ("parse error, unexpected ") + 1; ++ yysize += yystrlen (yytname[YYTRANSLATE (yychar)]); ++ yymsg = (char *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yysize); ++ if (yymsg != 0) ++ { ++ char *yyp = yystpcpy (yymsg, "parse error, unexpected "); ++ yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yytname[YYTRANSLATE (yychar)]); ++ ++ if (yycount < 5) ++ { ++ yycount = 0; ++ for (yyx = yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0; ++ yyx < (int) (sizeof (yytname) / sizeof (char *)); ++ yyx++) ++ if (yycheck[yyx + yyn] == yyx) ++ { ++ const char *yyq = ! yycount ? ", expecting " : " or "; ++ yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yyq); ++ yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yytname[yyx]); ++ yycount++; ++ } ++ } ++ yyerror (yymsg); ++ YYSTACK_FREE (yymsg); ++ } ++ else ++ yyerror ("parse error; also virtual memory exhausted"); ++ } ++ else ++#endif /* defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE) */ ++ yyerror ("parse error"); ++ } ++ goto yyerrlab1; ++ ++ ++/*--------------------------------------------------. ++| yyerrlab1 -- error raised explicitly by an action | ++`--------------------------------------------------*/ ++yyerrlab1: ++ if (yyerrstatus == 3) ++ { ++ /* If just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an ++ error, discard it. */ ++ ++ /* return failure if at end of input */ ++ if (yychar == YYEOF) ++ YYABORT; ++ YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Discarding token %d (%s).\n", ++ yychar, yytname[yychar1])); ++ yychar = YYEMPTY; ++ } ++ ++ /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token after shifting the error ++ token. */ ++ ++ yyerrstatus = 3; /* Each real token shifted decrements this */ ++ ++ goto yyerrhandle; ++ ++ ++/*-------------------------------------------------------------------. ++| yyerrdefault -- current state does not do anything special for the | ++| error token. | ++`-------------------------------------------------------------------*/ ++yyerrdefault: ++#if 0 ++ /* This is wrong; only states that explicitly want error tokens ++ should shift them. */ ++ ++ /* If its default is to accept any token, ok. Otherwise pop it. */ ++ yyn = yydefact[yystate]; ++ if (yyn) ++ goto yydefault; ++#endif ++ ++ ++/*---------------------------------------------------------------. ++| yyerrpop -- pop the current state because it cannot handle the | ++| error token | ++`---------------------------------------------------------------*/ ++yyerrpop: ++ if (yyssp == yyss) ++ YYABORT; ++ yyvsp--; ++ yystate = *--yyssp; ++#if YYLSP_NEEDED ++ yylsp--; ++#endif ++ ++#if YYDEBUG ++ if (yydebug) ++ { ++ short *yyssp1 = yyss - 1; ++ YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Error: state stack now"); ++ while (yyssp1 != yyssp) ++ YYFPRINTF (stderr, " %d", *++yyssp1); ++ YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n"); ++ } ++#endif ++ ++/*--------------. ++| yyerrhandle. | ++`--------------*/ ++yyerrhandle: ++ yyn = yypact[yystate]; ++ if (yyn == YYFLAG) ++ goto yyerrdefault; ++ ++ yyn += YYTERROR; ++ if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != YYTERROR) ++ goto yyerrdefault; ++ ++ yyn = yytable[yyn]; ++ if (yyn < 0) ++ { ++ if (yyn == YYFLAG) ++ goto yyerrpop; ++ yyn = -yyn; ++ goto yyreduce; ++ } ++ else if (yyn == 0) ++ goto yyerrpop; ++ ++ if (yyn == YYFINAL) ++ YYACCEPT; ++ ++ YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Shifting error token, ")); ++ ++ *++yyvsp = yylval; ++#if YYLSP_NEEDED ++ *++yylsp = yylloc; ++#endif ++ ++ yystate = yyn; ++ goto yynewstate; ++ ++ ++/*-------------------------------------. ++| yyacceptlab -- YYACCEPT comes here. | ++`-------------------------------------*/ ++yyacceptlab: ++ yyresult = 0; ++ goto yyreturn; ++ ++/*-----------------------------------. ++| yyabortlab -- YYABORT comes here. | ++`-----------------------------------*/ ++yyabortlab: ++ yyresult = 1; ++ goto yyreturn; ++ ++/*---------------------------------------------. ++| yyoverflowab -- parser overflow comes here. | ++`---------------------------------------------*/ ++yyoverflowlab: ++ yyerror ("parser stack overflow"); ++ yyresult = 2; ++ /* Fall through. */ ++ ++yyreturn: ++#ifndef yyoverflow ++ if (yyss != yyssa) ++ YYSTACK_FREE (yyss); ++#endif ++ return yyresult; ++} ++#line 205 "plural.y" ++ ++ ++void ++internal_function ++FREE_EXPRESSION (struct expression *exp) ++{ ++ if (exp == NULL) ++ return; ++ ++ /* Handle the recursive case. */ ++ switch (exp->nargs) ++ { ++ case 3: ++ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]); ++ /* FALLTHROUGH */ ++ case 2: ++ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]); ++ /* FALLTHROUGH */ ++ case 1: ++ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]); ++ /* FALLTHROUGH */ ++ default: ++ break; ++ } ++ ++ free (exp); ++} ++ ++ ++static int ++yylex (YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp) ++{ ++ const char *exp = *pexp; ++ int result; ++ ++ while (1) ++ { ++ if (exp[0] == '\0') ++ { ++ *pexp = exp; ++ return YYEOF; ++ } ++ ++ if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t') ++ break; ++ ++ ++exp; ++ } ++ ++ result = *exp++; ++ switch (result) ++ { ++ case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': ++ case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': ++ { ++ unsigned long int n = result - '0'; ++ while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9') ++ { ++ n *= 10; ++ n += exp[0] - '0'; ++ ++exp; ++ } ++ lval->num = n; ++ result = NUMBER; ++ } ++ break; ++ ++ case '=': ++ if (exp[0] == '=') ++ { ++ ++exp; ++ lval->op = equal; ++ result = EQUOP2; ++ } ++ else ++ result = YYERRCODE; ++ break; ++ ++ case '!': ++ if (exp[0] == '=') ++ { ++ ++exp; ++ lval->op = not_equal; ++ result = EQUOP2; ++ } ++ break; ++ ++ case '&': ++ case '|': ++ if (exp[0] == result) ++ ++exp; ++ else ++ result = YYERRCODE; ++ break; ++ ++ case '<': ++ if (exp[0] == '=') ++ { ++ ++exp; ++ lval->op = less_or_equal; ++ } ++ else ++ lval->op = less_than; ++ result = CMPOP2; ++ break; ++ ++ case '>': ++ if (exp[0] == '=') ++ { ++ ++exp; ++ lval->op = greater_or_equal; ++ } ++ else ++ lval->op = greater_than; ++ result = CMPOP2; ++ break; ++ ++ case '*': ++ lval->op = mult; ++ result = MULOP2; ++ break; ++ ++ case '/': ++ lval->op = divide; ++ result = MULOP2; ++ break; ++ ++ case '%': ++ lval->op = module; ++ result = MULOP2; ++ break; ++ ++ case '+': ++ lval->op = plus; ++ result = ADDOP2; ++ break; ++ ++ case '-': ++ lval->op = minus; ++ result = ADDOP2; ++ break; ++ ++ case 'n': ++ case '?': ++ case ':': ++ case '(': ++ case ')': ++ /* Nothing, just return the character. */ ++ break; ++ ++ case ';': ++ case '\n': ++ case '\0': ++ /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */ ++ --exp; ++ result = YYEOF; ++ break; ++ ++ default: ++ result = YYERRCODE; ++#if YYDEBUG != 0 ++ --exp; ++#endif ++ break; ++ } ++ ++ *pexp = exp; ++ ++ return result; ++} ++ ++ ++static void ++yyerror (const char *str) ++{ ++ /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */ ++} +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/plural-exp.c 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/plural-exp.c 2004-09-12 14:40:34.578714192 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ ++/* Expression parsing for plural form selection. ++ Copyright (C) 2000-2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++ Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000. ++ ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ any later version. ++ ++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. ++ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ ++ ++#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H ++# include <config.h> ++#endif ++ ++#include <ctype.h> ++#include <stdlib.h> ++#include <string.h> ++ ++#include "plural-exp.h" ++ ++#if (defined __GNUC__ && !defined __APPLE_CC__) \ ++ || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) ++ ++/* These structs are the constant expression for the germanic plural ++ form determination. It represents the expression "n != 1". */ ++static const struct expression plvar = ++{ ++ .nargs = 0, ++ .operation = var, ++}; ++static const struct expression plone = ++{ ++ .nargs = 0, ++ .operation = num, ++ .val = ++ { ++ .num = 1 ++ } ++}; ++struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL = ++{ ++ .nargs = 2, ++ .operation = not_equal, ++ .val = ++ { ++ .args = ++ { ++ [0] = (struct expression *) &plvar, ++ [1] = (struct expression *) &plone ++ } ++ } ++}; ++ ++# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() ++ ++#else ++ ++/* For compilers without support for ISO C 99 struct/union initializers: ++ Initialization at run-time. */ ++ ++static struct expression plvar; ++static struct expression plone; ++struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL; ++ ++static void ++init_germanic_plural () ++{ ++ if (plone.val.num == 0) ++ { ++ plvar.nargs = 0; ++ plvar.operation = var; ++ ++ plone.nargs = 0; ++ plone.operation = num; ++ plone.val.num = 1; ++ ++ GERMANIC_PLURAL.nargs = 2; ++ GERMANIC_PLURAL.operation = not_equal; ++ GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[0] = &plvar; ++ GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[1] = &plone; ++ } ++} ++ ++# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() init_germanic_plural () ++ ++#endif ++ ++void ++internal_function ++EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (const char *nullentry, struct expression **pluralp, ++ unsigned long int *npluralsp) ++{ ++ if (nullentry != NULL) ++ { ++ const char *plural; ++ const char *nplurals; ++ ++ plural = strstr (nullentry, "plural="); ++ nplurals = strstr (nullentry, "nplurals="); ++ if (plural == NULL || nplurals == NULL) ++ goto no_plural; ++ else ++ { ++ char *endp; ++ unsigned long int n; ++ struct parse_args args; ++ ++ /* First get the number. */ ++ nplurals += 9; ++ while (*nplurals != '\0' && isspace ((unsigned char) *nplurals)) ++ ++nplurals; ++ if (!(*nplurals >= '0' && *nplurals <= '9')) ++ goto no_plural; ++#if defined HAVE_STRTOUL || defined _LIBC ++ n = strtoul (nplurals, &endp, 10); ++#else ++ for (endp = nplurals, n = 0; *endp >= '0' && *endp <= '9'; endp++) ++ n = n * 10 + (*endp - '0'); ++#endif ++ if (nplurals == endp) ++ goto no_plural; ++ *npluralsp = n; ++ ++ /* Due to the restrictions bison imposes onto the interface of the ++ scanner function we have to put the input string and the result ++ passed up from the parser into the same structure which address ++ is passed down to the parser. */ ++ plural += 7; ++ args.cp = plural; ++ if (PLURAL_PARSE (&args) != 0) ++ goto no_plural; ++ *pluralp = args.res; ++ } ++ } ++ else ++ { ++ /* By default we are using the Germanic form: singular form only ++ for `one', the plural form otherwise. Yes, this is also what ++ English is using since English is a Germanic language. */ ++ no_plural: ++ INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL (); ++ *pluralp = &GERMANIC_PLURAL; ++ *npluralsp = 2; ++ } ++} +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/plural-exp.h 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/plural-exp.h 2004-09-12 14:40:34.584713280 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ ++/* Expression parsing and evaluation for plural form selection. ++ Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++ Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000. ++ ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ any later version. ++ ++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. ++ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ ++ ++#ifndef _PLURAL_EXP_H ++#define _PLURAL_EXP_H ++ ++#ifndef internal_function ++# define internal_function ++#endif ++ ++#ifndef attribute_hidden ++# define attribute_hidden ++#endif ++ ++ ++/* This is the representation of the expressions to determine the ++ plural form. */ ++struct expression ++{ ++ int nargs; /* Number of arguments. */ ++ enum operator ++ { ++ /* Without arguments: */ ++ var, /* The variable "n". */ ++ num, /* Decimal number. */ ++ /* Unary operators: */ ++ lnot, /* Logical NOT. */ ++ /* Binary operators: */ ++ mult, /* Multiplication. */ ++ divide, /* Division. */ ++ module, /* Modulo operation. */ ++ plus, /* Addition. */ ++ minus, /* Subtraction. */ ++ less_than, /* Comparison. */ ++ greater_than, /* Comparison. */ ++ less_or_equal, /* Comparison. */ ++ greater_or_equal, /* Comparison. */ ++ equal, /* Comparison for equality. */ ++ not_equal, /* Comparison for inequality. */ ++ land, /* Logical AND. */ ++ lor, /* Logical OR. */ ++ /* Ternary operators: */ ++ qmop /* Question mark operator. */ ++ } operation; ++ union ++ { ++ unsigned long int num; /* Number value for `num'. */ ++ struct expression *args[3]; /* Up to three arguments. */ ++ } val; ++}; ++ ++/* This is the data structure to pass information to the parser and get ++ the result in a thread-safe way. */ ++struct parse_args ++{ ++ const char *cp; ++ struct expression *res; ++}; ++ ++ ++/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. This source code is used ++ 1. in the GNU C Library library, ++ 2. in the GNU libintl library, ++ 3. in the GNU gettext tools. ++ The function names in each situation must be different, to allow for ++ binary incompatible changes in 'struct expression'. Furthermore, ++ 1. in the GNU C Library library, the names have a __ prefix, ++ 2.+3. in the GNU libintl library and in the GNU gettext tools, the names ++ must follow ANSI C and not start with __. ++ So we have to distinguish the three cases. */ ++#ifdef _LIBC ++# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp ++# define PLURAL_PARSE __gettextparse ++# define GERMANIC_PLURAL __gettext_germanic_plural ++# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION __gettext_extract_plural ++#elif defined (IN_LIBINTL) ++# define FREE_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_free_exp ++# define PLURAL_PARSE libintl_gettextparse ++# define GERMANIC_PLURAL libintl_gettext_germanic_plural ++# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_extract_plural ++#else ++# define FREE_EXPRESSION free_plural_expression ++# define PLURAL_PARSE parse_plural_expression ++# define GERMANIC_PLURAL germanic_plural ++# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION extract_plural_expression ++#endif ++ ++extern void FREE_EXPRESSION (struct expression *exp) ++ internal_function; ++extern int PLURAL_PARSE (void *arg); ++extern struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL attribute_hidden; ++extern void EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (const char *nullentry, ++ struct expression **pluralp, ++ unsigned long int *npluralsp) ++ internal_function; ++ ++#if !defined (_LIBC) && !defined (IN_LIBINTL) ++extern unsigned long int plural_eval (struct expression *pexp, ++ unsigned long int n); ++#endif ++ ++#endif /* _PLURAL_EXP_H */ +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/plural.y 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/plural.y 2004-09-12 14:40:34.589712520 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,381 @@ ++%{ ++/* Expression parsing for plural form selection. ++ Copyright (C) 2000-2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++ Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000. ++ ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ any later version. ++ ++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. ++ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ ++ ++/* The bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this ++ declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's ++ skeleton file comes too late. This must come before <config.h> ++ because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers. */ ++#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__ ++ #pragma alloca ++#endif ++ ++#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H ++# include <config.h> ++#endif ++ ++#include <stddef.h> ++#include <stdlib.h> ++#include "plural-exp.h" ++ ++/* The main function generated by the parser is called __gettextparse, ++ but we want it to be called PLURAL_PARSE. */ ++#ifndef _LIBC ++# define __gettextparse PLURAL_PARSE ++#endif ++ ++#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp ++#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg ++%} ++%pure_parser ++%expect 7 ++ ++%union { ++ unsigned long int num; ++ enum operator op; ++ struct expression *exp; ++} ++ ++%{ ++/* Prototypes for local functions. */ ++static int yylex (YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp); ++static void yyerror (const char *str); ++ ++/* Allocation of expressions. */ ++ ++static struct expression * ++new_exp (int nargs, enum operator op, struct expression * const *args) ++{ ++ int i; ++ struct expression *newp; ++ ++ /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */ ++ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) ++ if (args[i] == NULL) ++ goto fail; ++ ++ /* Allocate a new expression. */ ++ newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); ++ if (newp != NULL) ++ { ++ newp->nargs = nargs; ++ newp->operation = op; ++ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) ++ newp->val.args[i] = args[i]; ++ return newp; ++ } ++ ++ fail: ++ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) ++ FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]); ++ ++ return NULL; ++} ++ ++static inline struct expression * ++new_exp_0 (enum operator op) ++{ ++ return new_exp (0, op, NULL); ++} ++ ++static inline struct expression * ++new_exp_1 (enum operator op, struct expression *right) ++{ ++ struct expression *args[1]; ++ ++ args[0] = right; ++ return new_exp (1, op, args); ++} ++ ++static struct expression * ++new_exp_2 (enum operator op, struct expression *left, struct expression *right) ++{ ++ struct expression *args[2]; ++ ++ args[0] = left; ++ args[1] = right; ++ return new_exp (2, op, args); ++} ++ ++static inline struct expression * ++new_exp_3 (enum operator op, struct expression *bexp, ++ struct expression *tbranch, struct expression *fbranch) ++{ ++ struct expression *args[3]; ++ ++ args[0] = bexp; ++ args[1] = tbranch; ++ args[2] = fbranch; ++ return new_exp (3, op, args); ++} ++ ++%} ++ ++/* This declares that all operators have the same associativity and the ++ precedence order as in C. See [Harbison, Steele: C, A Reference Manual]. ++ There is no unary minus and no bitwise operators. ++ Operators with the same syntactic behaviour have been merged into a single ++ token, to save space in the array generated by bison. */ ++%right '?' /* ? */ ++%left '|' /* || */ ++%left '&' /* && */ ++%left EQUOP2 /* == != */ ++%left CMPOP2 /* < > <= >= */ ++%left ADDOP2 /* + - */ ++%left MULOP2 /* * / % */ ++%right '!' /* ! */ ++ ++%token <op> EQUOP2 CMPOP2 ADDOP2 MULOP2 ++%token <num> NUMBER ++%type <exp> exp ++ ++%% ++ ++start: exp ++ { ++ if ($1 == NULL) ++ YYABORT; ++ ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = $1; ++ } ++ ; ++ ++exp: exp '?' exp ':' exp ++ { ++ $$ = new_exp_3 (qmop, $1, $3, $5); ++ } ++ | exp '|' exp ++ { ++ $$ = new_exp_2 (lor, $1, $3); ++ } ++ | exp '&' exp ++ { ++ $$ = new_exp_2 (land, $1, $3); ++ } ++ | exp EQUOP2 exp ++ { ++ $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); ++ } ++ | exp CMPOP2 exp ++ { ++ $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); ++ } ++ | exp ADDOP2 exp ++ { ++ $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); ++ } ++ | exp MULOP2 exp ++ { ++ $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); ++ } ++ | '!' exp ++ { ++ $$ = new_exp_1 (lnot, $2); ++ } ++ | 'n' ++ { ++ $$ = new_exp_0 (var); ++ } ++ | NUMBER ++ { ++ if (($$ = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL) ++ $$->val.num = $1; ++ } ++ | '(' exp ')' ++ { ++ $$ = $2; ++ } ++ ; ++ ++%% ++ ++void ++internal_function ++FREE_EXPRESSION (struct expression *exp) ++{ ++ if (exp == NULL) ++ return; ++ ++ /* Handle the recursive case. */ ++ switch (exp->nargs) ++ { ++ case 3: ++ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]); ++ /* FALLTHROUGH */ ++ case 2: ++ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]); ++ /* FALLTHROUGH */ ++ case 1: ++ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]); ++ /* FALLTHROUGH */ ++ default: ++ break; ++ } ++ ++ free (exp); ++} ++ ++ ++static int ++yylex (YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp) ++{ ++ const char *exp = *pexp; ++ int result; ++ ++ while (1) ++ { ++ if (exp[0] == '\0') ++ { ++ *pexp = exp; ++ return YYEOF; ++ } ++ ++ if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t') ++ break; ++ ++ ++exp; ++ } ++ ++ result = *exp++; ++ switch (result) ++ { ++ case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': ++ case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': ++ { ++ unsigned long int n = result - '0'; ++ while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9') ++ { ++ n *= 10; ++ n += exp[0] - '0'; ++ ++exp; ++ } ++ lval->num = n; ++ result = NUMBER; ++ } ++ break; ++ ++ case '=': ++ if (exp[0] == '=') ++ { ++ ++exp; ++ lval->op = equal; ++ result = EQUOP2; ++ } ++ else ++ result = YYERRCODE; ++ break; ++ ++ case '!': ++ if (exp[0] == '=') ++ { ++ ++exp; ++ lval->op = not_equal; ++ result = EQUOP2; ++ } ++ break; ++ ++ case '&': ++ case '|': ++ if (exp[0] == result) ++ ++exp; ++ else ++ result = YYERRCODE; ++ break; ++ ++ case '<': ++ if (exp[0] == '=') ++ { ++ ++exp; ++ lval->op = less_or_equal; ++ } ++ else ++ lval->op = less_than; ++ result = CMPOP2; ++ break; ++ ++ case '>': ++ if (exp[0] == '=') ++ { ++ ++exp; ++ lval->op = greater_or_equal; ++ } ++ else ++ lval->op = greater_than; ++ result = CMPOP2; ++ break; ++ ++ case '*': ++ lval->op = mult; ++ result = MULOP2; ++ break; ++ ++ case '/': ++ lval->op = divide; ++ result = MULOP2; ++ break; ++ ++ case '%': ++ lval->op = module; ++ result = MULOP2; ++ break; ++ ++ case '+': ++ lval->op = plus; ++ result = ADDOP2; ++ break; ++ ++ case '-': ++ lval->op = minus; ++ result = ADDOP2; ++ break; ++ ++ case 'n': ++ case '?': ++ case ':': ++ case '(': ++ case ')': ++ /* Nothing, just return the character. */ ++ break; ++ ++ case ';': ++ case '\n': ++ case '\0': ++ /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */ ++ --exp; ++ result = YYEOF; ++ break; ++ ++ default: ++ result = YYERRCODE; ++#if YYDEBUG != 0 ++ --exp; ++#endif ++ break; ++ } ++ ++ *pexp = exp; ++ ++ return result; ++} ++ ++ ++static void ++yyerror (const char *str) ++{ ++ /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */ ++} +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/po2tbl.sed.in 1998-04-26 09:20:52.000000000 -0400 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/po2tbl.sed.in 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 +@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@ +-# po2tbl.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to lookup table for catgets +-# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +-# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995. +-# +-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +-# any later version. +-# +-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +-# GNU General Public License for more details. +-# +-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +-# +-1 { +- i\ +-/* Automatically generated by po2tbl.sed from @PACKAGE NAME@.pot. */\ +-\ +-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H\ +-# include <config.h>\ +-#endif\ +-\ +-#include "libgettext.h"\ +-\ +-const struct _msg_ent _msg_tbl[] = { +- h +- s/.*/0/ +- x +-} +-# +-# Write msgid entries in C array form. +-# +-/^msgid/ { +- s/msgid[ ]*\(".*"\)/ {\1/ +- tb +-# Append the next line +- :b +- N +-# Look whether second part is continuation line. +- s/\(.*\)"\(\n\)"\(.*"\)/\1\2\3/ +-# Yes, then branch. +- ta +-# Because we assume that the input file correctly formed the line +-# just read cannot be again be a msgid line. So it's safe to ignore +-# it. +- s/\(.*\)\n.*/\1/ +- bc +-# We found a continuation line. But before printing insert '\'. +- :a +- s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/ +- P +-# We cannot use D here. +- s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/ +-# Some buggy seds do not clear the `successful substitution since last ``t''' +-# flag on `N', so we do a `t' here to clear it. +- tb +-# Not reached +- :c +- x +-# The following nice solution is by +-# Bruno <Haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de> +- td +-# Increment a decimal number in pattern space. +-# First hide trailing `9' digits. +- :d +- s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/ +- td +-# Assure at least one digit is available. +- s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/ +-# Increment the last digit. +- s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/ +- s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/ +- s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/ +- s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/ +- s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/ +- s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/ +- s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/ +- s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/ +- s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/ +-# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's. +- s/_/0/g +- x +- G +- s/\(.*\)\n\([0-9]*\)/\1, \2},/ +- s/\(.*\)"$/\1/ +- p +-} +-# +-# Last line. +-# +-$ { +- i\ +-};\ +- +- g +- s/0*\(.*\)/int _msg_tbl_length = \1;/p +-} +-d +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/printf-args.c 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/printf-args.c 2004-09-12 14:40:34.595711608 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ ++/* Decomposed printf argument list. ++ Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++ ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ any later version. ++ ++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. ++ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ ++ ++#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H ++# include <config.h> ++#endif ++ ++/* Specification. */ ++#include "printf-args.h" ++ ++#ifdef STATIC ++STATIC ++#endif ++int ++printf_fetchargs (va_list args, arguments *a) ++{ ++ size_t i; ++ argument *ap; ++ ++ for (i = 0, ap = &a->arg[0]; i < a->count; i++, ap++) ++ switch (ap->type) ++ { ++ case TYPE_SCHAR: ++ ap->a.a_schar = va_arg (args, /*signed char*/ int); ++ break; ++ case TYPE_UCHAR: ++ ap->a.a_uchar = va_arg (args, /*unsigned char*/ int); ++ break; ++ case TYPE_SHORT: ++ ap->a.a_short = va_arg (args, /*short*/ int); ++ break; ++ case TYPE_USHORT: ++ ap->a.a_ushort = va_arg (args, /*unsigned short*/ int); ++ break; ++ case TYPE_INT: ++ ap->a.a_int = va_arg (args, int); ++ break; ++ case TYPE_UINT: ++ ap->a.a_uint = va_arg (args, unsigned int); ++ break; ++ case TYPE_LONGINT: ++ ap->a.a_longint = va_arg (args, long int); ++ break; ++ case TYPE_ULONGINT: ++ ap->a.a_ulongint = va_arg (args, unsigned long int); ++ break; ++#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG ++ case TYPE_LONGLONGINT: ++ ap->a.a_longlongint = va_arg (args, long long int); ++ break; ++ case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT: ++ ap->a.a_ulonglongint = va_arg (args, unsigned long long int); ++ break; ++#endif ++ case TYPE_DOUBLE: ++ ap->a.a_double = va_arg (args, double); ++ break; ++#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE ++ case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE: ++ ap->a.a_longdouble = va_arg (args, long double); ++ break; ++#endif ++ case TYPE_CHAR: ++ ap->a.a_char = va_arg (args, int); ++ break; ++#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T ++ case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR: ++ ap->a.a_wide_char = va_arg (args, wint_t); ++ break; ++#endif ++ case TYPE_STRING: ++ ap->a.a_string = va_arg (args, const char *); ++ break; ++#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T ++ case TYPE_WIDE_STRING: ++ ap->a.a_wide_string = va_arg (args, const wchar_t *); ++ break; ++#endif ++ case TYPE_POINTER: ++ ap->a.a_pointer = va_arg (args, void *); ++ break; ++ case TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER: ++ ap->a.a_count_schar_pointer = va_arg (args, signed char *); ++ break; ++ case TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER: ++ ap->a.a_count_short_pointer = va_arg (args, short *); ++ break; ++ case TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER: ++ ap->a.a_count_int_pointer = va_arg (args, int *); ++ break; ++ case TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER: ++ ap->a.a_count_longint_pointer = va_arg (args, long int *); ++ break; ++#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG ++ case TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER: ++ ap->a.a_count_longlongint_pointer = va_arg (args, long long int *); ++ break; ++#endif ++ default: ++ /* Unknown type. */ ++ return -1; ++ } ++ return 0; ++} +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/printf-args.h 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/printf-args.h 2004-09-12 14:40:34.601710696 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ ++/* Decomposed printf argument list. ++ Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++ ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ any later version. ++ ++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. ++ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ ++ ++#ifndef _PRINTF_ARGS_H ++#define _PRINTF_ARGS_H ++ ++/* Get size_t. */ ++#include <stddef.h> ++ ++/* Get wchar_t. */ ++#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T ++# include <stddef.h> ++#endif ++ ++/* Get wint_t. */ ++#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T ++# include <wchar.h> ++#endif ++ ++/* Get va_list. */ ++#include <stdarg.h> ++ ++ ++/* Argument types */ ++typedef enum ++{ ++ TYPE_NONE, ++ TYPE_SCHAR, ++ TYPE_UCHAR, ++ TYPE_SHORT, ++ TYPE_USHORT, ++ TYPE_INT, ++ TYPE_UINT, ++ TYPE_LONGINT, ++ TYPE_ULONGINT, ++#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG ++ TYPE_LONGLONGINT, ++ TYPE_ULONGLONGINT, ++#endif ++ TYPE_DOUBLE, ++#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE ++ TYPE_LONGDOUBLE, ++#endif ++ TYPE_CHAR, ++#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T ++ TYPE_WIDE_CHAR, ++#endif ++ TYPE_STRING, ++#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T ++ TYPE_WIDE_STRING, ++#endif ++ TYPE_POINTER, ++ TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER, ++ TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER, ++ TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER, ++ TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER ++#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG ++, TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER ++#endif ++} arg_type; ++ ++/* Polymorphic argument */ ++typedef struct ++{ ++ arg_type type; ++ union ++ { ++ signed char a_schar; ++ unsigned char a_uchar; ++ short a_short; ++ unsigned short a_ushort; ++ int a_int; ++ unsigned int a_uint; ++ long int a_longint; ++ unsigned long int a_ulongint; ++#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG ++ long long int a_longlongint; ++ unsigned long long int a_ulonglongint; ++#endif ++ float a_float; ++ double a_double; ++#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE ++ long double a_longdouble; ++#endif ++ int a_char; ++#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T ++ wint_t a_wide_char; ++#endif ++ const char* a_string; ++#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T ++ const wchar_t* a_wide_string; ++#endif ++ void* a_pointer; ++ signed char * a_count_schar_pointer; ++ short * a_count_short_pointer; ++ int * a_count_int_pointer; ++ long int * a_count_longint_pointer; ++#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG ++ long long int * a_count_longlongint_pointer; ++#endif ++ } ++ a; ++} ++argument; ++ ++typedef struct ++{ ++ size_t count; ++ argument *arg; ++} ++arguments; ++ ++ ++/* Fetch the arguments, putting them into a. */ ++#ifdef STATIC ++STATIC ++#else ++extern ++#endif ++int printf_fetchargs (va_list args, arguments *a); ++ ++#endif /* _PRINTF_ARGS_H */ +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/printf.c 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/printf.c 2004-09-12 14:40:34.607709784 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,371 @@ ++/* Formatted output to strings, using POSIX/XSI format strings with positions. ++ Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++ Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003. ++ ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ any later version. ++ ++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. ++ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ ++ ++#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H ++# include <config.h> ++#endif ++ ++#ifdef __GNUC__ ++# define alloca __builtin_alloca ++# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 ++#else ++# ifdef _MSC_VER ++# include <malloc.h> ++# define alloca _alloca ++# else ++# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC ++# include <alloca.h> ++# else ++# ifdef _AIX ++ #pragma alloca ++# else ++# ifndef alloca ++char *alloca (); ++# endif ++# endif ++# endif ++# endif ++#endif ++ ++#include <stdio.h> ++ ++#if !HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF ++ ++#include <stdlib.h> ++#include <string.h> ++ ++/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because ++ the functions are only defined for binary backward compatibility, we ++ don't need to use __declspec(dllimport) in any case. */ ++#if defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL ++# define DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport) ++#else ++# define DLL_EXPORTED ++#endif ++ ++#define STATIC static ++ ++/* Define auxiliary functions declared in "printf-args.h". */ ++#include "printf-args.c" ++ ++/* Define auxiliary functions declared in "printf-parse.h". */ ++#include "printf-parse.c" ++ ++/* Define functions declared in "vasnprintf.h". */ ++#define vasnprintf libintl_vasnprintf ++#include "vasnprintf.c" ++#if 0 /* not needed */ ++#define asnprintf libintl_asnprintf ++#include "asnprintf.c" ++#endif ++ ++DLL_EXPORTED ++int ++libintl_vfprintf (FILE *stream, const char *format, va_list args) ++{ ++ if (strchr (format, '$') == NULL) ++ return vfprintf (stream, format, args); ++ else ++ { ++ size_t length; ++ char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (NULL, &length, format, args); ++ int retval = -1; ++ if (result != NULL) ++ { ++ if (fwrite (result, 1, length, stream) == length) ++ retval = length; ++ free (result); ++ } ++ return retval; ++ } ++} ++ ++DLL_EXPORTED ++int ++libintl_fprintf (FILE *stream, const char *format, ...) ++{ ++ va_list args; ++ int retval; ++ ++ va_start (args, format); ++ retval = libintl_vfprintf (stream, format, args); ++ va_end (args); ++ return retval; ++} ++ ++DLL_EXPORTED ++int ++libintl_vprintf (const char *format, va_list args) ++{ ++ return libintl_vfprintf (stdout, format, args); ++} ++ ++DLL_EXPORTED ++int ++libintl_printf (const char *format, ...) ++{ ++ va_list args; ++ int retval; ++ ++ va_start (args, format); ++ retval = libintl_vprintf (format, args); ++ va_end (args); ++ return retval; ++} ++ ++DLL_EXPORTED ++int ++libintl_vsprintf (char *resultbuf, const char *format, va_list args) ++{ ++ if (strchr (format, '$') == NULL) ++ return vsprintf (resultbuf, format, args); ++ else ++ { ++ size_t length = (size_t) ~0 / (4 * sizeof (char)); ++ char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (resultbuf, &length, format, args); ++ if (result != resultbuf) ++ { ++ free (result); ++ return -1; ++ } ++ else ++ return length; ++ } ++} ++ ++DLL_EXPORTED ++int ++libintl_sprintf (char *resultbuf, const char *format, ...) ++{ ++ va_list args; ++ int retval; ++ ++ va_start (args, format); ++ retval = libintl_vsprintf (resultbuf, format, args); ++ va_end (args); ++ return retval; ++} ++ ++#if HAVE_SNPRINTF ++ ++# if HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF ++ /* Windows. */ ++# define system_vsnprintf _vsnprintf ++# else ++ /* Unix. */ ++# define system_vsnprintf vsnprintf ++# endif ++ ++DLL_EXPORTED ++int ++libintl_vsnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t length, const char *format, va_list args) ++{ ++ if (strchr (format, '$') == NULL) ++ return system_vsnprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args); ++ else ++ { ++ size_t maxlength = length; ++ char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (resultbuf, &length, format, args); ++ if (result != resultbuf) ++ { ++ if (maxlength > 0) ++ { ++ if (length < maxlength) ++ abort (); ++ memcpy (resultbuf, result, maxlength - 1); ++ resultbuf[maxlength - 1] = '\0'; ++ } ++ free (result); ++ return -1; ++ } ++ else ++ return length; ++ } ++} ++ ++DLL_EXPORTED ++int ++libintl_snprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t length, const char *format, ...) ++{ ++ va_list args; ++ int retval; ++ ++ va_start (args, format); ++ retval = libintl_vsnprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args); ++ va_end (args); ++ return retval; ++} ++ ++#endif ++ ++#if HAVE_ASPRINTF ++ ++DLL_EXPORTED ++int ++libintl_vasprintf (char **resultp, const char *format, va_list args) ++{ ++ size_t length; ++ char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (NULL, &length, format, args); ++ if (result == NULL) ++ return -1; ++ *resultp = result; ++ return length; ++} ++ ++DLL_EXPORTED ++int ++libintl_asprintf (char **resultp, const char *format, ...) ++{ ++ va_list args; ++ int retval; ++ ++ va_start (args, format); ++ retval = libintl_vasprintf (resultp, format, args); ++ va_end (args); ++ return retval; ++} ++ ++#endif ++ ++#if HAVE_FWPRINTF ++ ++#include <wchar.h> ++ ++#define WIDE_CHAR_VERSION 1 ++ ++/* Define auxiliary functions declared in "wprintf-parse.h". */ ++#include "printf-parse.c" ++ ++/* Define functions declared in "vasnprintf.h". */ ++#define vasnwprintf libintl_vasnwprintf ++#include "vasnprintf.c" ++#if 0 /* not needed */ ++#define asnwprintf libintl_asnwprintf ++#include "asnprintf.c" ++#endif ++ ++# if HAVE_DECL__SNWPRINTF ++ /* Windows. */ ++# define system_vswprintf _vsnwprintf ++# else ++ /* Unix. */ ++# define system_vswprintf vswprintf ++# endif ++ ++DLL_EXPORTED ++int ++libintl_vfwprintf (FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format, va_list args) ++{ ++ if (wcschr (format, '$') == NULL) ++ return vfwprintf (stream, format, args); ++ else ++ { ++ size_t length; ++ wchar_t *result = libintl_vasnwprintf (NULL, &length, format, args); ++ int retval = -1; ++ if (result != NULL) ++ { ++ size_t i; ++ for (i = 0; i < length; i++) ++ if (fputwc (result[i], stream) == WEOF) ++ break; ++ if (i == length) ++ retval = length; ++ free (result); ++ } ++ return retval; ++ } ++} ++ ++DLL_EXPORTED ++int ++libintl_fwprintf (FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format, ...) ++{ ++ va_list args; ++ int retval; ++ ++ va_start (args, format); ++ retval = libintl_vfwprintf (stream, format, args); ++ va_end (args); ++ return retval; ++} ++ ++DLL_EXPORTED ++int ++libintl_vwprintf (const wchar_t *format, va_list args) ++{ ++ return libintl_vfwprintf (stdout, format, args); ++} ++ ++DLL_EXPORTED ++int ++libintl_wprintf (const wchar_t *format, ...) ++{ ++ va_list args; ++ int retval; ++ ++ va_start (args, format); ++ retval = libintl_vwprintf (format, args); ++ va_end (args); ++ return retval; ++} ++ ++DLL_EXPORTED ++int ++libintl_vswprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t length, const wchar_t *format, va_list args) ++{ ++ if (wcschr (format, '$') == NULL) ++ return system_vswprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args); ++ else ++ { ++ size_t maxlength = length; ++ wchar_t *result = libintl_vasnwprintf (resultbuf, &length, format, args); ++ if (result != resultbuf) ++ { ++ if (maxlength > 0) ++ { ++ if (length < maxlength) ++ abort (); ++ memcpy (resultbuf, result, (maxlength - 1) * sizeof (wchar_t)); ++ resultbuf[maxlength - 1] = 0; ++ } ++ free (result); ++ return -1; ++ } ++ else ++ return length; ++ } ++} ++ ++DLL_EXPORTED ++int ++libintl_swprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t length, const wchar_t *format, ...) ++{ ++ va_list args; ++ int retval; ++ ++ va_start (args, format); ++ retval = libintl_vswprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args); ++ va_end (args); ++ return retval; ++} ++ ++#endif ++ ++#endif +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/printf-parse.c 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/printf-parse.c 2004-09-12 14:40:34.622707504 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,537 @@ ++/* Formatted output to strings. ++ Copyright (C) 1999-2000, 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++ ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ any later version. ++ ++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. ++ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ ++ ++#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H ++# include <config.h> ++#endif ++ ++/* Specification. */ ++#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION ++# include "wprintf-parse.h" ++#else ++# include "printf-parse.h" ++#endif ++ ++/* Get size_t, NULL. */ ++#include <stddef.h> ++ ++/* Get intmax_t. */ ++#if HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX ++# include <stdint.h> ++#endif ++#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX ++# include <inttypes.h> ++#endif ++ ++/* malloc(), realloc(), free(). */ ++#include <stdlib.h> ++ ++/* Checked size_t computations. */ ++#include "xsize.h" ++ ++#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION ++# define PRINTF_PARSE wprintf_parse ++# define CHAR_T wchar_t ++# define DIRECTIVE wchar_t_directive ++# define DIRECTIVES wchar_t_directives ++#else ++# define PRINTF_PARSE printf_parse ++# define CHAR_T char ++# define DIRECTIVE char_directive ++# define DIRECTIVES char_directives ++#endif ++ ++#ifdef STATIC ++STATIC ++#endif ++int ++PRINTF_PARSE (const CHAR_T *format, DIRECTIVES *d, arguments *a) ++{ ++ const CHAR_T *cp = format; /* pointer into format */ ++ size_t arg_posn = 0; /* number of regular arguments consumed */ ++ size_t d_allocated; /* allocated elements of d->dir */ ++ size_t a_allocated; /* allocated elements of a->arg */ ++ size_t max_width_length = 0; ++ size_t max_precision_length = 0; ++ ++ d->count = 0; ++ d_allocated = 1; ++ d->dir = malloc (d_allocated * sizeof (DIRECTIVE)); ++ if (d->dir == NULL) ++ /* Out of memory. */ ++ return -1; ++ ++ a->count = 0; ++ a_allocated = 0; ++ a->arg = NULL; ++ ++#define REGISTER_ARG(_index_,_type_) \ ++ { \ ++ size_t n = (_index_); \ ++ if (n >= a_allocated) \ ++ { \ ++ size_t memory_size; \ ++ argument *memory; \ ++ \ ++ a_allocated = xtimes (a_allocated, 2); \ ++ if (a_allocated <= n) \ ++ a_allocated = xsum (n, 1); \ ++ memory_size = xtimes (a_allocated, sizeof (argument)); \ ++ if (size_overflow_p (memory_size)) \ ++ /* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */ \ ++ goto error; \ ++ memory = (a->arg \ ++ ? realloc (a->arg, memory_size) \ ++ : malloc (memory_size)); \ ++ if (memory == NULL) \ ++ /* Out of memory. */ \ ++ goto error; \ ++ a->arg = memory; \ ++ } \ ++ while (a->count <= n) \ ++ a->arg[a->count++].type = TYPE_NONE; \ ++ if (a->arg[n].type == TYPE_NONE) \ ++ a->arg[n].type = (_type_); \ ++ else if (a->arg[n].type != (_type_)) \ ++ /* Ambiguous type for positional argument. */ \ ++ goto error; \ ++ } ++ ++ while (*cp != '\0') ++ { ++ CHAR_T c = *cp++; ++ if (c == '%') ++ { ++ size_t arg_index = ARG_NONE; ++ DIRECTIVE *dp = &d->dir[d->count];/* pointer to next directive */ ++ ++ /* Initialize the next directive. */ ++ dp->dir_start = cp - 1; ++ dp->flags = 0; ++ dp->width_start = NULL; ++ dp->width_end = NULL; ++ dp->width_arg_index = ARG_NONE; ++ dp->precision_start = NULL; ++ dp->precision_end = NULL; ++ dp->precision_arg_index = ARG_NONE; ++ dp->arg_index = ARG_NONE; ++ ++ /* Test for positional argument. */ ++ if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9') ++ { ++ const CHAR_T *np; ++ ++ for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++) ++ ; ++ if (*np == '$') ++ { ++ size_t n = 0; ++ ++ for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++) ++ n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0'); ++ if (n == 0) ++ /* Positional argument 0. */ ++ goto error; ++ if (size_overflow_p (n)) ++ /* n too large, would lead to out of memory later. */ ++ goto error; ++ arg_index = n - 1; ++ cp = np + 1; ++ } ++ } ++ ++ /* Read the flags. */ ++ for (;;) ++ { ++ if (*cp == '\'') ++ { ++ dp->flags |= FLAG_GROUP; ++ cp++; ++ } ++ else if (*cp == '-') ++ { ++ dp->flags |= FLAG_LEFT; ++ cp++; ++ } ++ else if (*cp == '+') ++ { ++ dp->flags |= FLAG_SHOWSIGN; ++ cp++; ++ } ++ else if (*cp == ' ') ++ { ++ dp->flags |= FLAG_SPACE; ++ cp++; ++ } ++ else if (*cp == '#') ++ { ++ dp->flags |= FLAG_ALT; ++ cp++; ++ } ++ else if (*cp == '0') ++ { ++ dp->flags |= FLAG_ZERO; ++ cp++; ++ } ++ else ++ break; ++ } ++ ++ /* Parse the field width. */ ++ if (*cp == '*') ++ { ++ dp->width_start = cp; ++ cp++; ++ dp->width_end = cp; ++ if (max_width_length < 1) ++ max_width_length = 1; ++ ++ /* Test for positional argument. */ ++ if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9') ++ { ++ const CHAR_T *np; ++ ++ for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++) ++ ; ++ if (*np == '$') ++ { ++ size_t n = 0; ++ ++ for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++) ++ n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0'); ++ if (n == 0) ++ /* Positional argument 0. */ ++ goto error; ++ if (size_overflow_p (n)) ++ /* n too large, would lead to out of memory later. */ ++ goto error; ++ dp->width_arg_index = n - 1; ++ cp = np + 1; ++ } ++ } ++ if (dp->width_arg_index == ARG_NONE) ++ { ++ dp->width_arg_index = arg_posn++; ++ if (dp->width_arg_index == ARG_NONE) ++ /* arg_posn wrapped around. */ ++ goto error; ++ } ++ REGISTER_ARG (dp->width_arg_index, TYPE_INT); ++ } ++ else if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9') ++ { ++ size_t width_length; ++ ++ dp->width_start = cp; ++ for (; *cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9'; cp++) ++ ; ++ dp->width_end = cp; ++ width_length = dp->width_end - dp->width_start; ++ if (max_width_length < width_length) ++ max_width_length = width_length; ++ } ++ ++ /* Parse the precision. */ ++ if (*cp == '.') ++ { ++ cp++; ++ if (*cp == '*') ++ { ++ dp->precision_start = cp - 1; ++ cp++; ++ dp->precision_end = cp; ++ if (max_precision_length < 2) ++ max_precision_length = 2; ++ ++ /* Test for positional argument. */ ++ if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9') ++ { ++ const CHAR_T *np; ++ ++ for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++) ++ ; ++ if (*np == '$') ++ { ++ size_t n = 0; ++ ++ for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++) ++ n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0'); ++ if (n == 0) ++ /* Positional argument 0. */ ++ goto error; ++ if (size_overflow_p (n)) ++ /* n too large, would lead to out of memory ++ later. */ ++ goto error; ++ dp->precision_arg_index = n - 1; ++ cp = np + 1; ++ } ++ } ++ if (dp->precision_arg_index == ARG_NONE) ++ { ++ dp->precision_arg_index = arg_posn++; ++ if (dp->precision_arg_index == ARG_NONE) ++ /* arg_posn wrapped around. */ ++ goto error; ++ } ++ REGISTER_ARG (dp->precision_arg_index, TYPE_INT); ++ } ++ else ++ { ++ size_t precision_length; ++ ++ dp->precision_start = cp - 1; ++ for (; *cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9'; cp++) ++ ; ++ dp->precision_end = cp; ++ precision_length = dp->precision_end - dp->precision_start; ++ if (max_precision_length < precision_length) ++ max_precision_length = precision_length; ++ } ++ } ++ ++ { ++ arg_type type; ++ ++ /* Parse argument type/size specifiers. */ ++ { ++ int flags = 0; ++ ++ for (;;) ++ { ++ if (*cp == 'h') ++ { ++ flags |= (1 << (flags & 1)); ++ cp++; ++ } ++ else if (*cp == 'L') ++ { ++ flags |= 4; ++ cp++; ++ } ++ else if (*cp == 'l') ++ { ++ flags += 8; ++ cp++; ++ } ++#ifdef HAVE_INTMAX_T ++ else if (*cp == 'j') ++ { ++ if (sizeof (intmax_t) > sizeof (long)) ++ { ++ /* intmax_t = long long */ ++ flags += 16; ++ } ++ else if (sizeof (intmax_t) > sizeof (int)) ++ { ++ /* intmax_t = long */ ++ flags += 8; ++ } ++ cp++; ++ } ++#endif ++ else if (*cp == 'z' || *cp == 'Z') ++ { ++ /* 'z' is standardized in ISO C 99, but glibc uses 'Z' ++ because the warning facility in gcc-2.95.2 understands ++ only 'Z' (see gcc-2.95.2/gcc/c-common.c:1784). */ ++ if (sizeof (size_t) > sizeof (long)) ++ { ++ /* size_t = long long */ ++ flags += 16; ++ } ++ else if (sizeof (size_t) > sizeof (int)) ++ { ++ /* size_t = long */ ++ flags += 8; ++ } ++ cp++; ++ } ++ else if (*cp == 't') ++ { ++ if (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) > sizeof (long)) ++ { ++ /* ptrdiff_t = long long */ ++ flags += 16; ++ } ++ else if (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) > sizeof (int)) ++ { ++ /* ptrdiff_t = long */ ++ flags += 8; ++ } ++ cp++; ++ } ++ else ++ break; ++ } ++ ++ /* Read the conversion character. */ ++ c = *cp++; ++ switch (c) ++ { ++ case 'd': case 'i': ++#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG ++ if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4)) ++ type = TYPE_LONGLONGINT; ++ else ++#endif ++ if (flags >= 8) ++ type = TYPE_LONGINT; ++ else if (flags & 2) ++ type = TYPE_SCHAR; ++ else if (flags & 1) ++ type = TYPE_SHORT; ++ else ++ type = TYPE_INT; ++ break; ++ case 'o': case 'u': case 'x': case 'X': ++#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG ++ if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4)) ++ type = TYPE_ULONGLONGINT; ++ else ++#endif ++ if (flags >= 8) ++ type = TYPE_ULONGINT; ++ else if (flags & 2) ++ type = TYPE_UCHAR; ++ else if (flags & 1) ++ type = TYPE_USHORT; ++ else ++ type = TYPE_UINT; ++ break; ++ case 'f': case 'F': case 'e': case 'E': case 'g': case 'G': ++ case 'a': case 'A': ++#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE ++ if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4)) ++ type = TYPE_LONGDOUBLE; ++ else ++#endif ++ type = TYPE_DOUBLE; ++ break; ++ case 'c': ++ if (flags >= 8) ++#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T ++ type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR; ++#else ++ goto error; ++#endif ++ else ++ type = TYPE_CHAR; ++ break; ++#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T ++ case 'C': ++ type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR; ++ c = 'c'; ++ break; ++#endif ++ case 's': ++ if (flags >= 8) ++#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T ++ type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING; ++#else ++ goto error; ++#endif ++ else ++ type = TYPE_STRING; ++ break; ++#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T ++ case 'S': ++ type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING; ++ c = 's'; ++ break; ++#endif ++ case 'p': ++ type = TYPE_POINTER; ++ break; ++ case 'n': ++#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG ++ if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4)) ++ type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER; ++ else ++#endif ++ if (flags >= 8) ++ type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER; ++ else if (flags & 2) ++ type = TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER; ++ else if (flags & 1) ++ type = TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER; ++ else ++ type = TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER; ++ break; ++ case '%': ++ type = TYPE_NONE; ++ break; ++ default: ++ /* Unknown conversion character. */ ++ goto error; ++ } ++ } ++ ++ if (type != TYPE_NONE) ++ { ++ dp->arg_index = arg_index; ++ if (dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE) ++ { ++ dp->arg_index = arg_posn++; ++ if (dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE) ++ /* arg_posn wrapped around. */ ++ goto error; ++ } ++ REGISTER_ARG (dp->arg_index, type); ++ } ++ dp->conversion = c; ++ dp->dir_end = cp; ++ } ++ ++ d->count++; ++ if (d->count >= d_allocated) ++ { ++ size_t memory_size; ++ DIRECTIVE *memory; ++ ++ d_allocated = xtimes (d_allocated, 2); ++ memory_size = xtimes (d_allocated, sizeof (DIRECTIVE)); ++ if (size_overflow_p (memory_size)) ++ /* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */ ++ goto error; ++ memory = realloc (d->dir, memory_size); ++ if (memory == NULL) ++ /* Out of memory. */ ++ goto error; ++ d->dir = memory; ++ } ++ } ++ } ++ d->dir[d->count].dir_start = cp; ++ ++ d->max_width_length = max_width_length; ++ d->max_precision_length = max_precision_length; ++ return 0; ++ ++error: ++ if (a->arg) ++ free (a->arg); ++ if (d->dir) ++ free (d->dir); ++ return -1; ++} ++ ++#undef DIRECTIVES ++#undef DIRECTIVE ++#undef CHAR_T ++#undef PRINTF_PARSE +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/printf-parse.h 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/printf-parse.h 2004-09-12 14:40:34.628706592 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ ++/* Parse printf format string. ++ Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++ ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ any later version. ++ ++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. ++ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ ++ ++#ifndef _PRINTF_PARSE_H ++#define _PRINTF_PARSE_H ++ ++#include "printf-args.h" ++ ++ ++/* Flags */ ++#define FLAG_GROUP 1 /* ' flag */ ++#define FLAG_LEFT 2 /* - flag */ ++#define FLAG_SHOWSIGN 4 /* + flag */ ++#define FLAG_SPACE 8 /* space flag */ ++#define FLAG_ALT 16 /* # flag */ ++#define FLAG_ZERO 32 ++ ++/* arg_index value indicating that no argument is consumed. */ ++#define ARG_NONE (~(size_t)0) ++ ++/* A parsed directive. */ ++typedef struct ++{ ++ const char* dir_start; ++ const char* dir_end; ++ int flags; ++ const char* width_start; ++ const char* width_end; ++ size_t width_arg_index; ++ const char* precision_start; ++ const char* precision_end; ++ size_t precision_arg_index; ++ char conversion; /* d i o u x X f e E g G c s p n U % but not C S */ ++ size_t arg_index; ++} ++char_directive; ++ ++/* A parsed format string. */ ++typedef struct ++{ ++ size_t count; ++ char_directive *dir; ++ size_t max_width_length; ++ size_t max_precision_length; ++} ++char_directives; ++ ++ ++/* Parses the format string. Fills in the number N of directives, and fills ++ in directives[0], ..., directives[N-1], and sets directives[N].dir_start ++ to the end of the format string. Also fills in the arg_type fields of the ++ arguments and the needed count of arguments. */ ++#ifdef STATIC ++STATIC ++#else ++extern ++#endif ++int printf_parse (const char *format, char_directives *d, arguments *a); ++ ++#endif /* _PRINTF_PARSE_H */ +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/ref-add.sin 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/ref-add.sin 2004-09-12 14:40:34.633705832 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ ++# Add this package to a list of references stored in a text file. ++# ++# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++# ++# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++# any later version. ++# ++# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++# Library General Public License for more details. ++# ++# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++# USA. ++# ++# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>. ++# ++/^# Packages using this file: / { ++ s/# Packages using this file:// ++ ta ++ :a ++ s/ @PACKAGE@ / @PACKAGE@ / ++ tb ++ s/ $/ @PACKAGE@ / ++ :b ++ s/^/# Packages using this file:/ ++} +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/ref-del.sin 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/ref-del.sin 2004-09-12 14:40:34.638705072 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ ++# Remove this package from a list of references stored in a text file. ++# ++# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++# ++# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++# any later version. ++# ++# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++# Library General Public License for more details. ++# ++# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++# USA. ++# ++# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>. ++# ++/^# Packages using this file: / { ++ s/# Packages using this file:// ++ s/ @PACKAGE@ / / ++ s/^/# Packages using this file:/ ++} +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/relocatable.c 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/relocatable.c 2004-09-12 14:40:34.644704160 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,449 @@ ++/* Provide relocatable packages. ++ Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++ Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003. ++ ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ any later version. ++ ++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. ++ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ ++ ++ ++/* Tell glibc's <stdio.h> to provide a prototype for getline(). ++ This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include ++ <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */ ++#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE ++# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 ++#endif ++ ++#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H ++# include "config.h" ++#endif ++ ++/* Specification. */ ++#include "relocatable.h" ++ ++#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE ++ ++#include <stddef.h> ++#include <stdio.h> ++#include <stdlib.h> ++#include <string.h> ++ ++#ifdef NO_XMALLOC ++# define xmalloc malloc ++#else ++# include "xalloc.h" ++#endif ++ ++#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ ++# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN ++# include <windows.h> ++#endif ++ ++#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBCHARSET ++# include <libcharset.h> ++#endif ++#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV && HAVE_ICONV ++# include <iconv.h> ++#endif ++#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBINTL && ENABLE_NLS ++# include <libintl.h> ++#endif ++ ++/* Faked cheap 'bool'. */ ++#undef bool ++#undef false ++#undef true ++#define bool int ++#define false 0 ++#define true 1 ++ ++/* Pathname support. ++ ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character. ++ IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) tests whether P contains a directory specification. ++ */ ++#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ ++ /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */ ++# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\') ++# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \ ++ ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \ ++ && (P)[1] == ':') ++# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \ ++ (strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P)) ++# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) (HAS_DEVICE (P) ? 2 : 0) ++#else ++ /* Unix */ ++# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/') ++# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL) ++# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) 0 ++#endif ++ ++/* Original installation prefix. */ ++static char *orig_prefix; ++static size_t orig_prefix_len; ++/* Current installation prefix. */ ++static char *curr_prefix; ++static size_t curr_prefix_len; ++/* These prefixes do not end in a slash. Anything that will be concatenated ++ to them must start with a slash. */ ++ ++/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of this module. ++ Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix ++ by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both ++ prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use "" ++ instead of "/"). */ ++static void ++set_this_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg, ++ const char *curr_prefix_arg) ++{ ++ if (orig_prefix_arg != NULL && curr_prefix_arg != NULL ++ /* Optimization: if orig_prefix and curr_prefix are equal, the ++ relocation is a nop. */ ++ && strcmp (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg) != 0) ++ { ++ /* Duplicate the argument strings. */ ++ char *memory; ++ ++ orig_prefix_len = strlen (orig_prefix_arg); ++ curr_prefix_len = strlen (curr_prefix_arg); ++ memory = (char *) xmalloc (orig_prefix_len + 1 + curr_prefix_len + 1); ++#ifdef NO_XMALLOC ++ if (memory != NULL) ++#endif ++ { ++ memcpy (memory, orig_prefix_arg, orig_prefix_len + 1); ++ orig_prefix = memory; ++ memory += orig_prefix_len + 1; ++ memcpy (memory, curr_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_len + 1); ++ curr_prefix = memory; ++ return; ++ } ++ } ++ orig_prefix = NULL; ++ curr_prefix = NULL; ++ /* Don't worry about wasted memory here - this function is usually only ++ called once. */ ++} ++ ++/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package. ++ Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix ++ by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both ++ prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use "" ++ instead of "/"). */ ++void ++set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg, const char *curr_prefix_arg) ++{ ++ set_this_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg); ++ ++ /* Now notify all dependent libraries. */ ++#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBCHARSET ++ libcharset_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg); ++#endif ++#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV && HAVE_ICONV && _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0109 ++ libiconv_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg); ++#endif ++#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBINTL && ENABLE_NLS && defined libintl_set_relocation_prefix ++ libintl_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg); ++#endif ++} ++ ++#if !defined IN_LIBRARY || (defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR) ++ ++/* Convenience function: ++ Computes the current installation prefix, based on the original ++ installation prefix, the original installation directory of a particular ++ file, and the current pathname of this file. Returns NULL upon failure. */ ++#ifdef IN_LIBRARY ++#define compute_curr_prefix local_compute_curr_prefix ++static ++#endif ++const char * ++compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix, ++ const char *orig_installdir, ++ const char *curr_pathname) ++{ ++ const char *curr_installdir; ++ const char *rel_installdir; ++ ++ if (curr_pathname == NULL) ++ return NULL; ++ ++ /* Determine the relative installation directory, relative to the prefix. ++ This is simply the difference between orig_installprefix and ++ orig_installdir. */ ++ if (strncmp (orig_installprefix, orig_installdir, strlen (orig_installprefix)) ++ != 0) ++ /* Shouldn't happen - nothing should be installed outside $(prefix). */ ++ return NULL; ++ rel_installdir = orig_installdir + strlen (orig_installprefix); ++ ++ /* Determine the current installation directory. */ ++ { ++ const char *p_base = curr_pathname + FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_pathname); ++ const char *p = curr_pathname + strlen (curr_pathname); ++ char *q; ++ ++ while (p > p_base) ++ { ++ p--; ++ if (ISSLASH (*p)) ++ break; ++ } ++ ++ q = (char *) xmalloc (p - curr_pathname + 1); ++#ifdef NO_XMALLOC ++ if (q == NULL) ++ return NULL; ++#endif ++ memcpy (q, curr_pathname, p - curr_pathname); ++ q[p - curr_pathname] = '\0'; ++ curr_installdir = q; ++ } ++ ++ /* Compute the current installation prefix by removing the trailing ++ rel_installdir from it. */ ++ { ++ const char *rp = rel_installdir + strlen (rel_installdir); ++ const char *cp = curr_installdir + strlen (curr_installdir); ++ const char *cp_base = ++ curr_installdir + FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_installdir); ++ ++ while (rp > rel_installdir && cp > cp_base) ++ { ++ bool same = false; ++ const char *rpi = rp; ++ const char *cpi = cp; ++ ++ while (rpi > rel_installdir && cpi > cp_base) ++ { ++ rpi--; ++ cpi--; ++ if (ISSLASH (*rpi) || ISSLASH (*cpi)) ++ { ++ if (ISSLASH (*rpi) && ISSLASH (*cpi)) ++ same = true; ++ break; ++ } ++#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ ++ /* Win32, OS/2, DOS - case insignificant filesystem */ ++ if ((*rpi >= 'a' && *rpi <= 'z' ? *rpi - 'a' + 'A' : *rpi) ++ != (*cpi >= 'a' && *cpi <= 'z' ? *cpi - 'a' + 'A' : *cpi)) ++ break; ++#else ++ if (*rpi != *cpi) ++ break; ++#endif ++ } ++ if (!same) ++ break; ++ /* The last pathname component was the same. opi and cpi now point ++ to the slash before it. */ ++ rp = rpi; ++ cp = cpi; ++ } ++ ++ if (rp > rel_installdir) ++ /* Unexpected: The curr_installdir does not end with rel_installdir. */ ++ return NULL; ++ ++ { ++ size_t curr_prefix_len = cp - curr_installdir; ++ char *curr_prefix; ++ ++ curr_prefix = (char *) xmalloc (curr_prefix_len + 1); ++#ifdef NO_XMALLOC ++ if (curr_prefix == NULL) ++ return NULL; ++#endif ++ memcpy (curr_prefix, curr_installdir, curr_prefix_len); ++ curr_prefix[curr_prefix_len] = '\0'; ++ ++ return curr_prefix; ++ } ++ } ++} ++ ++#endif /* !IN_LIBRARY || PIC */ ++ ++#if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR ++ ++/* Full pathname of shared library, or NULL. */ ++static char *shared_library_fullname; ++ ++#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ ++ ++/* Determine the full pathname of the shared library when it is loaded. */ ++ ++BOOL WINAPI ++DllMain (HINSTANCE module_handle, DWORD event, LPVOID reserved) ++{ ++ (void) reserved; ++ ++ if (event == DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH) ++ { ++ /* The DLL is being loaded into an application's address range. */ ++ static char location[MAX_PATH]; ++ ++ if (!GetModuleFileName (module_handle, location, sizeof (location))) ++ /* Shouldn't happen. */ ++ return FALSE; ++ ++ if (!IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (location)) ++ /* Shouldn't happen. */ ++ return FALSE; ++ ++ shared_library_fullname = strdup (location); ++ } ++ ++ return TRUE; ++} ++ ++#else /* Unix */ ++ ++static void ++find_shared_library_fullname () ++{ ++#if defined __linux__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2 ++ /* Linux has /proc/self/maps. glibc 2 has the getline() function. */ ++ FILE *fp; ++ ++ /* Open the current process' maps file. It describes one VMA per line. */ ++ fp = fopen ("/proc/self/maps", "r"); ++ if (fp) ++ { ++ unsigned long address = (unsigned long) &find_shared_library_fullname; ++ for (;;) ++ { ++ unsigned long start, end; ++ int c; ++ ++ if (fscanf (fp, "%lx-%lx", &start, &end) != 2) ++ break; ++ if (address >= start && address <= end - 1) ++ { ++ /* Found it. Now see if this line contains a filename. */ ++ while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n' && c != '/') ++ continue; ++ if (c == '/') ++ { ++ size_t size; ++ int len; ++ ++ ungetc (c, fp); ++ shared_library_fullname = NULL; size = 0; ++ len = getline (&shared_library_fullname, &size, fp); ++ if (len >= 0) ++ { ++ /* Success: filled shared_library_fullname. */ ++ if (len > 0 && shared_library_fullname[len - 1] == '\n') ++ shared_library_fullname[len - 1] = '\0'; ++ } ++ } ++ break; ++ } ++ while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n') ++ continue; ++ } ++ fclose (fp); ++ } ++#endif ++} ++ ++#endif /* WIN32 / Unix */ ++ ++/* Return the full pathname of the current shared library. ++ Return NULL if unknown. ++ Guaranteed to work only on Linux and Woe32. */ ++static char * ++get_shared_library_fullname () ++{ ++#if !(defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) ++ static bool tried_find_shared_library_fullname; ++ if (!tried_find_shared_library_fullname) ++ { ++ find_shared_library_fullname (); ++ tried_find_shared_library_fullname = true; ++ } ++#endif ++ return shared_library_fullname; ++} ++ ++#endif /* PIC */ ++ ++/* Returns the pathname, relocated according to the current installation ++ directory. */ ++const char * ++relocate (const char *pathname) ++{ ++#if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR ++ static int initialized; ++ ++ /* Initialization code for a shared library. */ ++ if (!initialized) ++ { ++ /* At this point, orig_prefix and curr_prefix likely have already been ++ set through the main program's set_program_name_and_installdir ++ function. This is sufficient in the case that the library has ++ initially been installed in the same orig_prefix. But we can do ++ better, to also cover the cases that 1. it has been installed ++ in a different prefix before being moved to orig_prefix and (later) ++ to curr_prefix, 2. unlike the program, it has not moved away from ++ orig_prefix. */ ++ const char *orig_installprefix = INSTALLPREFIX; ++ const char *orig_installdir = INSTALLDIR; ++ const char *curr_prefix_better; ++ ++ curr_prefix_better = ++ compute_curr_prefix (orig_installprefix, orig_installdir, ++ get_shared_library_fullname ()); ++ if (curr_prefix_better == NULL) ++ curr_prefix_better = curr_prefix; ++ ++ set_relocation_prefix (orig_installprefix, curr_prefix_better); ++ ++ initialized = 1; ++ } ++#endif ++ ++ /* Note: It is not necessary to perform case insensitive comparison here, ++ even for DOS-like filesystems, because the pathname argument was ++ typically created from the same Makefile variable as orig_prefix came ++ from. */ ++ if (orig_prefix != NULL && curr_prefix != NULL ++ && strncmp (pathname, orig_prefix, orig_prefix_len) == 0) ++ { ++ if (pathname[orig_prefix_len] == '\0') ++ /* pathname equals orig_prefix. */ ++ return curr_prefix; ++ if (ISSLASH (pathname[orig_prefix_len])) ++ { ++ /* pathname starts with orig_prefix. */ ++ const char *pathname_tail = &pathname[orig_prefix_len]; ++ char *result = ++ (char *) xmalloc (curr_prefix_len + strlen (pathname_tail) + 1); ++ ++#ifdef NO_XMALLOC ++ if (result != NULL) ++#endif ++ { ++ memcpy (result, curr_prefix, curr_prefix_len); ++ strcpy (result + curr_prefix_len, pathname_tail); ++ return result; ++ } ++ } ++ } ++ /* Nothing to relocate. */ ++ return pathname; ++} ++ ++#endif +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/relocatable.h 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/relocatable.h 2004-09-12 14:40:34.651703096 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ ++/* Provide relocatable packages. ++ Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++ Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003. ++ ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ any later version. ++ ++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. ++ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ ++ ++#ifndef _RELOCATABLE_H ++#define _RELOCATABLE_H ++ ++#ifdef __cplusplus ++extern "C" { ++#endif ++ ++ ++/* This can be enabled through the configure --enable-relocatable option. */ ++#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE ++ ++/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because ++ this is a private .h file, we don't need to use __declspec(dllimport) ++ in any case. */ ++#if defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL ++# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport) ++#else ++# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED ++#endif ++ ++/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package. ++ Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix ++ by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both ++ prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use "" ++ instead of "/"). */ ++extern RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED void ++ set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix, ++ const char *curr_prefix); ++ ++/* Returns the pathname, relocated according to the current installation ++ directory. */ ++extern const char * relocate (const char *pathname); ++ ++/* Memory management: relocate() leaks memory, because it has to construct ++ a fresh pathname. If this is a problem because your program calls ++ relocate() frequently, think about caching the result. */ ++ ++/* Convenience function: ++ Computes the current installation prefix, based on the original ++ installation prefix, the original installation directory of a particular ++ file, and the current pathname of this file. Returns NULL upon failure. */ ++extern const char * compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix, ++ const char *orig_installdir, ++ const char *curr_pathname); ++ ++#else ++ ++/* By default, we use the hardwired pathnames. */ ++#define relocate(pathname) (pathname) ++ ++#endif ++ ++ ++#ifdef __cplusplus ++} ++#endif ++ ++#endif /* _RELOCATABLE_H */ +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/textdomain.c 1998-04-26 09:22:37.000000000 -0400 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/textdomain.c 2004-09-12 14:40:34.656702336 -0400 +@@ -1,51 +1,60 @@ +-/* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function +- Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +- Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995. ++/* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function. ++ Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +- GNU General Public License for more details. ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. + +- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, +- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ + + #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H + # include <config.h> + #endif + +-#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC +-# include <stdlib.h> +-#endif ++#include <stdlib.h> ++#include <string.h> + +-#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC +-# include <string.h> ++#ifdef _LIBC ++# include <libintl.h> + #else +-# include <strings.h> +-# ifndef memcpy +-# define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy (Src, Dst, Num) +-# endif ++# include "libgnuintl.h" + #endif ++#include "gettextP.h" + + #ifdef _LIBC +-# include <libintl.h> ++/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */ ++# include <bits/libc-lock.h> + #else +-# include "libgettext.h" ++/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */ ++# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME) ++# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) ++# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME) ++#endif ++ ++/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different ++ names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs ++ using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */ ++#if !defined _LIBC ++# define _nl_default_default_domain libintl_nl_default_default_domain ++# define _nl_current_default_domain libintl_nl_current_default_domain + #endif + + /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + + /* Name of the default text domain. */ +-extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[]; ++extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[] attribute_hidden; + + /* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found. */ +-extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain; ++extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain attribute_hidden; + + + /* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash +@@ -54,50 +63,76 @@ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ + #ifdef _LIBC + # define TEXTDOMAIN __textdomain +-# define strdup(str) __strdup (str) ++# ifndef strdup ++# define strdup(str) __strdup (str) ++# endif + #else +-# define TEXTDOMAIN textdomain__ ++# define TEXTDOMAIN libintl_textdomain + #endif + ++/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */ ++__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden) ++ + /* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME. + If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default. + If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */ + char * +-TEXTDOMAIN (domainname) +- const char *domainname; ++TEXTDOMAIN (const char *domainname) + { +- char *old; ++ char *new_domain; ++ char *old_domain; + + /* A NULL pointer requests the current setting. */ + if (domainname == NULL) + return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; + +- old = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; ++ __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock); ++ ++ old_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; + + /* If domain name is the null string set to default domain "messages". */ + if (domainname[0] == '\0' + || strcmp (domainname, _nl_default_default_domain) == 0) +- _nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain; ++ { ++ _nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain; ++ new_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; ++ } ++ else if (strcmp (domainname, old_domain) == 0) ++ /* This can happen and people will use it to signal that some ++ environment variable changed. */ ++ new_domain = old_domain; + else + { + /* If the following malloc fails `_nl_current_default_domain' + will be NULL. This value will be returned and so signals we + are out of core. */ + #if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP +- _nl_current_default_domain = strdup (domainname); ++ new_domain = strdup (domainname); + #else + size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1; +- char *cp = (char *) malloc (len); +- if (cp != NULL) +- memcpy (cp, domainname, len); +- _nl_current_default_domain = cp; ++ new_domain = (char *) malloc (len); ++ if (new_domain != NULL) ++ memcpy (new_domain, domainname, len); + #endif ++ ++ if (new_domain != NULL) ++ _nl_current_default_domain = new_domain; + } + +- if (old != _nl_default_default_domain) +- free (old); ++ /* We use this possibility to signal a change of the loaded catalogs ++ since this is most likely the case and there is no other easy we ++ to do it. Do it only when the call was successful. */ ++ if (new_domain != NULL) ++ { ++ ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr; + +- return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; ++ if (old_domain != new_domain && old_domain != _nl_default_default_domain) ++ free (old_domain); ++ } ++ ++ __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); ++ ++ return new_domain; + } + + #ifdef _LIBC +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/vasnprintf.c 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/vasnprintf.c 2004-09-12 14:40:34.662701424 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,887 @@ ++/* vsprintf with automatic memory allocation. ++ Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++ ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ any later version. ++ ++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. ++ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ ++ ++/* Tell glibc's <stdio.h> to provide a prototype for snprintf(). ++ This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include ++ <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */ ++#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE ++# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 ++#endif ++ ++#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H ++# include <config.h> ++#endif ++#ifndef IN_LIBINTL ++# include <alloca.h> ++#endif ++ ++/* Specification. */ ++#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION ++# include "vasnwprintf.h" ++#else ++# include "vasnprintf.h" ++#endif ++ ++#include <stdio.h> /* snprintf(), sprintf() */ ++#include <stdlib.h> /* abort(), malloc(), realloc(), free() */ ++#include <string.h> /* memcpy(), strlen() */ ++#include <errno.h> /* errno */ ++#include <limits.h> /* CHAR_BIT */ ++#include <float.h> /* DBL_MAX_EXP, LDBL_MAX_EXP */ ++#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION ++# include "wprintf-parse.h" ++#else ++# include "printf-parse.h" ++#endif ++ ++/* Checked size_t computations. */ ++#include "xsize.h" ++ ++#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T ++# ifdef HAVE_WCSLEN ++# define local_wcslen wcslen ++# else ++ /* Solaris 2.5.1 has wcslen() in a separate library libw.so. To avoid ++ a dependency towards this library, here is a local substitute. ++ Define this substitute only once, even if this file is included ++ twice in the same compilation unit. */ ++# ifndef local_wcslen_defined ++# define local_wcslen_defined 1 ++static size_t ++local_wcslen (const wchar_t *s) ++{ ++ const wchar_t *ptr; ++ ++ for (ptr = s; *ptr != (wchar_t) 0; ptr++) ++ ; ++ return ptr - s; ++} ++# endif ++# endif ++#endif ++ ++#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION ++# define VASNPRINTF vasnwprintf ++# define CHAR_T wchar_t ++# define DIRECTIVE wchar_t_directive ++# define DIRECTIVES wchar_t_directives ++# define PRINTF_PARSE wprintf_parse ++# define USE_SNPRINTF 1 ++# if HAVE_DECL__SNWPRINTF ++ /* On Windows, the function swprintf() has a different signature than ++ on Unix; we use the _snwprintf() function instead. */ ++# define SNPRINTF _snwprintf ++# else ++ /* Unix. */ ++# define SNPRINTF swprintf ++# endif ++#else ++# define VASNPRINTF vasnprintf ++# define CHAR_T char ++# define DIRECTIVE char_directive ++# define DIRECTIVES char_directives ++# define PRINTF_PARSE printf_parse ++# define USE_SNPRINTF (HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF || HAVE_SNPRINTF) ++# if HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF ++ /* Windows. */ ++# define SNPRINTF _snprintf ++# else ++ /* Unix. */ ++# define SNPRINTF snprintf ++# endif ++#endif ++ ++CHAR_T * ++VASNPRINTF (CHAR_T *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const CHAR_T *format, va_list args) ++{ ++ DIRECTIVES d; ++ arguments a; ++ ++ if (PRINTF_PARSE (format, &d, &a) < 0) ++ { ++ errno = EINVAL; ++ return NULL; ++ } ++ ++#define CLEANUP() \ ++ free (d.dir); \ ++ if (a.arg) \ ++ free (a.arg); ++ ++ if (printf_fetchargs (args, &a) < 0) ++ { ++ CLEANUP (); ++ errno = EINVAL; ++ return NULL; ++ } ++ ++ { ++ size_t buf_neededlength; ++ CHAR_T *buf; ++ CHAR_T *buf_malloced; ++ const CHAR_T *cp; ++ size_t i; ++ DIRECTIVE *dp; ++ /* Output string accumulator. */ ++ CHAR_T *result; ++ size_t allocated; ++ size_t length; ++ ++ /* Allocate a small buffer that will hold a directive passed to ++ sprintf or snprintf. */ ++ buf_neededlength = ++ xsum4 (7, d.max_width_length, d.max_precision_length, 6); ++#if HAVE_ALLOCA ++ if (buf_neededlength < 4000 / sizeof (CHAR_T)) ++ { ++ buf = (CHAR_T *) alloca (buf_neededlength * sizeof (CHAR_T)); ++ buf_malloced = NULL; ++ } ++ else ++#endif ++ { ++ size_t buf_memsize = xtimes (buf_neededlength, sizeof (CHAR_T)); ++ if (size_overflow_p (buf_memsize)) ++ goto out_of_memory_1; ++ buf = (CHAR_T *) malloc (buf_memsize); ++ if (buf == NULL) ++ goto out_of_memory_1; ++ buf_malloced = buf; ++ } ++ ++ if (resultbuf != NULL) ++ { ++ result = resultbuf; ++ allocated = *lengthp; ++ } ++ else ++ { ++ result = NULL; ++ allocated = 0; ++ } ++ length = 0; ++ /* Invariants: ++ result is either == resultbuf or == NULL or malloc-allocated. ++ If length > 0, then result != NULL. */ ++ ++ /* Ensures that allocated >= needed. Aborts through a jump to ++ out_of_memory if needed is SIZE_MAX or otherwise too big. */ ++#define ENSURE_ALLOCATION(needed) \ ++ if ((needed) > allocated) \ ++ { \ ++ size_t memory_size; \ ++ CHAR_T *memory; \ ++ \ ++ allocated = (allocated > 0 ? xtimes (allocated, 2) : 12); \ ++ if ((needed) > allocated) \ ++ allocated = (needed); \ ++ memory_size = xtimes (allocated, sizeof (CHAR_T)); \ ++ if (size_overflow_p (memory_size)) \ ++ goto out_of_memory; \ ++ if (result == resultbuf || result == NULL) \ ++ memory = (CHAR_T *) malloc (memory_size); \ ++ else \ ++ memory = (CHAR_T *) realloc (result, memory_size); \ ++ if (memory == NULL) \ ++ goto out_of_memory; \ ++ if (result == resultbuf && length > 0) \ ++ memcpy (memory, result, length * sizeof (CHAR_T)); \ ++ result = memory; \ ++ } ++ ++ for (cp = format, i = 0, dp = &d.dir[0]; ; cp = dp->dir_end, i++, dp++) ++ { ++ if (cp != dp->dir_start) ++ { ++ size_t n = dp->dir_start - cp; ++ size_t augmented_length = xsum (length, n); ++ ++ ENSURE_ALLOCATION (augmented_length); ++ memcpy (result + length, cp, n * sizeof (CHAR_T)); ++ length = augmented_length; ++ } ++ if (i == d.count) ++ break; ++ ++ /* Execute a single directive. */ ++ if (dp->conversion == '%') ++ { ++ size_t augmented_length; ++ ++ if (!(dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE)) ++ abort (); ++ augmented_length = xsum (length, 1); ++ ENSURE_ALLOCATION (augmented_length); ++ result[length] = '%'; ++ length = augmented_length; ++ } ++ else ++ { ++ if (!(dp->arg_index != ARG_NONE)) ++ abort (); ++ ++ if (dp->conversion == 'n') ++ { ++ switch (a.arg[dp->arg_index].type) ++ { ++ case TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER: ++ *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_schar_pointer = length; ++ break; ++ case TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER: ++ *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_short_pointer = length; ++ break; ++ case TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER: ++ *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_int_pointer = length; ++ break; ++ case TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER: ++ *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_longint_pointer = length; ++ break; ++#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG ++ case TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER: ++ *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_longlongint_pointer = length; ++ break; ++#endif ++ default: ++ abort (); ++ } ++ } ++ else ++ { ++ arg_type type = a.arg[dp->arg_index].type; ++ CHAR_T *p; ++ unsigned int prefix_count; ++ int prefixes[2]; ++#if !USE_SNPRINTF ++ size_t tmp_length; ++ CHAR_T tmpbuf[700]; ++ CHAR_T *tmp; ++ ++ /* Allocate a temporary buffer of sufficient size for calling ++ sprintf. */ ++ { ++ size_t width; ++ size_t precision; ++ ++ width = 0; ++ if (dp->width_start != dp->width_end) ++ { ++ if (dp->width_arg_index != ARG_NONE) ++ { ++ int arg; ++ ++ if (!(a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT)) ++ abort (); ++ arg = a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].a.a_int; ++ width = (arg < 0 ? (unsigned int) (-arg) : arg); ++ } ++ else ++ { ++ const CHAR_T *digitp = dp->width_start; ++ ++ do ++ width = xsum (xtimes (width, 10), *digitp++ - '0'); ++ while (digitp != dp->width_end); ++ } ++ } ++ ++ precision = 6; ++ if (dp->precision_start != dp->precision_end) ++ { ++ if (dp->precision_arg_index != ARG_NONE) ++ { ++ int arg; ++ ++ if (!(a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT)) ++ abort (); ++ arg = a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].a.a_int; ++ precision = (arg < 0 ? 0 : arg); ++ } ++ else ++ { ++ const CHAR_T *digitp = dp->precision_start + 1; ++ ++ precision = 0; ++ do ++ precision = xsum (xtimes (precision, 10), *digitp++ - '0'); ++ while (digitp != dp->precision_end); ++ } ++ } ++ ++ switch (dp->conversion) ++ { ++ ++ case 'd': case 'i': case 'u': ++# ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG ++ if (type == TYPE_LONGLONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGLONGINT) ++ tmp_length = ++ (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long long) * CHAR_BIT ++ * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */ ++ * 2 /* estimate for FLAG_GROUP */ ++ ) ++ + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */ ++ + 1; /* account for leading sign */ ++ else ++# endif ++ if (type == TYPE_LONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGINT) ++ tmp_length = ++ (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT ++ * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */ ++ * 2 /* estimate for FLAG_GROUP */ ++ ) ++ + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */ ++ + 1; /* account for leading sign */ ++ else ++ tmp_length = ++ (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned int) * CHAR_BIT ++ * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */ ++ * 2 /* estimate for FLAG_GROUP */ ++ ) ++ + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */ ++ + 1; /* account for leading sign */ ++ break; ++ ++ case 'o': ++# ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG ++ if (type == TYPE_LONGLONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGLONGINT) ++ tmp_length = ++ (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long long) * CHAR_BIT ++ * 0.333334 /* binary -> octal */ ++ ) ++ + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */ ++ + 1; /* account for leading sign */ ++ else ++# endif ++ if (type == TYPE_LONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGINT) ++ tmp_length = ++ (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT ++ * 0.333334 /* binary -> octal */ ++ ) ++ + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */ ++ + 1; /* account for leading sign */ ++ else ++ tmp_length = ++ (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned int) * CHAR_BIT ++ * 0.333334 /* binary -> octal */ ++ ) ++ + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */ ++ + 1; /* account for leading sign */ ++ break; ++ ++ case 'x': case 'X': ++# ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG ++ if (type == TYPE_LONGLONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGLONGINT) ++ tmp_length = ++ (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long long) * CHAR_BIT ++ * 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */ ++ ) ++ + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */ ++ + 2; /* account for leading sign or alternate form */ ++ else ++# endif ++ if (type == TYPE_LONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGINT) ++ tmp_length = ++ (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT ++ * 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */ ++ ) ++ + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */ ++ + 2; /* account for leading sign or alternate form */ ++ else ++ tmp_length = ++ (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned int) * CHAR_BIT ++ * 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */ ++ ) ++ + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */ ++ + 2; /* account for leading sign or alternate form */ ++ break; ++ ++ case 'f': case 'F': ++# ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE ++ if (type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE) ++ tmp_length = ++ (unsigned int) (LDBL_MAX_EXP ++ * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */ ++ * 2 /* estimate for FLAG_GROUP */ ++ ) ++ + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */ ++ + 10; /* sign, decimal point etc. */ ++ else ++# endif ++ tmp_length = ++ (unsigned int) (DBL_MAX_EXP ++ * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */ ++ * 2 /* estimate for FLAG_GROUP */ ++ ) ++ + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */ ++ + 10; /* sign, decimal point etc. */ ++ tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, precision); ++ break; ++ ++ case 'e': case 'E': case 'g': case 'G': ++ case 'a': case 'A': ++ tmp_length = ++ 12; /* sign, decimal point, exponent etc. */ ++ tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, precision); ++ break; ++ ++ case 'c': ++# if defined HAVE_WINT_T && !WIDE_CHAR_VERSION ++ if (type == TYPE_WIDE_CHAR) ++ tmp_length = MB_CUR_MAX; ++ else ++# endif ++ tmp_length = 1; ++ break; ++ ++ case 's': ++# ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T ++ if (type == TYPE_WIDE_STRING) ++ { ++ tmp_length = ++ local_wcslen (a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_wide_string); ++ ++# if !WIDE_CHAR_VERSION ++ tmp_length = xtimes (tmp_length, MB_CUR_MAX); ++# endif ++ } ++ else ++# endif ++ tmp_length = strlen (a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_string); ++ break; ++ ++ case 'p': ++ tmp_length = ++ (unsigned int) (sizeof (void *) * CHAR_BIT ++ * 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */ ++ ) ++ + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */ ++ + 2; /* account for leading 0x */ ++ break; ++ ++ default: ++ abort (); ++ } ++ ++ if (tmp_length < width) ++ tmp_length = width; ++ ++ tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 1); /* account for trailing NUL */ ++ } ++ ++ if (tmp_length <= sizeof (tmpbuf) / sizeof (CHAR_T)) ++ tmp = tmpbuf; ++ else ++ { ++ size_t tmp_memsize = xtimes (tmp_length, sizeof (CHAR_T)); ++ ++ if (size_overflow_p (tmp_memsize)) ++ /* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */ ++ goto out_of_memory; ++ tmp = (CHAR_T *) malloc (tmp_memsize); ++ if (tmp == NULL) ++ /* Out of memory. */ ++ goto out_of_memory; ++ } ++#endif ++ ++ /* Construct the format string for calling snprintf or ++ sprintf. */ ++ p = buf; ++ *p++ = '%'; ++ if (dp->flags & FLAG_GROUP) ++ *p++ = '\''; ++ if (dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT) ++ *p++ = '-'; ++ if (dp->flags & FLAG_SHOWSIGN) ++ *p++ = '+'; ++ if (dp->flags & FLAG_SPACE) ++ *p++ = ' '; ++ if (dp->flags & FLAG_ALT) ++ *p++ = '#'; ++ if (dp->flags & FLAG_ZERO) ++ *p++ = '0'; ++ if (dp->width_start != dp->width_end) ++ { ++ size_t n = dp->width_end - dp->width_start; ++ memcpy (p, dp->width_start, n * sizeof (CHAR_T)); ++ p += n; ++ } ++ if (dp->precision_start != dp->precision_end) ++ { ++ size_t n = dp->precision_end - dp->precision_start; ++ memcpy (p, dp->precision_start, n * sizeof (CHAR_T)); ++ p += n; ++ } ++ ++ switch (type) ++ { ++#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG ++ case TYPE_LONGLONGINT: ++ case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT: ++ *p++ = 'l'; ++ /*FALLTHROUGH*/ ++#endif ++ case TYPE_LONGINT: ++ case TYPE_ULONGINT: ++#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T ++ case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR: ++#endif ++#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T ++ case TYPE_WIDE_STRING: ++#endif ++ *p++ = 'l'; ++ break; ++#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE ++ case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE: ++ *p++ = 'L'; ++ break; ++#endif ++ default: ++ break; ++ } ++ *p = dp->conversion; ++#if USE_SNPRINTF ++ p[1] = '%'; ++ p[2] = 'n'; ++ p[3] = '\0'; ++#else ++ p[1] = '\0'; ++#endif ++ ++ /* Construct the arguments for calling snprintf or sprintf. */ ++ prefix_count = 0; ++ if (dp->width_arg_index != ARG_NONE) ++ { ++ if (!(a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT)) ++ abort (); ++ prefixes[prefix_count++] = a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].a.a_int; ++ } ++ if (dp->precision_arg_index != ARG_NONE) ++ { ++ if (!(a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT)) ++ abort (); ++ prefixes[prefix_count++] = a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].a.a_int; ++ } ++ ++#if USE_SNPRINTF ++ /* Prepare checking whether snprintf returns the count ++ via %n. */ ++ ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, 1)); ++ result[length] = '\0'; ++#endif ++ ++ for (;;) ++ { ++ size_t maxlen; ++ int count; ++ int retcount; ++ ++ maxlen = allocated - length; ++ count = -1; ++ retcount = 0; ++ ++#if USE_SNPRINTF ++# define SNPRINTF_BUF(arg) \ ++ switch (prefix_count) \ ++ { \ ++ case 0: \ ++ retcount = SNPRINTF (result + length, maxlen, buf, \ ++ arg, &count); \ ++ break; \ ++ case 1: \ ++ retcount = SNPRINTF (result + length, maxlen, buf, \ ++ prefixes[0], arg, &count); \ ++ break; \ ++ case 2: \ ++ retcount = SNPRINTF (result + length, maxlen, buf, \ ++ prefixes[0], prefixes[1], arg, \ ++ &count); \ ++ break; \ ++ default: \ ++ abort (); \ ++ } ++#else ++# define SNPRINTF_BUF(arg) \ ++ switch (prefix_count) \ ++ { \ ++ case 0: \ ++ count = sprintf (tmp, buf, arg); \ ++ break; \ ++ case 1: \ ++ count = sprintf (tmp, buf, prefixes[0], arg); \ ++ break; \ ++ case 2: \ ++ count = sprintf (tmp, buf, prefixes[0], prefixes[1],\ ++ arg); \ ++ break; \ ++ default: \ ++ abort (); \ ++ } ++#endif ++ ++ switch (type) ++ { ++ case TYPE_SCHAR: ++ { ++ int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_schar; ++ SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); ++ } ++ break; ++ case TYPE_UCHAR: ++ { ++ unsigned int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_uchar; ++ SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); ++ } ++ break; ++ case TYPE_SHORT: ++ { ++ int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_short; ++ SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); ++ } ++ break; ++ case TYPE_USHORT: ++ { ++ unsigned int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_ushort; ++ SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); ++ } ++ break; ++ case TYPE_INT: ++ { ++ int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_int; ++ SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); ++ } ++ break; ++ case TYPE_UINT: ++ { ++ unsigned int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_uint; ++ SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); ++ } ++ break; ++ case TYPE_LONGINT: ++ { ++ long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longint; ++ SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); ++ } ++ break; ++ case TYPE_ULONGINT: ++ { ++ unsigned long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_ulongint; ++ SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); ++ } ++ break; ++#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG ++ case TYPE_LONGLONGINT: ++ { ++ long long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longlongint; ++ SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); ++ } ++ break; ++ case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT: ++ { ++ unsigned long long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_ulonglongint; ++ SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); ++ } ++ break; ++#endif ++ case TYPE_DOUBLE: ++ { ++ double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_double; ++ SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); ++ } ++ break; ++#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE ++ case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE: ++ { ++ long double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longdouble; ++ SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); ++ } ++ break; ++#endif ++ case TYPE_CHAR: ++ { ++ int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_char; ++ SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); ++ } ++ break; ++#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T ++ case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR: ++ { ++ wint_t arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_wide_char; ++ SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); ++ } ++ break; ++#endif ++ case TYPE_STRING: ++ { ++ const char *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_string; ++ SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); ++ } ++ break; ++#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T ++ case TYPE_WIDE_STRING: ++ { ++ const wchar_t *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_wide_string; ++ SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); ++ } ++ break; ++#endif ++ case TYPE_POINTER: ++ { ++ void *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_pointer; ++ SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); ++ } ++ break; ++ default: ++ abort (); ++ } ++ ++#if USE_SNPRINTF ++ /* Portability: Not all implementations of snprintf() ++ are ISO C 99 compliant. Determine the number of ++ bytes that snprintf() has produced or would have ++ produced. */ ++ if (count >= 0) ++ { ++ /* Verify that snprintf() has NUL-terminated its ++ result. */ ++ if (count < maxlen && result[length + count] != '\0') ++ abort (); ++ /* Portability hack. */ ++ if (retcount > count) ++ count = retcount; ++ } ++ else ++ { ++ /* snprintf() doesn't understand the '%n' ++ directive. */ ++ if (p[1] != '\0') ++ { ++ /* Don't use the '%n' directive; instead, look ++ at the snprintf() return value. */ ++ p[1] = '\0'; ++ continue; ++ } ++ else ++ { ++ /* Look at the snprintf() return value. */ ++ if (retcount < 0) ++ { ++ /* HP-UX 10.20 snprintf() is doubly deficient: ++ It doesn't understand the '%n' directive, ++ *and* it returns -1 (rather than the length ++ that would have been required) when the ++ buffer is too small. */ ++ size_t bigger_need = ++ xsum (xtimes (allocated, 2), 12); ++ ENSURE_ALLOCATION (bigger_need); ++ continue; ++ } ++ else ++ count = retcount; ++ } ++ } ++#endif ++ ++ /* Attempt to handle failure. */ ++ if (count < 0) ++ { ++ if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL)) ++ free (result); ++ if (buf_malloced != NULL) ++ free (buf_malloced); ++ CLEANUP (); ++ errno = EINVAL; ++ return NULL; ++ } ++ ++#if !USE_SNPRINTF ++ if (count >= tmp_length) ++ /* tmp_length was incorrectly calculated - fix the ++ code above! */ ++ abort (); ++#endif ++ ++ /* Make room for the result. */ ++ if (count >= maxlen) ++ { ++ /* Need at least count bytes. But allocate ++ proportionally, to avoid looping eternally if ++ snprintf() reports a too small count. */ ++ size_t n = ++ xmax (xsum (length, count), xtimes (allocated, 2)); ++ ++ ENSURE_ALLOCATION (n); ++#if USE_SNPRINTF ++ continue; ++#endif ++ } ++ ++#if USE_SNPRINTF ++ /* The snprintf() result did fit. */ ++#else ++ /* Append the sprintf() result. */ ++ memcpy (result + length, tmp, count * sizeof (CHAR_T)); ++ if (tmp != tmpbuf) ++ free (tmp); ++#endif ++ ++ length += count; ++ break; ++ } ++ } ++ } ++ } ++ ++ /* Add the final NUL. */ ++ ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, 1)); ++ result[length] = '\0'; ++ ++ if (result != resultbuf && length + 1 < allocated) ++ { ++ /* Shrink the allocated memory if possible. */ ++ CHAR_T *memory; ++ ++ memory = (CHAR_T *) realloc (result, (length + 1) * sizeof (CHAR_T)); ++ if (memory != NULL) ++ result = memory; ++ } ++ ++ if (buf_malloced != NULL) ++ free (buf_malloced); ++ CLEANUP (); ++ *lengthp = length; ++ return result; ++ ++ out_of_memory: ++ if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL)) ++ free (result); ++ if (buf_malloced != NULL) ++ free (buf_malloced); ++ out_of_memory_1: ++ CLEANUP (); ++ errno = ENOMEM; ++ return NULL; ++ } ++} ++ ++#undef SNPRINTF ++#undef USE_SNPRINTF ++#undef PRINTF_PARSE ++#undef DIRECTIVES ++#undef DIRECTIVE ++#undef CHAR_T ++#undef VASNPRINTF +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/vasnprintf.h 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/vasnprintf.h 2004-09-12 14:40:34.667700664 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ ++/* vsprintf with automatic memory allocation. ++ Copyright (C) 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++ ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ any later version. ++ ++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. ++ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ ++ ++#ifndef _VASNPRINTF_H ++#define _VASNPRINTF_H ++ ++/* Get va_list. */ ++#include <stdarg.h> ++ ++/* Get size_t. */ ++#include <stddef.h> ++ ++#ifndef __attribute__ ++/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later. */ ++# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__ ++# define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */ ++# endif ++/* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes ++ are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later. */ ++# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7) ++# define __format__ format ++# define __printf__ printf ++# endif ++#endif ++ ++#ifdef __cplusplus ++extern "C" { ++#endif ++ ++/* Write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with malloc(). ++ You can pass a preallocated buffer for the result in RESULTBUF and its ++ size in *LENGTHP; otherwise you pass RESULTBUF = NULL. ++ If successful, return the address of the string (this may be = RESULTBUF ++ if no dynamic memory allocation was necessary) and set *LENGTHP to the ++ number of resulting bytes, excluding the trailing NUL. Upon error, set ++ errno and return NULL. */ ++extern char * asnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, ...) ++ __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4))); ++extern char * vasnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, va_list args) ++ __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 0))); ++ ++#ifdef __cplusplus ++} ++#endif ++ ++#endif /* _VASNPRINTF_H */ +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/vasnwprintf.h 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/vasnwprintf.h 2004-09-12 14:40:34.673699752 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ ++/* vswprintf with automatic memory allocation. ++ Copyright (C) 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++ ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ any later version. ++ ++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. ++ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ ++ ++#ifndef _VASNWPRINTF_H ++#define _VASNWPRINTF_H ++ ++/* Get va_list. */ ++#include <stdarg.h> ++ ++/* Get wchar_t, size_t. */ ++#include <stddef.h> ++ ++#ifdef __cplusplus ++extern "C" { ++#endif ++ ++/* Write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with malloc(). ++ You can pass a preallocated buffer for the result in RESULTBUF and its ++ size in *LENGTHP; otherwise you pass RESULTBUF = NULL. ++ If successful, return the address of the string (this may be = RESULTBUF ++ if no dynamic memory allocation was necessary) and set *LENGTHP to the ++ number of resulting bytes, excluding the trailing NUL. Upon error, set ++ errno and return NULL. */ ++extern wchar_t * asnwprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const wchar_t *format, ...); ++extern wchar_t * vasnwprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const wchar_t *format, va_list args); ++ ++#ifdef __cplusplus ++} ++#endif ++ ++#endif /* _VASNWPRINTF_H */ +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/VERSION 1998-04-26 09:22:37.000000000 -0400 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/VERSION 2004-09-12 14:40:34.679698840 -0400 +@@ -1 +1 @@ +-GNU gettext library from gettext-0.10.32 ++GNU gettext library from gettext-0.14.1 +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/wprintf-parse.h 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/wprintf-parse.h 2004-09-12 14:40:34.695696408 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ ++/* Parse printf format string. ++ Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++ ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ any later version. ++ ++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. ++ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ ++ ++#ifndef _WPRINTF_PARSE_H ++#define _WPRINTF_PARSE_H ++ ++#include "printf-args.h" ++ ++ ++/* Flags */ ++#define FLAG_GROUP 1 /* ' flag */ ++#define FLAG_LEFT 2 /* - flag */ ++#define FLAG_SHOWSIGN 4 /* + flag */ ++#define FLAG_SPACE 8 /* space flag */ ++#define FLAG_ALT 16 /* # flag */ ++#define FLAG_ZERO 32 ++ ++/* arg_index value indicating that no argument is consumed. */ ++#define ARG_NONE (~(size_t)0) ++ ++/* A parsed directive. */ ++typedef struct ++{ ++ const wchar_t* dir_start; ++ const wchar_t* dir_end; ++ int flags; ++ const wchar_t* width_start; ++ const wchar_t* width_end; ++ size_t width_arg_index; ++ const wchar_t* precision_start; ++ const wchar_t* precision_end; ++ size_t precision_arg_index; ++ wchar_t conversion; /* d i o u x X f e E g G c s p n U % but not C S */ ++ size_t arg_index; ++} ++wchar_t_directive; ++ ++/* A parsed format string. */ ++typedef struct ++{ ++ size_t count; ++ wchar_t_directive *dir; ++ size_t max_width_length; ++ size_t max_precision_length; ++} ++wchar_t_directives; ++ ++ ++/* Parses the format string. Fills in the number N of directives, and fills ++ in directives[0], ..., directives[N-1], and sets directives[N].dir_start ++ to the end of the format string. Also fills in the arg_type fields of the ++ arguments and the needed count of arguments. */ ++#ifdef STATIC ++STATIC ++#else ++extern ++#endif ++int wprintf_parse (const wchar_t *format, wchar_t_directives *d, arguments *a); ++ ++#endif /* _WPRINTF_PARSE_H */ +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/xopen-msg.sed 1998-04-26 09:20:52.000000000 -0400 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/xopen-msg.sed 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 +@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@ +-# po2msg.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to X/Open style .msg file +-# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +-# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995. +-# +-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +-# any later version. +-# +-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +-# GNU General Public License for more details. +-# +-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +-# +-# +-# The first directive in the .msg should be the definition of the +-# message set number. We use always set number 1. +-# +-1 { +- i\ +-$set 1 # Automatically created by po2msg.sed +- h +- s/.*/0/ +- x +-} +-# +-# We copy all comments into the .msg file. Perhaps they can help. +-# +-/^#/ s/^#[ ]*/$ /p +-# +-# We copy the original message as a comment into the .msg file. +-# +-/^msgid/ { +-# Does not work now +-# /"$/! { +-# s/\\$// +-# s/$/ ... (more lines following)"/ +-# } +- s/^msgid[ ]*"\(.*\)"$/$ Original Message: \1/ +- p +-} +-# +-# The .msg file contains, other then the .po file, only the translations +-# but each given a unique ID. Starting from 1 and incrementing by 1 for +-# each message we assign them to the messages. +-# It is important that the .po file used to generate the cat-id-tbl.c file +-# (with po-to-tbl) is the same as the one used here. (At least the order +-# of declarations must not be changed.) +-# +-/^msgstr/ { +- s/msgstr[ ]*"\(.*\)"/\1/ +- x +-# The following nice solution is by +-# Bruno <Haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de> +- td +-# Increment a decimal number in pattern space. +-# First hide trailing `9' digits. +- :d +- s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/ +- td +-# Assure at least one digit is available. +- s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/ +-# Increment the last digit. +- s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/ +- s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/ +- s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/ +- s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/ +- s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/ +- s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/ +- s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/ +- s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/ +- s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/ +-# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's. +- s/_/0/g +- x +-# Bring the line in the format `<number> <message>' +- G +- s/^[^\n]*$/& / +- s/\(.*\)\n\([0-9]*\)/\2 \1/ +-# Clear flag from last substitution. +- tb +-# Append the next line. +- :b +- N +-# Look whether second part is a continuation line. +- s/\(.*\n\)"\(.*\)"/\1\2/ +-# Yes, then branch. +- ta +- P +- D +-# Note that `D' includes a jump to the start!! +-# We found a continuation line. But before printing insert '\'. +- :a +- s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/ +- P +-# We cannot use the sed command `D' here +- s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/ +- tb +-} +-d +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/intl/xsize.h 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/intl/xsize.h 2004-09-12 14:40:34.700695648 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ ++/* xsize.h -- Checked size_t computations. ++ ++ Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++ ++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published ++ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++ any later version. ++ ++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Library General Public License for more details. ++ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public ++ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, ++ USA. */ ++ ++#ifndef _XSIZE_H ++#define _XSIZE_H ++ ++/* Get size_t. */ ++#include <stddef.h> ++ ++/* Get SIZE_MAX. */ ++#include <limits.h> ++#if HAVE_STDINT_H ++# include <stdint.h> ++#endif ++ ++/* The size of memory objects is often computed through expressions of ++ type size_t. Example: ++ void* p = malloc (header_size + n * element_size). ++ These computations can lead to overflow. When this happens, malloc() ++ returns a piece of memory that is way too small, and the program then ++ crashes while attempting to fill the memory. ++ To avoid this, the functions and macros in this file check for overflow. ++ The convention is that SIZE_MAX represents overflow. ++ malloc (SIZE_MAX) is not guaranteed to fail -- think of a malloc ++ implementation that uses mmap --, it's recommended to use size_overflow_p() ++ or size_in_bounds_p() before invoking malloc(). ++ The example thus becomes: ++ size_t size = xsum (header_size, xtimes (n, element_size)); ++ void *p = (size_in_bounds_p (size) ? malloc (size) : NULL); ++*/ ++ ++/* Convert an arbitrary value >= 0 to type size_t. */ ++#define xcast_size_t(N) \ ++ ((N) <= SIZE_MAX ? (size_t) (N) : SIZE_MAX) ++ ++/* Sum of two sizes, with overflow check. */ ++static inline size_t ++#if __GNUC__ >= 3 ++__attribute__ ((__pure__)) ++#endif ++xsum (size_t size1, size_t size2) ++{ ++ size_t sum = size1 + size2; ++ return (sum >= size1 ? sum : SIZE_MAX); ++} ++ ++/* Sum of three sizes, with overflow check. */ ++static inline size_t ++#if __GNUC__ >= 3 ++__attribute__ ((__pure__)) ++#endif ++xsum3 (size_t size1, size_t size2, size_t size3) ++{ ++ return xsum (xsum (size1, size2), size3); ++} ++ ++/* Sum of four sizes, with overflow check. */ ++static inline size_t ++#if __GNUC__ >= 3 ++__attribute__ ((__pure__)) ++#endif ++xsum4 (size_t size1, size_t size2, size_t size3, size_t size4) ++{ ++ return xsum (xsum (xsum (size1, size2), size3), size4); ++} ++ ++/* Maximum of two sizes, with overflow check. */ ++static inline size_t ++#if __GNUC__ >= 3 ++__attribute__ ((__pure__)) ++#endif ++xmax (size_t size1, size_t size2) ++{ ++ /* No explicit check is needed here, because for any n: ++ max (SIZE_MAX, n) == SIZE_MAX and max (n, SIZE_MAX) == SIZE_MAX. */ ++ return (size1 >= size2 ? size1 : size2); ++} ++ ++/* Multiplication of a count with an element size, with overflow check. ++ The count must be >= 0 and the element size must be > 0. ++ This is a macro, not an inline function, so that it works correctly even ++ when N is of a wider tupe and N > SIZE_MAX. */ ++#define xtimes(N, ELSIZE) \ ++ ((N) <= SIZE_MAX / (ELSIZE) ? (size_t) (N) * (ELSIZE) : SIZE_MAX) ++ ++/* Check for overflow. */ ++#define size_overflow_p(SIZE) \ ++ ((SIZE) == SIZE_MAX) ++/* Check against overflow. */ ++#define size_in_bounds_p(SIZE) \ ++ ((SIZE) != SIZE_MAX) ++ ++#endif /* _XSIZE_H */ +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/m4/ChangeLog 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/m4/ChangeLog 2004-09-12 14:40:35.054641840 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ ++2004-09-12 gettextize <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org> ++ ++ * codeset.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. ++ * gettext.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. ++ * glibc21.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. ++ * iconv.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. ++ * intdiv0.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. ++ * intmax.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. ++ * inttypes.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. ++ * inttypes_h.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. ++ * inttypes-pri.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. ++ * isc-posix.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. ++ * lcmessage.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. ++ * lib-ld.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. ++ * lib-link.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. ++ * lib-prefix.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. ++ * longdouble.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. ++ * longlong.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. ++ * nls.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. ++ * po.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. ++ * printf-posix.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. ++ * progtest.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. ++ * signed.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. ++ * size_max.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. ++ * stdint_h.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. ++ * uintmax_t.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. ++ * ulonglong.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. ++ * wchar_t.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. ++ * wint_t.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. ++ * xsize.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. ++ * Makefile.am: New file. ++ +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/m4/codeset.m4 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/m4/codeset.m4 2004-09-12 14:40:34.820677408 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ ++# codeset.m4 serial AM1 (gettext-0.10.40) ++dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU ++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General ++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program ++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under ++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. ++ ++dnl From Bruno Haible. ++ ++AC_DEFUN([AM_LANGINFO_CODESET], ++[ ++ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for nl_langinfo and CODESET], am_cv_langinfo_codeset, ++ [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <langinfo.h>], ++ [char* cs = nl_langinfo(CODESET);], ++ am_cv_langinfo_codeset=yes, ++ am_cv_langinfo_codeset=no) ++ ]) ++ if test $am_cv_langinfo_codeset = yes; then ++ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET, 1, ++ [Define if you have <langinfo.h> and nl_langinfo(CODESET).]) ++ fi ++]) +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/m4/gettext.m4 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/m4/gettext.m4 2004-09-12 14:40:34.826676496 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,487 @@ ++# gettext.m4 serial 28 (gettext-0.13) ++dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU ++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General ++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program ++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under ++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. ++dnl ++dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under ++dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public ++dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext ++dnl functionality. ++dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered ++dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU ++dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License. ++dnl They are *not* in the public domain. ++ ++dnl Authors: ++dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995-2000. ++dnl Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2000-2003. ++ ++dnl Macro to add for using GNU gettext. ++ ++dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT([INTLSYMBOL], [NEEDSYMBOL], [INTLDIR]). ++dnl INTLSYMBOL can be one of 'external', 'no-libtool', 'use-libtool'. The ++dnl default (if it is not specified or empty) is 'no-libtool'. ++dnl INTLSYMBOL should be 'external' for packages with no intl directory, ++dnl and 'no-libtool' or 'use-libtool' for packages with an intl directory. ++dnl If INTLSYMBOL is 'use-libtool', then a libtool library ++dnl $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.la will be created (shared and/or static, ++dnl depending on --{enable,disable}-{shared,static} and on the presence of ++dnl AM-DISABLE-SHARED). If INTLSYMBOL is 'no-libtool', a static library ++dnl $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a will be created. ++dnl If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is 'need-ngettext', then GNU gettext ++dnl implementations (in libc or libintl) without the ngettext() function ++dnl will be ignored. If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is ++dnl 'need-formatstring-macros', then GNU gettext implementations that don't ++dnl support the ISO C 99 <inttypes.h> formatstring macros will be ignored. ++dnl INTLDIR is used to find the intl libraries. If empty, ++dnl the value `$(top_builddir)/intl/' is used. ++dnl ++dnl The result of the configuration is one of three cases: ++dnl 1) GNU gettext, as included in the intl subdirectory, will be compiled ++dnl and used. ++dnl Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir) ++dnl Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree ++dnl 2) GNU gettext has been found in the system's C library. ++dnl Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir) ++dnl Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree ++dnl 3) No internationalization, always use English msgid. ++dnl Catalog format: none ++dnl Catalog extension: none ++dnl If INTLSYMBOL is 'external', only cases 2 and 3 can occur. ++dnl The use of .gmo is historical (it was needed to avoid overwriting the ++dnl GNU format catalogs when building on a platform with an X/Open gettext), ++dnl but we keep it in order not to force irrelevant filename changes on the ++dnl maintainers. ++dnl ++AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT], ++[ ++ dnl Argument checking. ++ ifelse([$1], [], , [ifelse([$1], [external], , [ifelse([$1], [no-libtool], , [ifelse([$1], [use-libtool], , ++ [errprint([ERROR: invalid first argument to AM_GNU_GETTEXT ++])])])])]) ++ ifelse([$2], [], , [ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], , [ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros], , ++ [errprint([ERROR: invalid second argument to AM_GNU_GETTEXT ++])])])]) ++ define(gt_included_intl, ifelse([$1], [external], [no], [yes])) ++ define(gt_libtool_suffix_prefix, ifelse([$1], [use-libtool], [l], [])) ++ ++ AC_REQUIRE([AM_PO_SUBDIRS])dnl ++ ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [ ++ AC_REQUIRE([AM_INTL_SUBDIR])dnl ++ ]) ++ ++ dnl Prerequisites of AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY. ++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX]) ++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH]) ++ ++ dnl Sometimes libintl requires libiconv, so first search for libiconv. ++ dnl Ideally we would do this search only after the ++ dnl if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then ++ dnl if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" != "yes"; then ++ dnl tests. But if configure.in invokes AM_ICONV after AM_GNU_GETTEXT ++ dnl the configure script would need to contain the same shell code ++ dnl again, outside any 'if'. There are two solutions: ++ dnl - Invoke AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY here, outside any 'if'. ++ dnl - Control the expansions in more detail using AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE. ++ dnl Since AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE is only in autoconf >= 2.52 and not ++ dnl documented, we avoid it. ++ ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, , [ ++ AC_REQUIRE([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY]) ++ ]) ++ ++ dnl Set USE_NLS. ++ AM_NLS ++ ++ ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [ ++ BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no ++ USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no ++ ]) ++ LIBINTL= ++ LTLIBINTL= ++ POSUB= ++ ++ dnl If we use NLS figure out what method ++ if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then ++ gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=no ++ ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [ ++ AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested]) ++ AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext, ++ [ --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here], ++ nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval, ++ nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no) ++ AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext) ++ ++ nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" ++ if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then ++ ]) ++ dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library. Figure out what ++ dnl to use. If GNU gettext is available we use this. Else we have ++ dnl to fall back to GNU NLS library. ++ ++ dnl Add a version number to the cache macros. ++ define([gt_api_version], ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros], 3, ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], 2, 1))) ++ define([gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc], [gt_cv_func_gnugettext]gt_api_version[_libc]) ++ define([gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl], [gt_cv_func_gnugettext]gt_api_version[_libintl]) ++ ++ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libc], gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc, ++ [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h> ++]ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros], ++[#ifndef __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION ++#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) ((major) == 0 ? 0 : -1) ++#endif ++changequote(,)dnl ++typedef int array [2 * (__GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(0) >= 1) - 1]; ++changequote([,])dnl ++], [])[extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; ++extern int *_nl_domain_bindings;], ++ [bindtextdomain ("", ""); ++return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_domain_bindings], ++ gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc=yes, ++ gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc=no)]) ++ ++ if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" != "yes"; then ++ dnl Sometimes libintl requires libiconv, so first search for libiconv. ++ ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, , [ ++ AM_ICONV_LINK ++ ]) ++ dnl Search for libintl and define LIBINTL, LTLIBINTL and INCINTL ++ dnl accordingly. Don't use AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([intl],[iconv]) ++ dnl because that would add "-liconv" to LIBINTL and LTLIBINTL ++ dnl even if libiconv doesn't exist. ++ AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([intl]) ++ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libintl], ++ gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl, ++ [gt_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" ++ CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $INCINTL" ++ gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS" ++ LIBS="$LIBS $LIBINTL" ++ dnl Now see whether libintl exists and does not depend on libiconv. ++ AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h> ++]ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros], ++[#ifndef __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION ++#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) ((major) == 0 ? 0 : -1) ++#endif ++changequote(,)dnl ++typedef int array [2 * (__GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(0) >= 1) - 1]; ++changequote([,])dnl ++], [])[extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; ++extern ++#ifdef __cplusplus ++"C" ++#endif ++const char *_nl_expand_alias ();], ++ [bindtextdomain ("", ""); ++return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias (0)], ++ gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes, ++ gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=no) ++ dnl Now see whether libintl exists and depends on libiconv. ++ if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" != yes && test -n "$LIBICONV"; then ++ LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV" ++ AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h> ++]ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros], ++[#ifndef __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION ++#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) ((major) == 0 ? 0 : -1) ++#endif ++changequote(,)dnl ++typedef int array [2 * (__GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(0) >= 1) - 1]; ++changequote([,])dnl ++], [])[extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; ++extern ++#ifdef __cplusplus ++"C" ++#endif ++const char *_nl_expand_alias ();], ++ [bindtextdomain ("", ""); ++return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias (0)], ++ [LIBINTL="$LIBINTL $LIBICONV" ++ LTLIBINTL="$LTLIBINTL $LTLIBICONV" ++ gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes ++ ]) ++ fi ++ CPPFLAGS="$gt_save_CPPFLAGS" ++ LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"]) ++ fi ++ ++ dnl If an already present or preinstalled GNU gettext() is found, ++ dnl use it. But if this macro is used in GNU gettext, and GNU ++ dnl gettext is already preinstalled in libintl, we update this ++ dnl libintl. (Cf. the install rule in intl/Makefile.in.) ++ if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" = "yes" \ ++ || { test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes" \ ++ && test "$PACKAGE" != gettext-runtime \ ++ && test "$PACKAGE" != gettext-tools; }; then ++ gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=yes ++ else ++ dnl Reset the values set by searching for libintl. ++ LIBINTL= ++ LTLIBINTL= ++ INCINTL= ++ fi ++ ++ ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [ ++ if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" != "yes"; then ++ dnl GNU gettext is not found in the C library. ++ dnl Fall back on included GNU gettext library. ++ nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes ++ fi ++ fi ++ ++ if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then ++ dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library. ++ BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes ++ USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes ++ LIBINTL="ifelse([$3],[],\${top_builddir}/intl,[$3])/libintl.[]gt_libtool_suffix_prefix[]a $LIBICONV" ++ LTLIBINTL="ifelse([$3],[],\${top_builddir}/intl,[$3])/libintl.[]gt_libtool_suffix_prefix[]a $LTLIBICONV" ++ LIBS=`echo " $LIBS " | sed -e 's/ -lintl / /' -e 's/^ //' -e 's/ $//'` ++ fi ++ ++ if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \ ++ || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then ++ dnl Mark actions to use GNU gettext tools. ++ CATOBJEXT=.gmo ++ fi ++ ]) ++ ++ if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \ ++ || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then ++ AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS, 1, ++ [Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native language ++ is requested.]) ++ else ++ USE_NLS=no ++ fi ++ fi ++ ++ AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use NLS]) ++ AC_MSG_RESULT([$USE_NLS]) ++ if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then ++ AC_MSG_CHECKING([where the gettext function comes from]) ++ if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes"; then ++ if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes"; then ++ gt_source="external libintl" ++ else ++ gt_source="libc" ++ fi ++ else ++ gt_source="included intl directory" ++ fi ++ AC_MSG_RESULT([$gt_source]) ++ fi ++ ++ if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then ++ ++ if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes"; then ++ if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes"; then ++ AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with libintl]) ++ AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIBINTL]) ++ AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INCINTL]) ++ fi ++ ++ dnl For backward compatibility. Some packages may be using this. ++ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT, 1, ++ [Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled.]) ++ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DCGETTEXT, 1, ++ [Define if the GNU dcgettext() function is already present or preinstalled.]) ++ fi ++ ++ dnl We need to process the po/ directory. ++ POSUB=po ++ fi ++ ++ ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [ ++ dnl If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL ++ dnl to 'yes' because some of the testsuite requires it. ++ if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext-runtime || test "$PACKAGE" = gettext-tools; then ++ BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes ++ fi ++ ++ dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf. ++ AC_SUBST(BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL) ++ AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL) ++ AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT) ++ ++ dnl For backward compatibility. Some configure.ins may be using this. ++ nls_cv_header_intl= ++ nls_cv_header_libgt= ++ ++ dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this. ++ DATADIRNAME=share ++ AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME) ++ ++ dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this. ++ INSTOBJEXT=.mo ++ AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT) ++ ++ dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this. ++ GENCAT=gencat ++ AC_SUBST(GENCAT) ++ ++ dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this. ++ if test "$USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL" = yes; then ++ INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)" ++ fi ++ AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS) ++ ++ dnl Enable libtool support if the surrounding package wishes it. ++ INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX=gt_libtool_suffix_prefix ++ AC_SUBST(INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX) ++ ]) ++ ++ dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this. ++ INTLLIBS="$LIBINTL" ++ AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS) ++ ++ dnl Make all documented variables known to autoconf. ++ AC_SUBST(LIBINTL) ++ AC_SUBST(LTLIBINTL) ++ AC_SUBST(POSUB) ++]) ++ ++ ++dnl Checks for all prerequisites of the intl subdirectory, ++dnl except for INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX (and possibly LIBTOOL), INTLOBJS, ++dnl USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL, BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL. ++AC_DEFUN([AM_INTL_SUBDIR], ++[ ++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl ++ AC_REQUIRE([AM_MKINSTALLDIRS])dnl ++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl ++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl ++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl ++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl ++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl ++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST])dnl ++ AC_REQUIRE([bh_C_SIGNED])dnl ++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl ++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_OFF_T])dnl ++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl ++ AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG])dnl ++ AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_LONGDOUBLE])dnl ++ AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_WCHAR_T])dnl ++ AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_WINT_T])dnl ++ AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H]) ++ AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H]) ++ AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_INTMAX_T]) ++ AC_REQUIRE([gt_PRINTF_POSIX]) ++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl ++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl ++ AC_REQUIRE([jm_GLIBC21])dnl ++ AC_REQUIRE([gt_INTDIV0])dnl ++ AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T])dnl ++ AC_REQUIRE([gt_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])dnl ++ AC_REQUIRE([gt_INTTYPES_PRI])dnl ++ AC_REQUIRE([gl_XSIZE])dnl ++ ++ AC_CHECK_TYPE([ptrdiff_t], , ++ [AC_DEFINE([ptrdiff_t], [long], ++ [Define as the type of the result of subtracting two pointers, if the system doesn't define it.]) ++ ]) ++ AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h stddef.h \ ++stdlib.h string.h unistd.h sys/param.h]) ++ AC_CHECK_FUNCS([asprintf fwprintf getcwd getegid geteuid getgid getuid \ ++mempcpy munmap putenv setenv setlocale snprintf stpcpy strcasecmp strdup \ ++strtoul tsearch wcslen __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next \ ++__fsetlocking]) ++ ++ dnl Use the _snprintf function only if it is declared (because on NetBSD it ++ dnl is defined as a weak alias of snprintf; we prefer to use the latter). ++ gt_CHECK_DECL(_snprintf, [#include <stdio.h>]) ++ gt_CHECK_DECL(_snwprintf, [#include <stdio.h>]) ++ ++ dnl Use the *_unlocked functions only if they are declared. ++ dnl (because some of them were defined without being declared in Solaris ++ dnl 2.5.1 but were removed in Solaris 2.6, whereas we want binaries built ++ dnl on Solaris 2.5.1 to run on Solaris 2.6). ++ dnl Don't use AC_CHECK_DECLS because it isn't supported in autoconf-2.13. ++ gt_CHECK_DECL(feof_unlocked, [#include <stdio.h>]) ++ gt_CHECK_DECL(fgets_unlocked, [#include <stdio.h>]) ++ gt_CHECK_DECL(getc_unlocked, [#include <stdio.h>]) ++ ++ case $gt_cv_func_printf_posix in ++ *yes) HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF=1 ;; ++ *) HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF=0 ;; ++ esac ++ AC_SUBST([HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF]) ++ if test "$ac_cv_func_asprintf" = yes; then ++ HAVE_ASPRINTF=1 ++ else ++ HAVE_ASPRINTF=0 ++ fi ++ AC_SUBST([HAVE_ASPRINTF]) ++ if test "$ac_cv_func_snprintf" = yes; then ++ HAVE_SNPRINTF=1 ++ else ++ HAVE_SNPRINTF=0 ++ fi ++ AC_SUBST([HAVE_SNPRINTF]) ++ if test "$ac_cv_func_wprintf" = yes; then ++ HAVE_WPRINTF=1 ++ else ++ HAVE_WPRINTF=0 ++ fi ++ AC_SUBST([HAVE_WPRINTF]) ++ ++ AM_ICONV ++ AM_LANGINFO_CODESET ++ if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then ++ AM_LC_MESSAGES ++ fi ++ ++ dnl intl/plural.c is generated from intl/plural.y. It requires bison, ++ dnl because plural.y uses bison specific features. It requires at least ++ dnl bison-1.26 because earlier versions generate a plural.c that doesn't ++ dnl compile. ++ dnl bison is only needed for the maintainer (who touches plural.y). But in ++ dnl order to avoid separate Makefiles or --enable-maintainer-mode, we put ++ dnl the rule in general Makefile. Now, some people carelessly touch the ++ dnl files or have a broken "make" program, hence the plural.c rule will ++ dnl sometimes fire. To avoid an error, defines BISON to ":" if it is not ++ dnl present or too old. ++ AC_CHECK_PROGS([INTLBISON], [bison]) ++ if test -z "$INTLBISON"; then ++ ac_verc_fail=yes ++ else ++ dnl Found it, now check the version. ++ AC_MSG_CHECKING([version of bison]) ++changequote(<<,>>)dnl ++ ac_prog_version=`$INTLBISON --version 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^.*GNU Bison.* \([0-9]*\.[0-9.]*\).*$/\1/p'` ++ case $ac_prog_version in ++ '') ac_prog_version="v. ?.??, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;; ++ 1.2[6-9]* | 1.[3-9][0-9]* | [2-9].*) ++changequote([,])dnl ++ ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, ok"; ac_verc_fail=no;; ++ *) ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;; ++ esac ++ AC_MSG_RESULT([$ac_prog_version]) ++ fi ++ if test $ac_verc_fail = yes; then ++ INTLBISON=: ++ fi ++]) ++ ++ ++dnl gt_CHECK_DECL(FUNC, INCLUDES) ++dnl Check whether a function is declared. ++AC_DEFUN([gt_CHECK_DECL], ++[ ++ AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether $1 is declared], ac_cv_have_decl_$1, ++ [AC_TRY_COMPILE([$2], [ ++#ifndef $1 ++ char *p = (char *) $1; ++#endif ++], ac_cv_have_decl_$1=yes, ac_cv_have_decl_$1=no)]) ++ if test $ac_cv_have_decl_$1 = yes; then ++ gt_value=1 ++ else ++ gt_value=0 ++ fi ++ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([HAVE_DECL_]translit($1, [a-z], [A-Z]), [$gt_value], ++ [Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `$1', and to 0 if you don't.]) ++]) ++ ++ ++dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION([gettext-version]) ++AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION], []) +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/m4/glibc21.m4 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/m4/glibc21.m4 2004-09-12 14:40:34.833675432 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ ++# glibc21.m4 serial 2 (fileutils-4.1.3, gettext-0.10.40) ++dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU ++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General ++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program ++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under ++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. ++ ++# Test for the GNU C Library, version 2.1 or newer. ++# From Bruno Haible. ++ ++AC_DEFUN([jm_GLIBC21], ++ [ ++ AC_CACHE_CHECK(whether we are using the GNU C Library 2.1 or newer, ++ ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1, ++ [AC_EGREP_CPP([Lucky GNU user], ++ [ ++#include <features.h> ++#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ ++ #if (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 1) || (__GLIBC__ > 2) ++ Lucky GNU user ++ #endif ++#endif ++ ], ++ ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1=yes, ++ ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1=no) ++ ] ++ ) ++ AC_SUBST(GLIBC21) ++ GLIBC21="$ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1" ++ ] ++) +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/m4/iconv.m4 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/m4/iconv.m4 2004-09-12 14:40:34.839674520 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ ++# iconv.m4 serial AM4 (gettext-0.11.3) ++dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU ++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General ++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program ++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under ++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. ++ ++dnl From Bruno Haible. ++ ++AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY], ++[ ++ dnl Prerequisites of AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY. ++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX]) ++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH]) ++ ++ dnl Search for libiconv and define LIBICONV, LTLIBICONV and INCICONV ++ dnl accordingly. ++ AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([iconv]) ++]) ++ ++AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV_LINK], ++[ ++ dnl Some systems have iconv in libc, some have it in libiconv (OSF/1 and ++ dnl those with the standalone portable GNU libiconv installed). ++ ++ dnl Search for libiconv and define LIBICONV, LTLIBICONV and INCICONV ++ dnl accordingly. ++ AC_REQUIRE([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY]) ++ ++ dnl Add $INCICONV to CPPFLAGS before performing the following checks, ++ dnl because if the user has installed libiconv and not disabled its use ++ dnl via --without-libiconv-prefix, he wants to use it. The first ++ dnl AC_TRY_LINK will then fail, the second AC_TRY_LINK will succeed. ++ am_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" ++ AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INCICONV]) ++ ++ AC_CACHE_CHECK(for iconv, am_cv_func_iconv, [ ++ am_cv_func_iconv="no, consider installing GNU libiconv" ++ am_cv_lib_iconv=no ++ AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdlib.h> ++#include <iconv.h>], ++ [iconv_t cd = iconv_open("",""); ++ iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL); ++ iconv_close(cd);], ++ am_cv_func_iconv=yes) ++ if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" != yes; then ++ am_save_LIBS="$LIBS" ++ LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV" ++ AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdlib.h> ++#include <iconv.h>], ++ [iconv_t cd = iconv_open("",""); ++ iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL); ++ iconv_close(cd);], ++ am_cv_lib_iconv=yes ++ am_cv_func_iconv=yes) ++ LIBS="$am_save_LIBS" ++ fi ++ ]) ++ if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then ++ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_ICONV, 1, [Define if you have the iconv() function.]) ++ fi ++ if test "$am_cv_lib_iconv" = yes; then ++ AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with libiconv]) ++ AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIBICONV]) ++ else ++ dnl If $LIBICONV didn't lead to a usable library, we don't need $INCICONV ++ dnl either. ++ CPPFLAGS="$am_save_CPPFLAGS" ++ LIBICONV= ++ LTLIBICONV= ++ fi ++ AC_SUBST(LIBICONV) ++ AC_SUBST(LTLIBICONV) ++]) ++ ++AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV], ++[ ++ AM_ICONV_LINK ++ if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then ++ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for iconv declaration]) ++ AC_CACHE_VAL(am_cv_proto_iconv, [ ++ AC_TRY_COMPILE([ ++#include <stdlib.h> ++#include <iconv.h> ++extern ++#ifdef __cplusplus ++"C" ++#endif ++#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus) ++size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft); ++#else ++size_t iconv(); ++#endif ++], [], am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="", am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="const") ++ am_cv_proto_iconv="extern size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1 char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft);"]) ++ am_cv_proto_iconv=`echo "[$]am_cv_proto_iconv" | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/( /(/'` ++ AC_MSG_RESULT([$]{ac_t:- ++ }[$]am_cv_proto_iconv) ++ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(ICONV_CONST, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1, ++ [Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const.]) ++ fi ++]) +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/m4/intdiv0.m4 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/m4/intdiv0.m4 2004-09-12 14:40:34.845673608 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ ++# intdiv0.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11.3) ++dnl Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU ++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General ++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program ++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under ++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. ++ ++dnl From Bruno Haible. ++ ++AC_DEFUN([gt_INTDIV0], ++[ ++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl ++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl ++ ++ AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether integer division by zero raises SIGFPE], ++ gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe, ++ [ ++ AC_TRY_RUN([ ++#include <stdlib.h> ++#include <signal.h> ++ ++static void ++#ifdef __cplusplus ++sigfpe_handler (int sig) ++#else ++sigfpe_handler (sig) int sig; ++#endif ++{ ++ /* Exit with code 0 if SIGFPE, with code 1 if any other signal. */ ++ exit (sig != SIGFPE); ++} ++ ++int x = 1; ++int y = 0; ++int z; ++int nan; ++ ++int main () ++{ ++ signal (SIGFPE, sigfpe_handler); ++/* IRIX and AIX (when "xlc -qcheck" is used) yield signal SIGTRAP. */ ++#if (defined (__sgi) || defined (_AIX)) && defined (SIGTRAP) ++ signal (SIGTRAP, sigfpe_handler); ++#endif ++/* Linux/SPARC yields signal SIGILL. */ ++#if defined (__sparc__) && defined (__linux__) ++ signal (SIGILL, sigfpe_handler); ++#endif ++ ++ z = x / y; ++ nan = y / y; ++ exit (1); ++} ++], gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe=yes, gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe=no, ++ [ ++ # Guess based on the CPU. ++ case "$host_cpu" in ++ alpha* | i[34567]86 | m68k | s390*) ++ gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe="guessing yes";; ++ *) ++ gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe="guessing no";; ++ esac ++ ]) ++ ]) ++ case "$gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe" in ++ *yes) value=1;; ++ *) value=0;; ++ esac ++ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE, $value, ++ [Define if integer division by zero raises signal SIGFPE.]) ++]) +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/m4/intmax.m4 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/m4/intmax.m4 2004-09-12 14:40:34.855672088 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ ++# intmax.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.12) ++dnl Copyright (C) 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU ++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General ++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program ++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under ++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. ++ ++dnl From Bruno Haible. ++dnl Test whether the system has the 'intmax_t' type, but don't attempt to ++dnl find a replacement if it is lacking. ++ ++AC_DEFUN([gt_TYPE_INTMAX_T], ++[ ++ AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H]) ++ AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H]) ++ AC_CACHE_CHECK(for intmax_t, gt_cv_c_intmax_t, ++ [AC_TRY_COMPILE([ ++#include <stddef.h> ++#include <stdlib.h> ++#if HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX ++#include <stdint.h> ++#endif ++#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX ++#include <inttypes.h> ++#endif ++], [intmax_t x = -1;], gt_cv_c_intmax_t=yes, gt_cv_c_intmax_t=no)]) ++ if test $gt_cv_c_intmax_t = yes; then ++ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_INTMAX_T, 1, ++ [Define if you have the 'intmax_t' type in <stdint.h> or <inttypes.h>.]) ++ fi ++]) +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/m4/inttypes_h.m4 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/m4/inttypes_h.m4 2004-09-12 14:40:34.868670112 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ ++# inttypes_h.m4 serial 5 (gettext-0.12) ++dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU ++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General ++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program ++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under ++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. ++ ++dnl From Paul Eggert. ++ ++# Define HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX if <inttypes.h> exists, ++# doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and declares uintmax_t. ++ ++AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H], ++[ ++ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for inttypes.h], jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h, ++ [AC_TRY_COMPILE( ++ [#include <sys/types.h> ++#include <inttypes.h>], ++ [uintmax_t i = (uintmax_t) -1;], ++ jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h=yes, ++ jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h=no)]) ++ if test $jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then ++ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX, 1, ++ [Define if <inttypes.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, ++ and declares uintmax_t. ]) ++ fi ++]) +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/m4/inttypes.m4 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/m4/inttypes.m4 2004-09-12 14:40:34.861671176 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ ++# inttypes.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11.4) ++dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU ++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General ++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program ++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under ++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. ++ ++dnl From Paul Eggert. ++ ++# Define HAVE_INTTYPES_H if <inttypes.h> exists and doesn't clash with ++# <sys/types.h>. ++ ++AC_DEFUN([gt_HEADER_INTTYPES_H], ++[ ++ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for inttypes.h], gt_cv_header_inttypes_h, ++ [ ++ AC_TRY_COMPILE( ++ [#include <sys/types.h> ++#include <inttypes.h>], ++ [], gt_cv_header_inttypes_h=yes, gt_cv_header_inttypes_h=no) ++ ]) ++ if test $gt_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then ++ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_INTTYPES_H, 1, ++ [Define if <inttypes.h> exists and doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>.]) ++ fi ++]) +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/m4/inttypes-pri.m4 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/m4/inttypes-pri.m4 2004-09-12 14:40:34.874669200 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ ++# inttypes-pri.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11.4) ++dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU ++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General ++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program ++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under ++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. ++ ++dnl From Bruno Haible. ++ ++# Define PRI_MACROS_BROKEN if <inttypes.h> exists and defines the PRI* ++# macros to non-string values. This is the case on AIX 4.3.3. ++ ++AC_DEFUN([gt_INTTYPES_PRI], ++[ ++ AC_REQUIRE([gt_HEADER_INTTYPES_H]) ++ if test $gt_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then ++ AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether the inttypes.h PRIxNN macros are broken], ++ gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken, ++ [ ++ AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <inttypes.h> ++#ifdef PRId32 ++char *p = PRId32; ++#endif ++], [], gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken=no, gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken=yes) ++ ]) ++ fi ++ if test "$gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken" = yes; then ++ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PRI_MACROS_BROKEN, 1, ++ [Define if <inttypes.h> exists and defines unusable PRI* macros.]) ++ fi ++]) +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/m4/isc-posix.m4 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/m4/isc-posix.m4 2004-09-12 14:40:34.885667528 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ ++# isc-posix.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.11.2) ++dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU ++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General ++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program ++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under ++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. ++ ++# This file is not needed with autoconf-2.53 and newer. Remove it in 2005. ++ ++# This test replaces the one in autoconf. ++# Currently this macro should have the same name as the autoconf macro ++# because gettext's gettext.m4 (distributed in the automake package) ++# still uses it. Otherwise, the use in gettext.m4 makes autoheader ++# give these diagnostics: ++# configure.in:556: AC_TRY_COMPILE was called before AC_ISC_POSIX ++# configure.in:556: AC_TRY_RUN was called before AC_ISC_POSIX ++ ++undefine([AC_ISC_POSIX]) ++ ++AC_DEFUN([AC_ISC_POSIX], ++ [ ++ dnl This test replaces the obsolescent AC_ISC_POSIX kludge. ++ AC_CHECK_LIB(cposix, strerror, [LIBS="$LIBS -lcposix"]) ++ ] ++) +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/m4/lcmessage.m4 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/m4/lcmessage.m4 2004-09-12 14:40:34.902664944 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ ++# lcmessage.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.11.3) ++dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU ++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General ++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program ++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under ++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. ++dnl ++dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under ++dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public ++dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext ++dnl functionality. ++dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered ++dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU ++dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License. ++dnl They are *not* in the public domain. ++ ++dnl Authors: ++dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995. ++ ++# Check whether LC_MESSAGES is available in <locale.h>. ++ ++AC_DEFUN([AM_LC_MESSAGES], ++[ ++ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for LC_MESSAGES], am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES, ++ [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <locale.h>], [return LC_MESSAGES], ++ am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=yes, am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=no)]) ++ if test $am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES = yes; then ++ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LC_MESSAGES, 1, ++ [Define if your <locale.h> file defines LC_MESSAGES.]) ++ fi ++]) +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/m4/lib-ld.m4 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/m4/lib-ld.m4 2004-09-12 14:40:34.908664032 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ ++# lib-ld.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.13) ++dnl Copyright (C) 1996-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU ++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General ++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program ++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under ++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. ++ ++dnl Subroutines of libtool.m4, ++dnl with replacements s/AC_/AC_LIB/ and s/lt_cv/acl_cv/ to avoid collision ++dnl with libtool.m4. ++ ++dnl From libtool-1.4. Sets the variable with_gnu_ld to yes or no. ++AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PROG_LD_GNU], ++[AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld], acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld, ++[# I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v. ++case `$LD -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in ++*GNU* | *'with BFD'*) ++ acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes ;; ++*) ++ acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no ;; ++esac]) ++with_gnu_ld=$acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld ++]) ++ ++dnl From libtool-1.4. Sets the variable LD. ++AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PROG_LD], ++[AC_ARG_WITH(gnu-ld, ++[ --with-gnu-ld assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [default=no]], ++test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes, with_gnu_ld=no) ++AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl ++AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl ++# Prepare PATH_SEPARATOR. ++# The user is always right. ++if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then ++ echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh ++ echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh ++ chmod +x conf$$.sh ++ if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then ++ PATH_SEPARATOR=';' ++ else ++ PATH_SEPARATOR=: ++ fi ++ rm -f conf$$.sh ++fi ++ac_prog=ld ++if test "$GCC" = yes; then ++ # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path. ++ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ld used by GCC]) ++ case $host in ++ *-*-mingw*) ++ # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw ++ ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;; ++ *) ++ ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;; ++ esac ++ case $ac_prog in ++ # Accept absolute paths. ++ [[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*)] ++ [re_direlt='/[^/][^/]*/\.\./'] ++ # Canonicalize the path of ld ++ ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed 's%\\\\%/%g'` ++ while echo $ac_prog | grep "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do ++ ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed "s%$re_direlt%/%"` ++ done ++ test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog" ++ ;; ++ "") ++ # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC. ++ ac_prog=ld ++ ;; ++ *) ++ # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH. ++ with_gnu_ld=unknown ++ ;; ++ esac ++elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then ++ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU ld]) ++else ++ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for non-GNU ld]) ++fi ++AC_CACHE_VAL(acl_cv_path_LD, ++[if test -z "$LD"; then ++ IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}${PATH_SEPARATOR-:}" ++ for ac_dir in $PATH; do ++ test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. ++ if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then ++ acl_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog" ++ # Check to see if the program is GNU ld. I'd rather use --version, ++ # but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v. ++ # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer. ++ case `"$acl_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 < /dev/null` in ++ *GNU* | *'with BFD'*) ++ test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break ;; ++ *) ++ test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break ;; ++ esac ++ fi ++ done ++ IFS="$ac_save_ifs" ++else ++ acl_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path. ++fi]) ++LD="$acl_cv_path_LD" ++if test -n "$LD"; then ++ AC_MSG_RESULT($LD) ++else ++ AC_MSG_RESULT(no) ++fi ++test -z "$LD" && AC_MSG_ERROR([no acceptable ld found in \$PATH]) ++AC_LIB_PROG_LD_GNU ++]) +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/m4/lib-link.m4 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/m4/lib-link.m4 2004-09-12 14:40:34.914663120 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,551 @@ ++# lib-link.m4 serial 4 (gettext-0.12) ++dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU ++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General ++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program ++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under ++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. ++ ++dnl From Bruno Haible. ++ ++dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and ++dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies. ++dnl Sets and AC_SUBSTs the LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} variables and ++dnl augments the CPPFLAGS variable. ++AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS], ++[ ++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX]) ++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH]) ++ define([Name],[translit([$1],[./-], [___])]) ++ define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-], ++ [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])]) ++ AC_CACHE_CHECK([how to link with lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs], [ ++ AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2]) ++ ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs="$LIB[]NAME" ++ ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs="$LTLIB[]NAME" ++ ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags="$INC[]NAME" ++ ]) ++ LIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs" ++ LTLIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs" ++ INC[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags" ++ AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME) ++ AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME) ++ AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME) ++ dnl Also set HAVE_LIB[]NAME so that AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS can reuse the ++ dnl results of this search when this library appears as a dependency. ++ HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes ++ undefine([Name]) ++ undefine([NAME]) ++]) ++ ++dnl AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS(name, dependencies, includes, testcode) ++dnl searches for libname and the libraries corresponding to explicit and ++dnl implicit dependencies, together with the specified include files and ++dnl the ability to compile and link the specified testcode. If found, it ++dnl sets and AC_SUBSTs HAVE_LIB${NAME}=yes and the LIB${NAME} and ++dnl LTLIB${NAME} variables and augments the CPPFLAGS variable, and ++dnl #defines HAVE_LIB${NAME} to 1. Otherwise, it sets and AC_SUBSTs ++dnl HAVE_LIB${NAME}=no and LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} to empty. ++AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS], ++[ ++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX]) ++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH]) ++ define([Name],[translit([$1],[./-], [___])]) ++ define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-], ++ [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])]) ++ ++ dnl Search for lib[]Name and define LIB[]NAME, LTLIB[]NAME and INC[]NAME ++ dnl accordingly. ++ AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2]) ++ ++ dnl Add $INC[]NAME to CPPFLAGS before performing the following checks, ++ dnl because if the user has installed lib[]Name and not disabled its use ++ dnl via --without-lib[]Name-prefix, he wants to use it. ++ ac_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" ++ AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME) ++ ++ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name], [ ++ ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS" ++ LIBS="$LIBS $LIB[]NAME" ++ AC_TRY_LINK([$3], [$4], [ac_cv_lib[]Name=yes], [ac_cv_lib[]Name=no]) ++ LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS" ++ ]) ++ if test "$ac_cv_lib[]Name" = yes; then ++ HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes ++ AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIB]NAME, 1, [Define if you have the $1 library.]) ++ AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with lib[]$1]) ++ AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIB[]NAME]) ++ else ++ HAVE_LIB[]NAME=no ++ dnl If $LIB[]NAME didn't lead to a usable library, we don't need ++ dnl $INC[]NAME either. ++ CPPFLAGS="$ac_save_CPPFLAGS" ++ LIB[]NAME= ++ LTLIB[]NAME= ++ fi ++ AC_SUBST([HAVE_LIB]NAME) ++ AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME) ++ AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME) ++ undefine([Name]) ++ undefine([NAME]) ++]) ++ ++dnl Determine the platform dependent parameters needed to use rpath: ++dnl libext, shlibext, hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, hardcode_libdir_separator, ++dnl hardcode_direct, hardcode_minus_L. ++AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_RPATH], ++[ ++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC]) dnl we use $CC, $GCC, $LDFLAGS ++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PROG_LD]) dnl we use $LD, $with_gnu_ld ++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST]) dnl we use $host ++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR_DEFAULT]) dnl we use $ac_aux_dir ++ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for shared library run path origin], acl_cv_rpath, [ ++ CC="$CC" GCC="$GCC" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LD="$LD" with_gnu_ld="$with_gnu_ld" \ ++ ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} "$ac_aux_dir/config.rpath" "$host" > conftest.sh ++ . ./conftest.sh ++ rm -f ./conftest.sh ++ acl_cv_rpath=done ++ ]) ++ wl="$acl_cv_wl" ++ libext="$acl_cv_libext" ++ shlibext="$acl_cv_shlibext" ++ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" ++ hardcode_libdir_separator="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_separator" ++ hardcode_direct="$acl_cv_hardcode_direct" ++ hardcode_minus_L="$acl_cv_hardcode_minus_L" ++ dnl Determine whether the user wants rpath handling at all. ++ AC_ARG_ENABLE(rpath, ++ [ --disable-rpath do not hardcode runtime library paths], ++ :, enable_rpath=yes) ++]) ++ ++dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and ++dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies. ++dnl Sets the LIB${NAME}, LTLIB${NAME} and INC${NAME} variables. ++AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY], ++[ ++ define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-], ++ [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])]) ++ dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir. ++ use_additional=yes ++ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([ ++ eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\" ++ eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\" ++ ]) ++ AC_LIB_ARG_WITH([lib$1-prefix], ++[ --with-lib$1-prefix[=DIR] search for lib$1 in DIR/include and DIR/lib ++ --without-lib$1-prefix don't search for lib$1 in includedir and libdir], ++[ ++ if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then ++ use_additional=no ++ else ++ if test "X$withval" = "X"; then ++ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([ ++ eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\" ++ eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\" ++ ]) ++ else ++ additional_includedir="$withval/include" ++ additional_libdir="$withval/lib" ++ fi ++ fi ++]) ++ dnl Search the library and its dependencies in $additional_libdir and ++ dnl $LDFLAGS. Using breadth-first-seach. ++ LIB[]NAME= ++ LTLIB[]NAME= ++ INC[]NAME= ++ rpathdirs= ++ ltrpathdirs= ++ names_already_handled= ++ names_next_round='$1 $2' ++ while test -n "$names_next_round"; do ++ names_this_round="$names_next_round" ++ names_next_round= ++ for name in $names_this_round; do ++ already_handled= ++ for n in $names_already_handled; do ++ if test "$n" = "$name"; then ++ already_handled=yes ++ break ++ fi ++ done ++ if test -z "$already_handled"; then ++ names_already_handled="$names_already_handled $name" ++ dnl See if it was already located by an earlier AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS ++ dnl or AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS call. ++ uppername=`echo "$name" | sed -e 'y|abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-|ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___|'` ++ eval value=\"\$HAVE_LIB$uppername\" ++ if test -n "$value"; then ++ if test "$value" = yes; then ++ eval value=\"\$LIB$uppername\" ++ test -z "$value" || LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$value" ++ eval value=\"\$LTLIB$uppername\" ++ test -z "$value" || LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$value" ++ else ++ dnl An earlier call to AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS has determined ++ dnl that this library doesn't exist. So just drop it. ++ : ++ fi ++ else ++ dnl Search the library lib$name in $additional_libdir and $LDFLAGS ++ dnl and the already constructed $LIBNAME/$LTLIBNAME. ++ found_dir= ++ found_la= ++ found_so= ++ found_a= ++ if test $use_additional = yes; then ++ if test -n "$shlibext" && test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then ++ found_dir="$additional_libdir" ++ found_so="$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext" ++ if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"; then ++ found_la="$additional_libdir/lib$name.la" ++ fi ++ else ++ if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$libext"; then ++ found_dir="$additional_libdir" ++ found_a="$additional_libdir/lib$name.$libext" ++ if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"; then ++ found_la="$additional_libdir/lib$name.la" ++ fi ++ fi ++ fi ++ fi ++ if test "X$found_dir" = "X"; then ++ for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do ++ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"]) ++ case "$x" in ++ -L*) ++ dir=`echo "X$x" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'` ++ if test -n "$shlibext" && test -f "$dir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then ++ found_dir="$dir" ++ found_so="$dir/lib$name.$shlibext" ++ if test -f "$dir/lib$name.la"; then ++ found_la="$dir/lib$name.la" ++ fi ++ else ++ if test -f "$dir/lib$name.$libext"; then ++ found_dir="$dir" ++ found_a="$dir/lib$name.$libext" ++ if test -f "$dir/lib$name.la"; then ++ found_la="$dir/lib$name.la" ++ fi ++ fi ++ fi ++ ;; ++ esac ++ if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then ++ break ++ fi ++ done ++ fi ++ if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then ++ dnl Found the library. ++ LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name" ++ if test "X$found_so" != "X"; then ++ dnl Linking with a shared library. We attempt to hardcode its ++ dnl directory into the executable's runpath, unless it's the ++ dnl standard /usr/lib. ++ if test "$enable_rpath" = no || test "X$found_dir" = "X/usr/lib"; then ++ dnl No hardcoding is needed. ++ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so" ++ else ++ dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting ++ dnl binary. ++ dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs. ++ dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end. ++ haveit= ++ for x in $ltrpathdirs; do ++ if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then ++ haveit=yes ++ break ++ fi ++ done ++ if test -z "$haveit"; then ++ ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $found_dir" ++ fi ++ dnl The hardcoding into $LIBNAME is system dependent. ++ if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes; then ++ dnl Using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the ++ dnl resulting binary. ++ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so" ++ else ++ if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" && test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then ++ dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting ++ dnl binary. ++ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so" ++ dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs. ++ dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end. ++ haveit= ++ for x in $rpathdirs; do ++ if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then ++ haveit=yes ++ break ++ fi ++ done ++ if test -z "$haveit"; then ++ rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $found_dir" ++ fi ++ else ++ dnl Rely on "-L$found_dir". ++ dnl But don't add it if it's already contained in the LDFLAGS ++ dnl or the already constructed $LIBNAME ++ haveit= ++ for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do ++ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"]) ++ if test "X$x" = "X-L$found_dir"; then ++ haveit=yes ++ break ++ fi ++ done ++ if test -z "$haveit"; then ++ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir" ++ fi ++ if test "$hardcode_minus_L" != no; then ++ dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use ++ dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so" ++ dnl here. ++ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so" ++ else ++ dnl We cannot use $hardcode_runpath_var and LD_RUN_PATH ++ dnl here, because this doesn't fit in flags passed to the ++ dnl compiler. So give up. No hardcoding. This affects only ++ dnl very old systems. ++ dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use ++ dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so" ++ dnl here. ++ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name" ++ fi ++ fi ++ fi ++ fi ++ else ++ if test "X$found_a" != "X"; then ++ dnl Linking with a static library. ++ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_a" ++ else ++ dnl We shouldn't come here, but anyway it's good to have a ++ dnl fallback. ++ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name" ++ fi ++ fi ++ dnl Assume the include files are nearby. ++ additional_includedir= ++ case "$found_dir" in ++ */lib | */lib/) ++ basedir=`echo "X$found_dir" | sed -e 's,^X,,' -e 's,/lib/*$,,'` ++ additional_includedir="$basedir/include" ++ ;; ++ esac ++ if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X"; then ++ dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME. ++ dnl But don't add it ++ dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/include, ++ dnl 2. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux, ++ dnl 3. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS or the already ++ dnl constructed $INCNAME, ++ dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory. ++ if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then ++ haveit= ++ if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then ++ if test -n "$GCC"; then ++ case $host_os in ++ linux*) haveit=yes;; ++ esac ++ fi ++ fi ++ if test -z "$haveit"; then ++ for x in $CPPFLAGS $INC[]NAME; do ++ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"]) ++ if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then ++ haveit=yes ++ break ++ fi ++ done ++ if test -z "$haveit"; then ++ if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then ++ dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME. ++ INC[]NAME="${INC[]NAME}${INC[]NAME:+ }-I$additional_includedir" ++ fi ++ fi ++ fi ++ fi ++ fi ++ dnl Look for dependencies. ++ if test -n "$found_la"; then ++ dnl Read the .la file. It defines the variables ++ dnl dlname, library_names, old_library, dependency_libs, current, ++ dnl age, revision, installed, dlopen, dlpreopen, libdir. ++ save_libdir="$libdir" ++ case "$found_la" in ++ */* | *\\*) . "$found_la" ;; ++ *) . "./$found_la" ;; ++ esac ++ libdir="$save_libdir" ++ dnl We use only dependency_libs. ++ for dep in $dependency_libs; do ++ case "$dep" in ++ -L*) ++ additional_libdir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'` ++ dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME and $LTLIBNAME. ++ dnl But don't add it ++ dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/lib, ++ dnl 2. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux, ++ dnl 3. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS or the already ++ dnl constructed $LIBNAME, ++ dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory. ++ if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/lib"; then ++ haveit= ++ if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/lib"; then ++ if test -n "$GCC"; then ++ case $host_os in ++ linux*) haveit=yes;; ++ esac ++ fi ++ fi ++ if test -z "$haveit"; then ++ haveit= ++ for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do ++ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"]) ++ if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then ++ haveit=yes ++ break ++ fi ++ done ++ if test -z "$haveit"; then ++ if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then ++ dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME. ++ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir" ++ fi ++ fi ++ haveit= ++ for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do ++ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"]) ++ if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then ++ haveit=yes ++ break ++ fi ++ done ++ if test -z "$haveit"; then ++ if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then ++ dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LTLIBNAME. ++ LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir" ++ fi ++ fi ++ fi ++ fi ++ ;; ++ -R*) ++ dir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-R//'` ++ if test "$enable_rpath" != no; then ++ dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs. ++ dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end. ++ haveit= ++ for x in $rpathdirs; do ++ if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then ++ haveit=yes ++ break ++ fi ++ done ++ if test -z "$haveit"; then ++ rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir" ++ fi ++ dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs. ++ dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end. ++ haveit= ++ for x in $ltrpathdirs; do ++ if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then ++ haveit=yes ++ break ++ fi ++ done ++ if test -z "$haveit"; then ++ ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $dir" ++ fi ++ fi ++ ;; ++ -l*) ++ dnl Handle this in the next round. ++ names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-l//'` ++ ;; ++ *.la) ++ dnl Handle this in the next round. Throw away the .la's ++ dnl directory; it is already contained in a preceding -L ++ dnl option. ++ names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's,^X.*/,,' -e 's,^lib,,' -e 's,\.la$,,'` ++ ;; ++ *) ++ dnl Most likely an immediate library name. ++ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$dep" ++ LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$dep" ++ ;; ++ esac ++ done ++ fi ++ else ++ dnl Didn't find the library; assume it is in the system directories ++ dnl known to the linker and runtime loader. (All the system ++ dnl directories known to the linker should also be known to the ++ dnl runtime loader, otherwise the system is severely misconfigured.) ++ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name" ++ LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name" ++ fi ++ fi ++ fi ++ done ++ done ++ if test "X$rpathdirs" != "X"; then ++ if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then ++ dnl Weird platform: only the last -rpath option counts, the user must ++ dnl pass all path elements in one option. We can arrange that for a ++ dnl single library, but not when more than one $LIBNAMEs are used. ++ alldirs= ++ for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do ++ alldirs="${alldirs}${alldirs:+$hardcode_libdir_separator}$found_dir" ++ done ++ dnl Note: hardcode_libdir_flag_spec uses $libdir and $wl. ++ acl_save_libdir="$libdir" ++ libdir="$alldirs" ++ eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" ++ libdir="$acl_save_libdir" ++ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag" ++ else ++ dnl The -rpath options are cumulative. ++ for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do ++ acl_save_libdir="$libdir" ++ libdir="$found_dir" ++ eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" ++ libdir="$acl_save_libdir" ++ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag" ++ done ++ fi ++ fi ++ if test "X$ltrpathdirs" != "X"; then ++ dnl When using libtool, the option that works for both libraries and ++ dnl executables is -R. The -R options are cumulative. ++ for found_dir in $ltrpathdirs; do ++ LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-R$found_dir" ++ done ++ fi ++]) ++ ++dnl AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR(VAR, CONTENTS) appends the elements of CONTENTS to VAR, ++dnl unless already present in VAR. ++dnl Works only for CPPFLAGS, not for LIB* variables because that sometimes ++dnl contains two or three consecutive elements that belong together. ++AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR], ++[ ++ for element in [$2]; do ++ haveit= ++ for x in $[$1]; do ++ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"]) ++ if test "X$x" = "X$element"; then ++ haveit=yes ++ break ++ fi ++ done ++ if test -z "$haveit"; then ++ [$1]="${[$1]}${[$1]:+ }$element" ++ fi ++ done ++]) +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/m4/lib-prefix.m4 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/m4/lib-prefix.m4 2004-09-12 14:40:34.921662056 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ ++# lib-prefix.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.13) ++dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU ++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General ++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program ++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under ++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. ++ ++dnl From Bruno Haible. ++ ++dnl AC_LIB_ARG_WITH is synonymous to AC_ARG_WITH in autoconf-2.13, and ++dnl similar to AC_ARG_WITH in autoconf 2.52...2.57 except that is doesn't ++dnl require excessive bracketing. ++ifdef([AC_HELP_STRING], ++[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_ARG_WITH], [AC_ARG_WITH([$1],[[$2]],[$3],[$4])])], ++[AC_DEFUN([AC_][LIB_ARG_WITH], [AC_ARG_WITH([$1],[$2],[$3],[$4])])]) ++ ++dnl AC_LIB_PREFIX adds to the CPPFLAGS and LDFLAGS the flags that are needed ++dnl to access previously installed libraries. The basic assumption is that ++dnl a user will want packages to use other packages he previously installed ++dnl with the same --prefix option. ++dnl This macro is not needed if only AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS is used to locate ++dnl libraries, but is otherwise very convenient. ++AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREFIX], ++[ ++ AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS]) ++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC]) ++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST]) ++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX]) ++ dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir. ++ use_additional=yes ++ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([ ++ eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\" ++ eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\" ++ ]) ++ AC_LIB_ARG_WITH([lib-prefix], ++[ --with-lib-prefix[=DIR] search for libraries in DIR/include and DIR/lib ++ --without-lib-prefix don't search for libraries in includedir and libdir], ++[ ++ if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then ++ use_additional=no ++ else ++ if test "X$withval" = "X"; then ++ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([ ++ eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\" ++ eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\" ++ ]) ++ else ++ additional_includedir="$withval/include" ++ additional_libdir="$withval/lib" ++ fi ++ fi ++]) ++ if test $use_additional = yes; then ++ dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS. ++ dnl But don't add it ++ dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/include, ++ dnl 2. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS, ++ dnl 3. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux, ++ dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory. ++ if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then ++ haveit= ++ for x in $CPPFLAGS; do ++ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"]) ++ if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then ++ haveit=yes ++ break ++ fi ++ done ++ if test -z "$haveit"; then ++ if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then ++ if test -n "$GCC"; then ++ case $host_os in ++ linux*) haveit=yes;; ++ esac ++ fi ++ fi ++ if test -z "$haveit"; then ++ if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then ++ dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS. ++ CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}${CPPFLAGS:+ }-I$additional_includedir" ++ fi ++ fi ++ fi ++ fi ++ dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS. ++ dnl But don't add it ++ dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/lib, ++ dnl 2. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS, ++ dnl 3. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux, ++ dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory. ++ if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/lib"; then ++ haveit= ++ for x in $LDFLAGS; do ++ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"]) ++ if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then ++ haveit=yes ++ break ++ fi ++ done ++ if test -z "$haveit"; then ++ if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/lib"; then ++ if test -n "$GCC"; then ++ case $host_os in ++ linux*) haveit=yes;; ++ esac ++ fi ++ fi ++ if test -z "$haveit"; then ++ if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then ++ dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS. ++ LDFLAGS="${LDFLAGS}${LDFLAGS:+ }-L$additional_libdir" ++ fi ++ fi ++ fi ++ fi ++ fi ++]) ++ ++dnl AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX creates variables acl_final_prefix, ++dnl acl_final_exec_prefix, containing the values to which $prefix and ++dnl $exec_prefix will expand at the end of the configure script. ++AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX], ++[ ++ dnl Unfortunately, prefix and exec_prefix get only finally determined ++ dnl at the end of configure. ++ if test "X$prefix" = "XNONE"; then ++ acl_final_prefix="$ac_default_prefix" ++ else ++ acl_final_prefix="$prefix" ++ fi ++ if test "X$exec_prefix" = "XNONE"; then ++ acl_final_exec_prefix='${prefix}' ++ else ++ acl_final_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix" ++ fi ++ acl_save_prefix="$prefix" ++ prefix="$acl_final_prefix" ++ eval acl_final_exec_prefix=\"$acl_final_exec_prefix\" ++ prefix="$acl_save_prefix" ++]) ++ ++dnl AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([statement]) evaluates statement, with the ++dnl variables prefix and exec_prefix bound to the values they will have ++dnl at the end of the configure script. ++AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX], ++[ ++ acl_save_prefix="$prefix" ++ prefix="$acl_final_prefix" ++ acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix" ++ exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix" ++ $1 ++ exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix" ++ prefix="$acl_save_prefix" ++]) +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/m4/longdouble.m4 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/m4/longdouble.m4 2004-09-12 14:40:34.942658864 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ ++# longdouble.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.12) ++dnl Copyright (C) 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU ++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General ++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program ++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under ++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. ++ ++dnl From Bruno Haible. ++dnl Test whether the compiler supports the 'long double' type. ++dnl Prerequisite: AC_PROG_CC ++ ++AC_DEFUN([gt_TYPE_LONGDOUBLE], ++[ ++ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for long double], gt_cv_c_long_double, ++ [if test "$GCC" = yes; then ++ gt_cv_c_long_double=yes ++ else ++ AC_TRY_COMPILE([ ++ /* The Stardent Vistra knows sizeof(long double), but does not support it. */ ++ long double foo = 0.0; ++ /* On Ultrix 4.3 cc, long double is 4 and double is 8. */ ++ int array [2*(sizeof(long double) >= sizeof(double)) - 1]; ++ ], , ++ gt_cv_c_long_double=yes, gt_cv_c_long_double=no) ++ fi]) ++ if test $gt_cv_c_long_double = yes; then ++ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE, 1, [Define if you have the 'long double' type.]) ++ fi ++]) +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/m4/longlong.m4 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/m4/longlong.m4 2004-09-12 14:40:34.949657800 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ ++# longlong.m4 serial 4 ++dnl Copyright (C) 1999-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU ++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General ++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program ++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under ++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. ++ ++dnl From Paul Eggert. ++ ++# Define HAVE_LONG_LONG if 'long long' works. ++ ++AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG], ++[ ++ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for long long], ac_cv_type_long_long, ++ [AC_TRY_LINK([long long ll = 1LL; int i = 63;], ++ [long long llmax = (long long) -1; ++ return ll << i | ll >> i | llmax / ll | llmax % ll;], ++ ac_cv_type_long_long=yes, ++ ac_cv_type_long_long=no)]) ++ if test $ac_cv_type_long_long = yes; then ++ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LONG_LONG, 1, ++ [Define if you have the 'long long' type.]) ++ fi ++]) +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/m4/Makefile.am 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/m4/Makefile.am 2004-09-12 14:40:35.048642752 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1 @@ ++EXTRA_DIST = codeset.m4 gettext.m4 glibc21.m4 iconv.m4 intdiv0.m4 intmax.m4 inttypes.m4 inttypes_h.m4 inttypes-pri.m4 isc-posix.m4 lcmessage.m4 lib-ld.m4 lib-link.m4 lib-prefix.m4 longdouble.m4 longlong.m4 nls.m4 po.m4 printf-posix.m4 progtest.m4 signed.m4 size_max.m4 stdint_h.m4 uintmax_t.m4 ulonglong.m4 wchar_t.m4 wint_t.m4 xsize.m4 +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/m4/nls.m4 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/m4/nls.m4 2004-09-12 14:40:34.955656888 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ ++# nls.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.12) ++dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU ++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General ++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program ++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under ++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. ++dnl ++dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under ++dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public ++dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext ++dnl functionality. ++dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered ++dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU ++dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License. ++dnl They are *not* in the public domain. ++ ++dnl Authors: ++dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995-2000. ++dnl Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2000-2003. ++ ++AC_DEFUN([AM_NLS], ++[ ++ AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested]) ++ dnl Default is enabled NLS ++ AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls, ++ [ --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support], ++ USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes) ++ AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS) ++ AC_SUBST(USE_NLS) ++]) ++ ++AC_DEFUN([AM_MKINSTALLDIRS], ++[ ++ dnl If the AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR macro for autoconf is used we possibly ++ dnl find the mkinstalldirs script in another subdir but $(top_srcdir). ++ dnl Try to locate it. ++ MKINSTALLDIRS= ++ if test -n "$ac_aux_dir"; then ++ case "$ac_aux_dir" in ++ /*) MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs" ;; ++ *) MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_builddir)/$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs" ;; ++ esac ++ fi ++ if test -z "$MKINSTALLDIRS"; then ++ MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs" ++ fi ++ AC_SUBST(MKINSTALLDIRS) ++]) +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/m4/po.m4 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/m4/po.m4 2004-09-12 14:40:34.961655976 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,426 @@ ++# po.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.14) ++dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU ++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General ++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program ++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under ++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. ++dnl ++dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under ++dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public ++dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext ++dnl functionality. ++dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered ++dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU ++dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License. ++dnl They are *not* in the public domain. ++ ++dnl Authors: ++dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995-2000. ++dnl Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2000-2003. ++ ++dnl Checks for all prerequisites of the po subdirectory. ++AC_DEFUN([AM_PO_SUBDIRS], ++[ ++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl ++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl ++ AC_REQUIRE([AM_MKINSTALLDIRS])dnl ++ AC_REQUIRE([AM_NLS])dnl ++ ++ dnl Perform the following tests also if --disable-nls has been given, ++ dnl because they are needed for "make dist" to work. ++ ++ dnl Search for GNU msgfmt in the PATH. ++ dnl The first test excludes Solaris msgfmt and early GNU msgfmt versions. ++ dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD msgfmt. ++ AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt, ++ [$ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 && ++ (if $ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)], ++ :) ++ AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT) ++ ++ dnl Search for GNU xgettext 0.12 or newer in the PATH. ++ dnl The first test excludes Solaris xgettext and early GNU xgettext versions. ++ dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD xgettext. ++ AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext, ++ [$ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 && ++ (if $ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)], ++ :) ++ dnl Remove leftover from FreeBSD xgettext call. ++ rm -f messages.po ++ ++ dnl Search for GNU msgmerge 0.11 or newer in the PATH. ++ AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, ++ [$ac_dir/$ac_word --update -q /dev/null /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1], :) ++ ++ dnl This could go away some day; the PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST already does it. ++ dnl Test whether we really found GNU msgfmt. ++ if test "$GMSGFMT" != ":"; then ++ dnl If it is no GNU msgfmt we define it as : so that the ++ dnl Makefiles still can work. ++ if $GMSGFMT --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 && ++ (if $GMSGFMT --statistics /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi); then ++ : ; ++ else ++ GMSGFMT=`echo "$GMSGFMT" | sed -e 's,^.*/,,'` ++ AC_MSG_RESULT( ++ [found $GMSGFMT program is not GNU msgfmt; ignore it]) ++ GMSGFMT=":" ++ fi ++ fi ++ ++ dnl This could go away some day; the PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST already does it. ++ dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext. ++ if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then ++ dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the ++ dnl Makefiles still can work. ++ if $XGETTEXT --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 && ++ (if $XGETTEXT --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi); then ++ : ; ++ else ++ AC_MSG_RESULT( ++ [found xgettext program is not GNU xgettext; ignore it]) ++ XGETTEXT=":" ++ fi ++ dnl Remove leftover from FreeBSD xgettext call. ++ rm -f messages.po ++ fi ++ ++ AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS([ ++ for ac_file in $CONFIG_FILES; do ++ # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]" ++ case "$ac_file" in ++ *:*) ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;; ++ esac ++ # PO directories have a Makefile.in generated from Makefile.in.in. ++ case "$ac_file" in */Makefile.in) ++ # Adjust a relative srcdir. ++ ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'` ++ ac_dir_suffix="/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`" ++ ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'` ++ # In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir. ++ # In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir. ++ test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir" ++ case "$ac_given_srcdir" in ++ .) top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;; ++ /*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;; ++ *) top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;; ++ esac ++ if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in"; then ++ rm -f "$ac_dir/POTFILES" ++ test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/POTFILES" || echo "creating $ac_dir/POTFILES" ++ cat "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in" | sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^[ ]*\$/d" -e "s,.*, $top_srcdir/& \\\\," | sed -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" > "$ac_dir/POTFILES" ++ POMAKEFILEDEPS="POTFILES.in" ++ # ALL_LINGUAS, POFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES, GMOFILES depend ++ # on $ac_dir but don't depend on user-specified configuration ++ # parameters. ++ if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"; then ++ # The LINGUAS file contains the set of available languages. ++ if test -n "$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS"; then ++ test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete" || echo "setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete" ++ fi ++ ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -e "/^#/d" "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"` ++ # Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assigment from automake. ++ eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$ALL_LINGUAS_' ++ POMAKEFILEDEPS="$POMAKEFILEDEPS LINGUAS" ++ else ++ # The set of available languages was given in configure.in. ++ eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS' ++ fi ++ # Compute POFILES ++ # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).po) ++ # Compute UPDATEPOFILES ++ # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).po-update) ++ # Compute DUMMYPOFILES ++ # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).nop) ++ # Compute GMOFILES ++ # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).gmo) ++ case "$ac_given_srcdir" in ++ .) srcdirpre= ;; ++ *) srcdirpre='$(srcdir)/' ;; ++ esac ++ POFILES= ++ UPDATEPOFILES= ++ DUMMYPOFILES= ++ GMOFILES= ++ for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do ++ POFILES="$POFILES $srcdirpre$lang.po" ++ UPDATEPOFILES="$UPDATEPOFILES $lang.po-update" ++ DUMMYPOFILES="$DUMMYPOFILES $lang.nop" ++ GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $srcdirpre$lang.gmo" ++ done ++ # CATALOGS depends on both $ac_dir and the user's LINGUAS ++ # environment variable. ++ INST_LINGUAS= ++ if test -n "$ALL_LINGUAS"; then ++ for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do ++ useit=no ++ if test "%UNSET%" != "$LINGUAS"; then ++ desiredlanguages="$LINGUAS" ++ else ++ desiredlanguages="$ALL_LINGUAS" ++ fi ++ for desiredlang in $desiredlanguages; do ++ # Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is ++ # a. equal to presentlang, or ++ # b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case, ++ # presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages ++ # which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog). ++ case "$desiredlang" in ++ "$presentlang"*) useit=yes;; ++ esac ++ done ++ if test $useit = yes; then ++ INST_LINGUAS="$INST_LINGUAS $presentlang" ++ fi ++ done ++ fi ++ CATALOGS= ++ if test -n "$INST_LINGUAS"; then ++ for lang in $INST_LINGUAS; do ++ CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang.gmo" ++ done ++ fi ++ test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/Makefile" || echo "creating $ac_dir/Makefile" ++ sed -e "/^POTFILES =/r $ac_dir/POTFILES" -e "/^# Makevars/r $ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/Makevars" -e "s|@POFILES@|$POFILES|g" -e "s|@UPDATEPOFILES@|$UPDATEPOFILES|g" -e "s|@DUMMYPOFILES@|$DUMMYPOFILES|g" -e "s|@GMOFILES@|$GMOFILES|g" -e "s|@CATALOGS@|$CATALOGS|g" -e "s|@POMAKEFILEDEPS@|$POMAKEFILEDEPS|g" "$ac_dir/Makefile.in" > "$ac_dir/Makefile" ++ for f in "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir"/Rules-*; do ++ if test -f "$f"; then ++ case "$f" in ++ *.orig | *.bak | *~) ;; ++ *) cat "$f" >> "$ac_dir/Makefile" ;; ++ esac ++ fi ++ done ++ fi ++ ;; ++ esac ++ done], ++ [# Capture the value of obsolete ALL_LINGUAS because we need it to compute ++ # POFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES, GMOFILES, CATALOGS. But hide it ++ # from automake. ++ eval 'OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS''="$ALL_LINGUAS"' ++ # Capture the value of LINGUAS because we need it to compute CATALOGS. ++ LINGUAS="${LINGUAS-%UNSET%}" ++ ]) ++]) ++ ++dnl Postprocesses a Makefile in a directory containing PO files. ++AC_DEFUN([AM_POSTPROCESS_PO_MAKEFILE], ++[ ++ # When this code is run, in config.status, two variables have already been ++ # set: ++ # - OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS is the value of LINGUAS set in configure.in, ++ # - LINGUAS is the value of the environment variable LINGUAS at configure ++ # time. ++ ++changequote(,)dnl ++ # Adjust a relative srcdir. ++ ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'` ++ ac_dir_suffix="/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`" ++ ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'` ++ # In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir. ++ # In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir. ++ test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir" ++ case "$ac_given_srcdir" in ++ .) top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;; ++ /*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;; ++ *) top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;; ++ esac ++ ++ # Find a way to echo strings without interpreting backslash. ++ if test "X`(echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then ++ gt_echo='echo' ++ else ++ if test "X`(printf '%s\n' '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then ++ gt_echo='printf %s\n' ++ else ++ echo_func () { ++ cat <<EOT ++$* ++EOT ++ } ++ gt_echo='echo_func' ++ fi ++ fi ++ ++ # A sed script that extracts the value of VARIABLE from a Makefile. ++ sed_x_variable=' ++# Test if the hold space is empty. ++x ++s/P/P/ ++x ++ta ++# Yes it was empty. Look if we have the expected variable definition. ++/^[ ]*VARIABLE[ ]*=/{ ++ # Seen the first line of the variable definition. ++ s/^[ ]*VARIABLE[ ]*=// ++ ba ++} ++bd ++:a ++# Here we are processing a line from the variable definition. ++# Remove comment, more precisely replace it with a space. ++s/#.*$/ / ++# See if the line ends in a backslash. ++tb ++:b ++s/\\$// ++# Print the line, without the trailing backslash. ++p ++tc ++# There was no trailing backslash. The end of the variable definition is ++# reached. Clear the hold space. ++s/^.*$// ++x ++bd ++:c ++# A trailing backslash means that the variable definition continues in the ++# next line. Put a nonempty string into the hold space to indicate this. ++s/^.*$/P/ ++x ++:d ++' ++changequote([,])dnl ++ ++ # Set POTFILES to the value of the Makefile variable POTFILES. ++ sed_x_POTFILES="`$gt_echo \"$sed_x_variable\" | sed -e '/^ *#/d' -e 's/VARIABLE/POTFILES/g'`" ++ POTFILES=`sed -n -e "$sed_x_POTFILES" < "$ac_file"` ++ # Compute POTFILES_DEPS as ++ # $(foreach file, $(POTFILES), $(top_srcdir)/$(file)) ++ POTFILES_DEPS= ++ for file in $POTFILES; do ++ POTFILES_DEPS="$POTFILES_DEPS "'$(top_srcdir)/'"$file" ++ done ++ POMAKEFILEDEPS="" ++ ++ if test -n "$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS"; then ++ test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete" || echo "setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete" ++ fi ++ if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"; then ++ # The LINGUAS file contains the set of available languages. ++ ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -e "/^#/d" "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"` ++ POMAKEFILEDEPS="$POMAKEFILEDEPS LINGUAS" ++ else ++ # Set ALL_LINGUAS to the value of the Makefile variable LINGUAS. ++ sed_x_LINGUAS="`$gt_echo \"$sed_x_variable\" | sed -e '/^ *#/d' -e 's/VARIABLE/LINGUAS/g'`" ++ ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -n -e "$sed_x_LINGUAS" < "$ac_file"` ++ fi ++ # Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assigment from automake. ++ eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$ALL_LINGUAS_' ++ # Compute POFILES ++ # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).po) ++ # Compute UPDATEPOFILES ++ # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).po-update) ++ # Compute DUMMYPOFILES ++ # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).nop) ++ # Compute GMOFILES ++ # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).gmo) ++ # Compute PROPERTIESFILES ++ # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(top_srcdir)/$(DOMAIN)_$(lang).properties) ++ # Compute CLASSFILES ++ # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(top_srcdir)/$(DOMAIN)_$(lang).class) ++ # Compute QMFILES ++ # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).qm) ++ # Compute MSGFILES ++ # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(frob $(lang)).msg) ++ # Compute RESOURCESDLLFILES ++ # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(frob $(lang))/$(DOMAIN).resources.dll) ++ case "$ac_given_srcdir" in ++ .) srcdirpre= ;; ++ *) srcdirpre='$(srcdir)/' ;; ++ esac ++ POFILES= ++ UPDATEPOFILES= ++ DUMMYPOFILES= ++ GMOFILES= ++ PROPERTIESFILES= ++ CLASSFILES= ++ QMFILES= ++ MSGFILES= ++ RESOURCESDLLFILES= ++ for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do ++ POFILES="$POFILES $srcdirpre$lang.po" ++ UPDATEPOFILES="$UPDATEPOFILES $lang.po-update" ++ DUMMYPOFILES="$DUMMYPOFILES $lang.nop" ++ GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $srcdirpre$lang.gmo" ++ PROPERTIESFILES="$PROPERTIESFILES \$(top_srcdir)/\$(DOMAIN)_$lang.properties" ++ CLASSFILES="$CLASSFILES \$(top_srcdir)/\$(DOMAIN)_$lang.class" ++ QMFILES="$QMFILES $srcdirpre$lang.qm" ++ frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/\..*$//' -e 'y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/'` ++ MSGFILES="$MSGFILES $srcdirpre$frobbedlang.msg" ++ frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/_/-/g'` ++ RESOURCESDLLFILES="$RESOURCESDLLFILES $srcdirpre$frobbedlang/\$(DOMAIN).resources.dll" ++ done ++ # CATALOGS depends on both $ac_dir and the user's LINGUAS ++ # environment variable. ++ INST_LINGUAS= ++ if test -n "$ALL_LINGUAS"; then ++ for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do ++ useit=no ++ if test "%UNSET%" != "$LINGUAS"; then ++ desiredlanguages="$LINGUAS" ++ else ++ desiredlanguages="$ALL_LINGUAS" ++ fi ++ for desiredlang in $desiredlanguages; do ++ # Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is ++ # a. equal to presentlang, or ++ # b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case, ++ # presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages ++ # which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog). ++ case "$desiredlang" in ++ "$presentlang"*) useit=yes;; ++ esac ++ done ++ if test $useit = yes; then ++ INST_LINGUAS="$INST_LINGUAS $presentlang" ++ fi ++ done ++ fi ++ CATALOGS= ++ JAVACATALOGS= ++ QTCATALOGS= ++ TCLCATALOGS= ++ CSHARPCATALOGS= ++ if test -n "$INST_LINGUAS"; then ++ for lang in $INST_LINGUAS; do ++ CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang.gmo" ++ JAVACATALOGS="$JAVACATALOGS \$(DOMAIN)_$lang.properties" ++ QTCATALOGS="$QTCATALOGS $lang.qm" ++ frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/\..*$//' -e 'y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/'` ++ TCLCATALOGS="$TCLCATALOGS $frobbedlang.msg" ++ frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/_/-/g'` ++ CSHARPCATALOGS="$CSHARPCATALOGS $frobbedlang/\$(DOMAIN).resources.dll" ++ done ++ fi ++ ++ sed -e "s|@POTFILES_DEPS@|$POTFILES_DEPS|g" -e "s|@POFILES@|$POFILES|g" -e "s|@UPDATEPOFILES@|$UPDATEPOFILES|g" -e "s|@DUMMYPOFILES@|$DUMMYPOFILES|g" -e "s|@GMOFILES@|$GMOFILES|g" -e "s|@PROPERTIESFILES@|$PROPERTIESFILES|g" -e "s|@CLASSFILES@|$CLASSFILES|g" -e "s|@QMFILES@|$QMFILES|g" -e "s|@MSGFILES@|$MSGFILES|g" -e "s|@RESOURCESDLLFILES@|$RESOURCESDLLFILES|g" -e "s|@CATALOGS@|$CATALOGS|g" -e "s|@JAVACATALOGS@|$JAVACATALOGS|g" -e "s|@QTCATALOGS@|$QTCATALOGS|g" -e "s|@TCLCATALOGS@|$TCLCATALOGS|g" -e "s|@CSHARPCATALOGS@|$CSHARPCATALOGS|g" -e 's,^#distdir:,distdir:,' < "$ac_file" > "$ac_file.tmp" ++ if grep -l '@TCLCATALOGS@' "$ac_file" > /dev/null; then ++ # Add dependencies that cannot be formulated as a simple suffix rule. ++ for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do ++ frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/\..*$//' -e 'y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/'` ++ cat >> "$ac_file.tmp" <<EOF ++$frobbedlang.msg: $lang.po ++ @echo "\$(MSGFMT) -c --tcl -d \$(srcdir) -l $lang $srcdirpre$lang.po"; \ ++ \$(MSGFMT) -c --tcl -d "\$(srcdir)" -l $lang $srcdirpre$lang.po || { rm -f "\$(srcdir)/$frobbedlang.msg"; exit 1; } ++EOF ++ done ++ fi ++ if grep -l '@CSHARPCATALOGS@' "$ac_file" > /dev/null; then ++ # Add dependencies that cannot be formulated as a simple suffix rule. ++ for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do ++ frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/_/-/g'` ++ cat >> "$ac_file.tmp" <<EOF ++$frobbedlang/\$(DOMAIN).resources.dll: $lang.po ++ @echo "\$(MSGFMT) -c --csharp -d \$(srcdir) -l $lang $srcdirpre$lang.po -r \$(DOMAIN)"; \ ++ \$(MSGFMT) -c --csharp -d "\$(srcdir)" -l $lang $srcdirpre$lang.po -r "\$(DOMAIN)" || { rm -f "\$(srcdir)/$frobbedlang.msg"; exit 1; } ++EOF ++ done ++ fi ++ if test -n "$POMAKEFILEDEPS"; then ++ cat >> "$ac_file.tmp" <<EOF ++Makefile: $POMAKEFILEDEPS ++EOF ++ fi ++ mv "$ac_file.tmp" "$ac_file" ++]) +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/m4/printf-posix.m4 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/m4/printf-posix.m4 2004-09-12 14:40:34.974654000 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ ++# printf-posix.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.13.1) ++dnl Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU ++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General ++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program ++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under ++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. ++ ++dnl From Bruno Haible. ++dnl Test whether the printf() function supports POSIX/XSI format strings with ++dnl positions. ++ ++AC_DEFUN([gt_PRINTF_POSIX], ++[ ++ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC]) ++ AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether printf() supports POSIX/XSI format strings], ++ gt_cv_func_printf_posix, ++ [ ++ AC_TRY_RUN([ ++#include <stdio.h> ++#include <string.h> ++/* The string "%2$d %1$d", with dollar characters protected from the shell's ++ dollar expansion (possibly an autoconf bug). */ ++static char format[] = { '%', '2', '$', 'd', ' ', '%', '1', '$', 'd', '\0' }; ++static char buf[100]; ++int main () ++{ ++ sprintf (buf, format, 33, 55); ++ return (strcmp (buf, "55 33") != 0); ++}], gt_cv_func_printf_posix=yes, gt_cv_func_printf_posix=no, ++ [ ++ AC_EGREP_CPP(notposix, [ ++#if defined __NetBSD__ || defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ ++ notposix ++#endif ++ ], gt_cv_func_printf_posix="guessing no", ++ gt_cv_func_printf_posix="guessing yes") ++ ]) ++ ]) ++ case $gt_cv_func_printf_posix in ++ *yes) ++ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF, 1, ++ [Define if your printf() function supports format strings with positions.]) ++ ;; ++ esac ++]) +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/m4/progtest.m4 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/m4/progtest.m4 2004-09-12 14:40:34.990651568 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ ++# progtest.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.12) ++dnl Copyright (C) 1996-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU ++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General ++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program ++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under ++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. ++dnl ++dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under ++dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public ++dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext ++dnl functionality. ++dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered ++dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU ++dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License. ++dnl They are *not* in the public domain. ++ ++dnl Authors: ++dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996. ++ ++# Search path for a program which passes the given test. ++ ++dnl AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(VARIABLE, PROG-TO-CHECK-FOR, ++dnl TEST-PERFORMED-ON-FOUND_PROGRAM [, VALUE-IF-NOT-FOUND [, PATH]]) ++AC_DEFUN([AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST], ++[ ++# Prepare PATH_SEPARATOR. ++# The user is always right. ++if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then ++ echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh ++ echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh ++ chmod +x conf$$.sh ++ if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then ++ PATH_SEPARATOR=';' ++ else ++ PATH_SEPARATOR=: ++ fi ++ rm -f conf$$.sh ++fi ++ ++# Find out how to test for executable files. Don't use a zero-byte file, ++# as systems may use methods other than mode bits to determine executability. ++cat >conf$$.file <<_ASEOF ++#! /bin/sh ++exit 0 ++_ASEOF ++chmod +x conf$$.file ++if test -x conf$$.file >/dev/null 2>&1; then ++ ac_executable_p="test -x" ++else ++ ac_executable_p="test -f" ++fi ++rm -f conf$$.file ++ ++# Extract the first word of "$2", so it can be a program name with args. ++set dummy $2; ac_word=[$]2 ++AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $ac_word]) ++AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_$1, ++[case "[$]$1" in ++ [[\\/]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*) ++ ac_cv_path_$1="[$]$1" # Let the user override the test with a path. ++ ;; ++ *) ++ ac_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR ++ for ac_dir in ifelse([$5], , $PATH, [$5]); do ++ IFS="$ac_save_IFS" ++ test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. ++ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do ++ if $ac_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ++ if [$3]; then ++ ac_cv_path_$1="$ac_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" ++ break 2 ++ fi ++ fi ++ done ++ done ++ IFS="$ac_save_IFS" ++dnl If no 4th arg is given, leave the cache variable unset, ++dnl so AC_PATH_PROGS will keep looking. ++ifelse([$4], , , [ test -z "[$]ac_cv_path_$1" && ac_cv_path_$1="$4" ++])dnl ++ ;; ++esac])dnl ++$1="$ac_cv_path_$1" ++if test ifelse([$4], , [-n "[$]$1"], ["[$]$1" != "$4"]); then ++ AC_MSG_RESULT([$]$1) ++else ++ AC_MSG_RESULT(no) ++fi ++AC_SUBST($1)dnl ++]) +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/m4/signed.m4 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/m4/signed.m4 2004-09-12 14:40:34.996650656 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ ++# signed.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.10.40) ++dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU ++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General ++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program ++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under ++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. ++ ++dnl From Bruno Haible. ++ ++AC_DEFUN([bh_C_SIGNED], ++[ ++ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for signed], bh_cv_c_signed, ++ [AC_TRY_COMPILE(, [signed char x;], bh_cv_c_signed=yes, bh_cv_c_signed=no)]) ++ if test $bh_cv_c_signed = no; then ++ AC_DEFINE(signed, , ++ [Define to empty if the C compiler doesn't support this keyword.]) ++ fi ++]) +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/m4/size_max.m4 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/m4/size_max.m4 2004-09-12 14:40:35.003649592 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ ++# size_max.m4 serial 2 ++dnl Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU ++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General ++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program ++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under ++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. ++ ++dnl From Bruno Haible. ++ ++AC_DEFUN([gl_SIZE_MAX], ++[ ++ AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdint.h) ++ dnl First test whether the system already has SIZE_MAX. ++ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for SIZE_MAX]) ++ result= ++ AC_EGREP_CPP([Found it], [ ++#include <limits.h> ++#if HAVE_STDINT_H ++#include <stdint.h> ++#endif ++#ifdef SIZE_MAX ++Found it ++#endif ++], result=yes) ++ if test -z "$result"; then ++ dnl Define it ourselves. Here we assume that the type 'size_t' is not wider ++ dnl than the type 'unsigned long'. ++ dnl The _AC_COMPUTE_INT macro works up to LONG_MAX, since it uses 'expr', ++ dnl which is guaranteed to work from LONG_MIN to LONG_MAX. ++ _AC_COMPUTE_INT([~(size_t)0 / 10], res_hi, ++ [#include <stddef.h>], result=?) ++ _AC_COMPUTE_INT([~(size_t)0 % 10], res_lo, ++ [#include <stddef.h>], result=?) ++ _AC_COMPUTE_INT([sizeof (size_t) <= sizeof (unsigned int)], fits_in_uint, ++ [#include <stddef.h>], result=?) ++ if test "$fits_in_uint" = 1; then ++ dnl Even though SIZE_MAX fits in an unsigned int, it must be of type ++ dnl 'unsigned long' if the type 'size_t' is the same as 'unsigned long'. ++ AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <stddef.h> ++ extern size_t foo; ++ extern unsigned long foo; ++ ], [], fits_in_uint=0) ++ fi ++ if test -z "$result"; then ++ if test "$fits_in_uint" = 1; then ++ result="$res_hi$res_lo"U ++ else ++ result="$res_hi$res_lo"UL ++ fi ++ else ++ dnl Shouldn't happen, but who knows... ++ result='~(size_t)0' ++ fi ++ fi ++ AC_MSG_RESULT([$result]) ++ if test "$result" != yes; then ++ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([SIZE_MAX], [$result], ++ [Define as the maximum value of type 'size_t', if the system doesn't define it.]) ++ fi ++]) +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/m4/stdint_h.m4 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/m4/stdint_h.m4 2004-09-12 14:40:35.009648680 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ ++# stdint_h.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.12) ++dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU ++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General ++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program ++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under ++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. ++ ++dnl From Paul Eggert. ++ ++# Define HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX if <stdint.h> exists, ++# doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and declares uintmax_t. ++ ++AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H], ++[ ++ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for stdint.h], jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h, ++ [AC_TRY_COMPILE( ++ [#include <sys/types.h> ++#include <stdint.h>], ++ [uintmax_t i = (uintmax_t) -1;], ++ jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h=yes, ++ jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h=no)]) ++ if test $jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h = yes; then ++ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX, 1, ++ [Define if <stdint.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, ++ and declares uintmax_t. ]) ++ fi ++]) +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/m4/uintmax_t.m4 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/m4/uintmax_t.m4 2004-09-12 14:40:35.021646856 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ ++# uintmax_t.m4 serial 7 (gettext-0.12) ++dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU ++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General ++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program ++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under ++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. ++ ++dnl From Paul Eggert. ++ ++AC_PREREQ(2.13) ++ ++# Define uintmax_t to 'unsigned long' or 'unsigned long long' ++# if it is not already defined in <stdint.h> or <inttypes.h>. ++ ++AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T], ++[ ++ AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H]) ++ AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H]) ++ if test $jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h = no && test $jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h = no; then ++ AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG]) ++ test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long = yes \ ++ && ac_type='unsigned long long' \ ++ || ac_type='unsigned long' ++ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(uintmax_t, $ac_type, ++ [Define to unsigned long or unsigned long long ++ if <stdint.h> and <inttypes.h> don't define.]) ++ else ++ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UINTMAX_T, 1, ++ [Define if you have the 'uintmax_t' type in <stdint.h> or <inttypes.h>.]) ++ fi ++]) +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/m4/ulonglong.m4 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/m4/ulonglong.m4 2004-09-12 14:40:35.028645792 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ ++# ulonglong.m4 serial 3 ++dnl Copyright (C) 1999-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU ++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General ++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program ++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under ++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. ++ ++dnl From Paul Eggert. ++ ++# Define HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG if 'unsigned long long' works. ++ ++AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG], ++[ ++ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for unsigned long long], ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long, ++ [AC_TRY_LINK([unsigned long long ull = 1ULL; int i = 63;], ++ [unsigned long long ullmax = (unsigned long long) -1; ++ return ull << i | ull >> i | ullmax / ull | ullmax % ull;], ++ ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long=yes, ++ ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long=no)]) ++ if test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long = yes; then ++ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG, 1, ++ [Define if you have the 'unsigned long long' type.]) ++ fi ++]) +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/m4/wchar_t.m4 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/m4/wchar_t.m4 2004-09-12 14:40:35.034644880 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ ++# wchar_t.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.12) ++dnl Copyright (C) 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU ++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General ++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program ++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under ++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. ++ ++dnl From Bruno Haible. ++dnl Test whether <stddef.h> has the 'wchar_t' type. ++dnl Prerequisite: AC_PROG_CC ++ ++AC_DEFUN([gt_TYPE_WCHAR_T], ++[ ++ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for wchar_t], gt_cv_c_wchar_t, ++ [AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <stddef.h> ++ wchar_t foo = (wchar_t)'\0';], , ++ gt_cv_c_wchar_t=yes, gt_cv_c_wchar_t=no)]) ++ if test $gt_cv_c_wchar_t = yes; then ++ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_WCHAR_T, 1, [Define if you have the 'wchar_t' type.]) ++ fi ++]) +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/m4/wint_t.m4 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/m4/wint_t.m4 2004-09-12 14:40:35.040643968 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ ++# wint_t.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.12) ++dnl Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU ++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General ++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program ++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under ++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. ++ ++dnl From Bruno Haible. ++dnl Test whether <wchar.h> has the 'wint_t' type. ++dnl Prerequisite: AC_PROG_CC ++ ++AC_DEFUN([gt_TYPE_WINT_T], ++[ ++ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for wint_t], gt_cv_c_wint_t, ++ [AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <wchar.h> ++ wint_t foo = (wchar_t)'\0';], , ++ gt_cv_c_wint_t=yes, gt_cv_c_wint_t=no)]) ++ if test $gt_cv_c_wint_t = yes; then ++ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_WINT_T, 1, [Define if you have the 'wint_t' type.]) ++ fi ++]) +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/m4/xsize.m4 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/m4/xsize.m4 2004-09-12 14:40:35.047642904 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ ++# xsize.m4 serial 2 ++dnl Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU ++dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General ++dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program ++dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under ++dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. ++ ++AC_DEFUN([gl_XSIZE], ++[ ++ dnl Prerequisites of lib/xsize.h. ++ AC_REQUIRE([gl_SIZE_MAX]) ++ AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdint.h) ++]) +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/Makefile.am 1998-12-30 06:19:40.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/Makefile.am 2004-09-12 14:40:35.121631656 -0400 +@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ + SUBDIRS = lib intl src po man testsuite +-EXTRA_DIST = check.lrzsz COMPATABILITY README.cvs README.isdn4linux \ ++EXTRA_DIST = config.rpath check.lrzsz COMPATABILITY README.cvs README.isdn4linux \ + README.gettext rpmrc buildrpm systype.in fastcheck.sh README.tests \ + beos-runpiped.c fastcheck.beos + noinst_SCRIPTS=systype +@@ -83,3 +83,5 @@ + rpm: $(PR).tar.gz Specfile + $(srcdir)/buildrpm $(srcdir) + ++ ++ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4 +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/Makefile.in 1998-12-30 11:31:40.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/Makefile.in 2004-09-12 14:40:35.109633480 -0400 +@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ + && CONFIG_FILES=$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status + + $(ACLOCAL_M4): configure.in acinclude.m4 +- cd $(srcdir) && $(ACLOCAL) ++ cd $(srcdir) && $(ACLOCAL) -I m4 + + config.status: $(srcdir)/configure + $(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/mkinstalldirs 1998-04-26 09:20:52.000000000 -0400 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/mkinstalldirs 2004-09-12 14:40:34.337750824 -0400 +@@ -1,34 +1,150 @@ + #! /bin/sh + # mkinstalldirs --- make directory hierarchy +-# Author: Noah Friedman <friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu> ++ ++scriptversion=2004-02-15.20 ++ ++# Original author: Noah Friedman <friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu> + # Created: 1993-05-16 +-# Last modified: 1995-03-05 +-# Public domain ++# Public domain. ++# ++# This file is maintained in Automake, please report ++# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to ++# <automake-patches@gnu.org>. + + errstatus=0 ++dirmode="" + +-for file in ${1+"$@"} ; do +- set fnord `echo ":$file" | sed -ne 's/^:\//#/;s/^://;s/\// /g;s/^#/\//;p'` +- shift ++usage="\ ++Usage: mkinstalldirs [-h] [--help] [--version] [-m MODE] DIR ... + +- pathcomp= +- for d in ${1+"$@"} ; do +- pathcomp="$pathcomp$d" +- case "$pathcomp" in +- -* ) pathcomp=./$pathcomp ;; +- esac ++Create each directory DIR (with mode MODE, if specified), including all ++leading file name components. + +- if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then +- echo "mkdir $pathcomp" 1>&2 +- mkdir "$pathcomp" > /dev/null 2>&1 || lasterr=$? +- fi ++Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>." + +- if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then ++# process command line arguments ++while test $# -gt 0 ; do ++ case $1 in ++ -h | --help | --h*) # -h for help ++ echo "$usage" ++ exit 0 ++ ;; ++ -m) # -m PERM arg ++ shift ++ test $# -eq 0 && { echo "$usage" 1>&2; exit 1; } ++ dirmode=$1 ++ shift ++ ;; ++ --version) ++ echo "$0 $scriptversion" ++ exit 0 ++ ;; ++ --) # stop option processing ++ shift ++ break ++ ;; ++ -*) # unknown option ++ echo "$usage" 1>&2 ++ exit 1 ++ ;; ++ *) # first non-opt arg ++ break ++ ;; ++ esac ++done ++ ++for file ++do ++ if test -d "$file"; then ++ shift ++ else ++ break ++ fi ++done ++ ++case $# in ++ 0) exit 0 ;; ++esac ++ ++# Solaris 8's mkdir -p isn't thread-safe. If you mkdir -p a/b and ++# mkdir -p a/c at the same time, both will detect that a is missing, ++# one will create a, then the other will try to create a and die with ++# a "File exists" error. This is a problem when calling mkinstalldirs ++# from a parallel make. We use --version in the probe to restrict ++# ourselves to GNU mkdir, which is thread-safe. ++case $dirmode in ++ '') ++ if mkdir -p --version . >/dev/null 2>&1 && test ! -d ./--version; then ++ echo "mkdir -p -- $*" ++ exec mkdir -p -- "$@" ++ else ++ # On NextStep and OpenStep, the `mkdir' command does not ++ # recognize any option. It will interpret all options as ++ # directories to create, and then abort because `.' already ++ # exists. ++ test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p ++ test -d ./--version && rmdir ./--version ++ fi ++ ;; ++ *) ++ if mkdir -m "$dirmode" -p --version . >/dev/null 2>&1 && ++ test ! -d ./--version; then ++ echo "mkdir -m $dirmode -p -- $*" ++ exec mkdir -m "$dirmode" -p -- "$@" ++ else ++ # Clean up after NextStep and OpenStep mkdir. ++ for d in ./-m ./-p ./--version "./$dirmode"; ++ do ++ test -d $d && rmdir $d ++ done ++ fi ++ ;; ++esac ++ ++for file ++do ++ set fnord `echo ":$file" | sed -ne 's/^:\//#/;s/^://;s/\// /g;s/^#/\//;p'` ++ shift ++ ++ pathcomp= ++ for d ++ do ++ pathcomp="$pathcomp$d" ++ case $pathcomp in ++ -*) pathcomp=./$pathcomp ;; ++ esac ++ ++ if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then ++ echo "mkdir $pathcomp" ++ ++ mkdir "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$? ++ ++ if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then + errstatus=$lasterr +- fi ++ else ++ if test ! -z "$dirmode"; then ++ echo "chmod $dirmode $pathcomp" ++ lasterr="" ++ chmod "$dirmode" "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$? + +- pathcomp="$pathcomp/" +- done ++ if test ! -z "$lasterr"; then ++ errstatus=$lasterr ++ fi ++ fi ++ fi ++ fi ++ ++ pathcomp="$pathcomp/" ++ done + done + + exit $errstatus ++ ++# Local Variables: ++# mode: shell-script ++# sh-indentation: 2 ++# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) ++# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" ++# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" ++# time-stamp-end: "$" ++# End: +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/po/boldquot.sed 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/po/boldquot.sed 2004-09-12 14:40:34.723692152 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ ++s/"\([^"]*\)"/“\1”/g ++s/`\([^`']*\)'/‘\1’/g ++s/ '\([^`']*\)' / ‘\1’ /g ++s/ '\([^`']*\)'$/ ‘\1’/g ++s/^'\([^`']*\)' /‘\1’ /g ++s/“”/""/g ++s/“/“[1m/g ++s/”/[0m”/g ++s/‘/‘[1m/g ++s/’/[0m’/g +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/po/cat-id-tbl.c 1998-12-29 04:24:24.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/po/cat-id-tbl.c 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 +@@ -1,234 +0,0 @@ +-/* Automatically generated by po2tbl.sed from lrzsz.pot. */ +- +-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H +-# include <config.h> +-#endif +- +-#include "libgettext.h" +- +-const struct _msg_ent _msg_tbl[] = { +- {"", 1}, +- {"io_mode(,2) in rbsb.c not implemented\n", 2}, +- {"caught signal %d; exiting", 3}, +- {"command tries", 4}, +- {"packetlength", 5}, +- {"packetlength out of range 24..%ld", 6}, +- {"framelength", 7}, +- {"framelength out of range 32..%ld", 8}, +- {"min_bps", 9}, +- {"min_bps must be >= 0", 10}, +- {"min_bps_time", 11}, +- {"min_bps_time must be > 1", 12}, +- {"hour to large (0..23)", 13}, +- {"unparsable stop time\n", 14}, +- {"minute to large (0..59)", 15}, +- {"stop time to small", 16}, +- {"stop-at", 17}, +- {"timeout", 18}, +- {"timeout out of range 10..1000", 19}, +- {"security violation: can't do that under restricted shell\n", 20}, +- {"window size", 21}, +- {"cannot turnoff syslog", 22}, +- {"startup delay", 23}, +- {"out of memory", 24}, +- {"this program was never intended to be used setuid\n", 25}, +- {"need at least one file to send", 26}, +- {"Can't send command in restricted mode\n", 27}, +- {"hostname too long\n", 28}, +- {"illegal server address\n", 29}, +- {"can read only one file from stdin", 30}, +- {"Transfer incomplete\n", 31}, +- {"Transfer complete\n", 32}, +- {"send_pseudo %s: cannot open tmpfile %s: %s", 33}, +- {"send_pseudo %s: cannot lstat tmpfile %s: %s", 34}, +- {"send_pseudo %s: avoiding symlink trap", 35}, +- {"send_pseudo %s: cannot write to tmpfile %s: %s", 36}, +- {"send_pseudo %s: failed", 37}, +- {"send_pseudo %s: ok", 38}, +- {"tcp protocol init failed\n", 39}, +- {"Answering TIMESYNC at %s", 40}, +- {"timezone", 41}, +- {"timezone unknown", 42}, +- {"Can't open any requested files.", 43}, +- {"security violation: not allowed to upload from %s", 44}, +- {"cannot open %s", 45}, +- {"is not a file: %s", 46}, +- {"%s/%s: error occured", 47}, +- {"skipped: %s", 48}, +- {"%s/%s: skipped", 49}, +- {"Bytes Sent:%7ld BPS:%-8ld \n", 50}, +- {"Sending %s, %ld blocks: ", 51}, +- {"Give your local XMODEM receive command now.", 52}, +- {"Sending: %s\n", 53}, +- {"Timeout on pathname", 54}, +- {"Receiver Cancelled", 55}, +- {"No ACK on EOT", 56}, +- {"Xmodem sectors/kbytes sent: %3d/%2dk", 57}, +- {"Ymodem sectors/kbytes sent: %3d/%2dk", 58}, +- {"Cancelled", 59}, +- {"Timeout on sector ACK", 60}, +- {"NAK on sector", 61}, +- {"Got burst for sector ACK", 62}, +- {"Got %02x for sector ACK", 63}, +- {"Retry Count Exceeded", 64}, +- {"Try `%s --help' for more information.\n", 65}, +- {"%s version %s\n", 66}, +- {"Usage: %s [options] file ...\n", 67}, +- {" or: %s [options] -{c|i} COMMAND\n", 68}, +- {"Send file(s) with ZMODEM/YMODEM/XMODEM protocol\n", 69}, +- {"\ +- (X) = option applies to XMODEM only\n\ +- (Y) = option applies to YMODEM only\n\ +- (Z) = option applies to ZMODEM only\n", 70}, +- {"\ +- -+, --append append to existing destination file (Z)\n\ +- -2, --twostop use 2 stop bits\n\ +- -4, --try-4k go up to 4K blocksize\n\ +- --start-4k start with 4K blocksize (doesn't try 8)\n\ +- -8, --try-8k go up to 8K blocksize\n\ +- --start-8k start with 8K blocksize\n\ +- -a, --ascii ASCII transfer (change CR/LF to LF)\n\ +- -b, --binary binary transfer\n\ +- -B, --bufsize N buffer N bytes (N==auto: buffer whole file)\n\ +- -c, --command COMMAND execute remote command COMMAND (Z)\n\ +- -C, --command-tries N try N times to execute a command (Z)\n\ +- -d, --dot-to-slash change '.' to '/' in pathnames (Y/Z)\n\ +- --delay-startup N sleep N seconds before doing anything\n\ +- -e, --escape escape all control characters (Z)\n\ +- -E, --rename force receiver to rename files it already has\n\ +- -f, --full-path send full pathname (Y/Z)\n\ +- -i, --immediate-command CMD send remote CMD, return immediately (Z)\n\ +- -h, --help print this usage message\n\ +- -k, --1k send 1024 byte packets (X)\n\ +- -L, --packetlen N limit subpacket length to N bytes (Z)\n\ +- -l, --framelen N limit frame length to N bytes (l>=L) (Z)\n\ +- -m, --min-bps N stop transmission if BPS below N\n\ +- -M, --min-bps-time N for at least N seconds (default: 120)\n", 71}, +- {"\ +- -n, --newer send file if source newer (Z)\n\ +- -N, --newer-or-longer send file if source newer or longer (Z)\n\ +- -o, --16-bit-crc use 16 bit CRC instead of 32 bit CRC (Z)\n\ +- -O, --disable-timeouts disable timeout code, wait forever\n\ +- -p, --protect protect existing destination file (Z)\n\ +- -r, --resume resume interrupted file transfer (Z)\n\ +- -R, --restricted restricted, more secure mode\n\ +- -q, --quiet quiet (no progress reports)\n\ +- -s, --stop-at {HH:MM|+N} stop transmission at HH:MM or in N seconds\n\ +- --tcp build a TCP connection to transmit files\n\ +- --tcp-server open socket, wait for connection\n\ +- -u, --unlink unlink file after transmission\n\ +- -U, --unrestrict turn off restricted mode (if allowed to)\n\ +- -v, --verbose be verbose, provide debugging information\n\ +- -w, --windowsize N Window is N bytes (Z)\n\ +- -X, --xmodem use XMODEM protocol\n\ +- -y, --overwrite overwrite existing files\n\ +- -Y, --overwrite-or-skip overwrite existing files, else skip\n\ +- --ymodem use YMODEM protocol\n\ +- -Z, --zmodem use ZMODEM protocol\n\ +-\n\ +-short options use the same arguments as the long ones\n", 72}, +- {"got ZRQINIT", 73}, +- {"got ZCAN", 74}, +- {"blklen now %d\n", 75}, +- {"zsendfdata: bps rate %ld below min %ld", 76}, +- {"zsendfdata: reached stop time", 77}, +- {"Bytes Sent:%7ld/%7ld BPS:%-8ld ETA %02d:%02d ", 78}, +- {"calc_blklen: reduced to %d due to error\n", 79}, +- {"calc_blklen: returned old value %d due to low bpe diff\n", 80}, +- {"calc_blklen: old %ld, new %ld, d %ld\n", 81}, +- {"calc_blklen: calc total_bytes=%ld, bpe=%ld, ec=%ld\n", 82}, +- {"calc_blklen: blklen %d, ok %ld, failed %ld -> %lu\n", 83}, +- {"calc_blklen: returned %d as best\n", 84}, +- {"\ +-\n\ +-countem: Total %d %ld\n", 85}, +- {"Bad escape sequence %x", 86}, +- {"Sender Canceled", 87}, +- {"TIMEOUT", 88}, +- {"Bad data subpacket", 89}, +- {"Data subpacket too long", 90}, +- {"Garbage count exceeded", 91}, +- {"Got %s", 92}, +- {"Retry %d: ", 93}, +- {"don't have settimeofday, will not set time\n", 94}, +- {"not running as root (this is good!), can not set time\n", 95}, +- {"bytes_per_error", 96}, +- {"bytes-per-error should be >100", 97}, +- {"O_SYNC not supported by the kernel", 98}, +- {"garbage on commandline", 99}, +- {"Usage: %s [options] [filename.if.xmodem]\n", 100}, +- {"Receive files with ZMODEM/YMODEM/XMODEM protocol\n", 101}, +- {"\ +- -+, --append append to existing files\n\ +- -a, --ascii ASCII transfer (change CR/LF to LF)\n\ +- -b, --binary binary transfer\n\ +- -B, --bufsize N buffer N bytes (N==auto: buffer whole file)\n\ +- -c, --with-crc Use 16 bit CRC (X)\n\ +- -C, --allow-remote-commands allow execution of remote commands (Z)\n\ +- -D, --null write all received data to /dev/null\n\ +- --delay-startup N sleep N seconds before doing anything\n\ +- -e, --escape Escape control characters (Z)\n\ +- -E, --rename rename any files already existing\n\ +- --errors N generate CRC error every N bytes (debugging)\n\ +- -h, --help Help, print this usage message\n\ +- -m, --min-bps N stop transmission if BPS below N\n\ +- -M, --min-bps-time N for at least N seconds (default: 120)\n\ +- -O, --disable-timeouts disable timeout code, wait forever for data\n\ +- --o-sync open output file(s) in synchronous write mode\n\ +- -p, --protect protect existing files\n\ +- -q, --quiet quiet, no progress reports\n\ +- -r, --resume try to resume interrupted file transfer (Z)\n\ +- -R, --restricted restricted, more secure mode\n\ +- -s, --stop-at {HH:MM|+N} stop transmission at HH:MM or in N seconds\n\ +- -S, --timesync request remote time (twice: set local time)\n\ +- --syslog[=off] turn syslog on or off, if possible\n\ +- -t, --timeout N set timeout to N tenths of a second\n\ +- -u, --keep-uppercase keep upper case filenames\n\ +- -U, --unrestrict disable restricted mode (if allowed to)\n\ +- -v, --verbose be verbose, provide debugging information\n\ +- -w, --windowsize N Window is N bytes (Z)\n\ +- -X --xmodem use XMODEM protocol\n\ +- -y, --overwrite Yes, clobber existing file if any\n\ +- --ymodem use YMODEM protocol\n\ +- -Z, --zmodem use ZMODEM protocol\n\ +-\n\ +-short options use the same arguments as the long ones\n", 102}, +- {"%s waiting to receive.", 103}, +- {"\rBytes received: %7ld/%7ld BPS:%-6ld \r\n", 104}, +- {"%s: ready to receive %s", 105}, +- {"\rBytes received: %7ld BPS:%-6ld \r\n", 106}, +- {"\ +-\r\n\ +-%s: %s removed.\r\n", 107}, +- {"Pathname fetch returned EOT", 108}, +- {"Received dup Sector", 109}, +- {"Sync Error", 110}, +- {"CRC", 111}, +- {"Checksum", 112}, +- {"Sector number garbled", 113}, +- {"Sender Cancelled", 114}, +- {"Got 0%o sector header", 115}, +- {"file name ends with a /, skipped: %s\n", 116}, +- {"zmanag=%d, Lzmanag=%d\n", 117}, +- {"zconv=%d\n", 118}, +- {"file exists, skipped: %s\n", 119}, +- {"TIMESYNC: here %ld, remote %ld, diff %ld seconds\n", 120}, +- {"TIMESYNC: cannot set time: %s\n", 121}, +- {"cannot tmpfile() for tcp protocol synchronization", 122}, +- {"Topipe", 123}, +- {"Receiving: %s\n", 124}, +- {"Blocks received: %d", 125}, +- {"%s: %s exists\n", 126}, +- {"%s:\tSecurity Violation", 127}, +- {"remote command execution requested", 128}, +- {"not executed", 129}, +- {"got ZRINIT", 130}, +- {"Skipped", 131}, +- {"rzfile: bps rate %ld below min %ld", 132}, +- {"rzfile: reached stop time", 133}, +- {"\rBytes received: %7ld/%7ld BPS:%-6ld ETA %02d:%02d ", 134}, +- {"fgets for tcp protocol synchronization failed: ", 135}, +- {"file close error", 136}, +-}; +- +-int _msg_tbl_length = 136; +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/po/ChangeLog 1998-04-26 09:20:52.000000000 -0400 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/po/ChangeLog 2004-09-12 14:40:34.793681512 -0400 +@@ -1,3 +1,15 @@ ++2004-09-12 gettextize <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org> ++ ++ * boldquot.sed: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. ++ * en@boldquot.header: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. ++ * en@quot.header: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. ++ * insert-header.sin: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. ++ * quot.sed: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. ++ * remove-potcdate.sin: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. ++ * Rules-quot: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. ++ * cat-id-tbl.c: Remove file. ++ * stamp-cat-id: Remove file. ++ + /* Automatically generated by po2tbl.sed from lrzsz.pot. */ + + #if HAVE_CONFIG_H +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/po/en@boldquot.header 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/po/en@boldquot.header 2004-09-12 14:40:34.731690936 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ ++# All this catalog "translates" are quotation characters. ++# The msgids must be ASCII and therefore cannot contain real quotation ++# characters, only substitutes like grave accent (0x60), apostrophe (0x27) ++# and double quote (0x22). These substitutes look strange; see ++# http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/ucs/quotes.html ++# ++# This catalog translates grave accent (0x60) and apostrophe (0x27) to ++# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019). ++# It also translates pairs of apostrophe (0x27) to ++# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019) ++# and pairs of quotation mark (0x22) to ++# left double quotation mark (U+201C) and right double quotation mark (U+201D). ++# ++# When output to an UTF-8 terminal, the quotation characters appear perfectly. ++# When output to an ISO-8859-1 terminal, the single quotation marks are ++# transliterated to apostrophes (by iconv in glibc 2.2 or newer) or to ++# grave/acute accent (by libiconv), and the double quotation marks are ++# transliterated to 0x22. ++# When output to an ASCII terminal, the single quotation marks are ++# transliterated to apostrophes, and the double quotation marks are ++# transliterated to 0x22. ++# ++# This catalog furthermore displays the text between the quotation marks in ++# bold face, assuming the VT100/XTerm escape sequences. ++# +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/po/en@quot.header 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/po/en@quot.header 2004-09-12 14:40:34.737690024 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ ++# All this catalog "translates" are quotation characters. ++# The msgids must be ASCII and therefore cannot contain real quotation ++# characters, only substitutes like grave accent (0x60), apostrophe (0x27) ++# and double quote (0x22). These substitutes look strange; see ++# http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/ucs/quotes.html ++# ++# This catalog translates grave accent (0x60) and apostrophe (0x27) to ++# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019). ++# It also translates pairs of apostrophe (0x27) to ++# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019) ++# and pairs of quotation mark (0x22) to ++# left double quotation mark (U+201C) and right double quotation mark (U+201D). ++# ++# When output to an UTF-8 terminal, the quotation characters appear perfectly. ++# When output to an ISO-8859-1 terminal, the single quotation marks are ++# transliterated to apostrophes (by iconv in glibc 2.2 or newer) or to ++# grave/acute accent (by libiconv), and the double quotation marks are ++# transliterated to 0x22. ++# When output to an ASCII terminal, the single quotation marks are ++# transliterated to apostrophes, and the double quotation marks are ++# transliterated to 0x22. ++# +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/po/insert-header.sin 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/po/insert-header.sin 2004-09-12 14:40:34.743689112 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ ++# Sed script that inserts the file called HEADER before the header entry. ++# ++# At each occurrence of a line starting with "msgid ", we execute the following ++# commands. At the first occurrence, insert the file. At the following ++# occurrences, do nothing. The distinction between the first and the following ++# occurrences is achieved by looking at the hold space. ++/^msgid /{ ++x ++# Test if the hold space is empty. ++s/m/m/ ++ta ++# Yes it was empty. First occurrence. Read the file. ++r HEADER ++# Output the file's contents by reading the next line. But don't lose the ++# current line while doing this. ++g ++N ++bb ++:a ++# The hold space was nonempty. Following occurrences. Do nothing. ++x ++:b ++} +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/po/Makevars 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/po/Makevars 2004-09-12 14:40:34.748688352 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ ++# Makefile variables for PO directory in any package using GNU gettext. ++ ++# Usually the message domain is the same as the package name. ++DOMAIN = $(PACKAGE) ++ ++# These two variables depend on the location of this directory. ++subdir = po ++top_builddir = .. ++ ++# These options get passed to xgettext. ++XGETTEXT_OPTIONS = --keyword=_ --keyword=N_ ++ ++# This is the copyright holder that gets inserted into the header of the ++# $(DOMAIN).pot file. Set this to the copyright holder of the surrounding ++# package. (Note that the msgstr strings, extracted from the package's ++# sources, belong to the copyright holder of the package.) Translators are ++# expected to transfer the copyright for their translations to this person ++# or entity, or to disclaim their copyright. The empty string stands for ++# the public domain; in this case the translators are expected to disclaim ++# their copyright. ++COPYRIGHT_HOLDER = Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++ ++# This is the email address or URL to which the translators shall report ++# bugs in the untranslated strings: ++# - Strings which are not entire sentences, see the maintainer guidelines ++# in the GNU gettext documentation, section 'Preparing Strings'. ++# - Strings which use unclear terms or require additional context to be ++# understood. ++# - Strings which make invalid assumptions about notation of date, time or ++# money. ++# - Pluralisation problems. ++# - Incorrect English spelling. ++# - Incorrect formatting. ++# It can be your email address, or a mailing list address where translators ++# can write to without being subscribed, or the URL of a web page through ++# which the translators can contact you. ++MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS = ++ ++# This is the list of locale categories, beyond LC_MESSAGES, for which the ++# message catalogs shall be used. It is usually empty. ++EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES = +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/po/quot.sed 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/po/quot.sed 2004-09-12 14:40:34.754687440 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ ++s/"\([^"]*\)"/“\1”/g ++s/`\([^`']*\)'/‘\1’/g ++s/ '\([^`']*\)' / ‘\1’ /g ++s/ '\([^`']*\)'$/ ‘\1’/g ++s/^'\([^`']*\)' /‘\1’ /g ++s/“”/""/g +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/po/remove-potcdate.sin 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/po/remove-potcdate.sin 2004-09-12 14:40:34.762686224 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ ++# Sed script that remove the POT-Creation-Date line in the header entry ++# from a POT file. ++# ++# The distinction between the first and the following occurrences of the ++# pattern is achieved by looking at the hold space. ++/^"POT-Creation-Date: .*"$/{ ++x ++# Test if the hold space is empty. ++s/P/P/ ++ta ++# Yes it was empty. First occurrence. Remove the line. ++g ++d ++bb ++:a ++# The hold space was nonempty. Following occurrences. Do nothing. ++x ++:b ++} +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/po/Rules-quot 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/po/Rules-quot 2004-09-12 14:40:34.778683792 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ ++# Special Makefile rules for English message catalogs with quotation marks. ++ ++DISTFILES.common.extra1 = quot.sed boldquot.sed en@quot.header en@boldquot.header insert-header.sin Rules-quot ++ ++.SUFFIXES: .insert-header .po-update-en ++ ++en@quot.po-create: ++ $(MAKE) en@quot.po-update ++en@boldquot.po-create: ++ $(MAKE) en@boldquot.po-update ++ ++en@quot.po-update: en@quot.po-update-en ++en@boldquot.po-update: en@boldquot.po-update-en ++ ++.insert-header.po-update-en: ++ @lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/\.po-update-en$$//'`; \ ++ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; GETTEXTLIBDIR=`cd $(top_srcdir)/src && pwd`; export GETTEXTLIBDIR; fi; \ ++ tmpdir=`pwd`; \ ++ echo "$$lang:"; \ ++ ll=`echo $$lang | sed -e 's/@.*//'`; \ ++ LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; \ ++ cd $(srcdir); \ ++ if $(MSGINIT) -i $(DOMAIN).pot --no-translator -l $$ll -o - 2>/dev/null | sed -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.insert-header | $(MSGCONV) -t UTF-8 | $(MSGFILTER) sed -f `echo $$lang | sed -e 's/.*@//'`.sed 2>/dev/null > $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; then \ ++ if cmp $$lang.po $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ ++ rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \ ++ else \ ++ if mv -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po $$lang.po; then \ ++ :; \ ++ else \ ++ echo "creation of $$lang.po failed: cannot move $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po to $$lang.po" 1>&2; \ ++ exit 1; \ ++ fi; \ ++ fi; \ ++ else \ ++ echo "creation of $$lang.po failed!" 1>&2; \ ++ rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \ ++ fi ++ ++en@quot.insert-header: insert-header.sin ++ sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/HEADER/en@quot.header/g' $(srcdir)/insert-header.sin > en@quot.insert-header ++ ++en@boldquot.insert-header: insert-header.sin ++ sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/HEADER/en@boldquot.header/g' $(srcdir)/insert-header.sin > en@boldquot.insert-header ++ ++mostlyclean: mostlyclean-quot ++mostlyclean-quot: ++ rm -f *.insert-header +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/po/stamp-cat-id 1998-12-30 02:50:01.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/po/stamp-cat-id 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 +@@ -1 +0,0 @@ +-timestamp +--- lrzsz-0.12.20.safe/src/Makefile.am 1998-12-28 03:38:47.000000000 -0500 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20/src/Makefile.am 2004-09-12 14:40:53.665812512 -0400 +@@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ + lrz_SOURCES=lrz.c timing.c zperr.c zreadline.c crctab.c rbsb.c zm.c protname.c tcp.c lsyslog.c canit.c + lsz_SOURCES=lsz.c timing.c zperr.c zreadline.c crctab.c rbsb.c zm.c protname.c tcp.c lsyslog.c canit.c + noinst_HEADERS = timing.h zglobal.h zmodem.h +-datadir = $(prefix)/@DATADIRNAME@ ++datadir = $(prefix)/share + localedir = $(datadir)/locale + CFLAGS=@CFLAGS@ + DISTCLEAN_FILES=lrzszbug + +-LDADD = ../lib/libzmodem.a @INTLLIBS@ ++LDADD = ../lib/libzmodem.a @LIBINTL@ + AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS=ansi2knr + EXTRA_DIST = ansi2knr.1 ansi2knr.c lrzszbug.in + INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(srcdir) -I$(top_srcdir)/src -I../intl -I$(top_srcdir)/lib diff --git a/recipes/lrzsz/lrzsz-0.12.20/makefile.patch b/recipes/lrzsz/lrzsz-0.12.20/makefile.patch new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c553c8bf34 --- /dev/null +++ b/recipes/lrzsz/lrzsz-0.12.20/makefile.patch @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +diff -ruN lrzsz-0.12.20_org/src/Makefile.in lrzsz-0.12.20_patch/src/Makefile.in +--- lrzsz-0.12.20_org/src/Makefile.in 1998-12-30 17:31:46.000000000 +0100 ++++ lrzsz-0.12.20_patch/src/Makefile.in 2004-04-29 13:57:33.434909656 +0200 +@@ -372,13 +372,13 @@ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)/$(bindir)/`echo lsb | sed -e '$(transform)'` + ln $(DESTDIR)/$(bindir)/`echo lsz |sed -e '$(transform)'` \ + $(DESTDIR)/$(bindir)/`echo lsb |sed -e '$(transform)'` +- rm -f $(bindir)/`echo lsx | sed -e '$(transform)'` ++ rm -f $(DESTDIR)/$(bindir)/`echo lsx | sed -e '$(transform)'` + ln $(DESTDIR)/$(bindir)/`echo lsz |sed -e '$(transform)'` \ + $(DESTDIR)/$(bindir)/`echo lsx |sed -e '$(transform)'` +- rm -f $(bindir)/`echo lrb | sed -e '$(transform)'` ++ rm -f $(DESTDIR)/$(bindir)/`echo lrb | sed -e '$(transform)'` + ln $(DESTDIR)/$(bindir)/`echo lrz |sed -e '$(transform)'` \ + $(DESTDIR)/$(bindir)/`echo lrb |sed -e '$(transform)'` +- rm -f $(bindir)/`echo lrx | sed -e '$(transform)'` ++ rm -f $(DESTDIR)/$(bindir)/`echo lrx | sed -e '$(transform)'` + ln $(DESTDIR)/$(bindir)/`echo lrz |sed -e '$(transform)'` \ + $(DESTDIR)/$(bindir)/`echo lrx |sed -e '$(transform)'` + # rm -f $(bindir)/`echo lrzszbug | sed -e '$(transform)'` diff --git a/recipes/lrzsz/lrzsz_0.12.20.bb b/recipes/lrzsz/lrzsz_0.12.20.bb new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b44945e35f --- /dev/null +++ b/recipes/lrzsz/lrzsz_0.12.20.bb @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +LICENSE = "GPL" +SECTION = "console/network" +PRIORITY = "standard" +DESCRIPTION = "Tools for zmodem/xmodem/ymodem file transfer" +DEPENDS = "" +PR = "r4" + +SRC_URI = "http://www.ohse.de/uwe/releases/lrzsz-${PV}.tar.gz \ + file://autotools.patch;patch=1 \ + file://makefile.patch;patch=1 \ + file://gettext.patch;patch=1" + +inherit autotools gettext + +do_install() { + install -d ${D}${bindir}/ + install -m 0755 src/lrz src/lsz ${D}${bindir}/ +} + +pkg_postinst() { + for util in rz rx rb; do + update-alternatives --install ${bindir}/$util $util lrz 100 + done + for util in sz sx sb; do + update-alternatives --install ${bindir}/$util $util lsz 100 + done +} + +pkg_postrm() { + for util in rz rx rb; do + update-alternatives --remove $util ${bindir}/lrz + done + for util in sz sx sb; do + update-alternatives --remove $util ${bindir}/lsz + done +}
\ No newline at end of file |